diff options
author | Daniel Baumann <daniel.baumann@progress-linux.org> | 2024-04-27 09:40:31 +0000 |
---|---|---|
committer | Daniel Baumann <daniel.baumann@progress-linux.org> | 2024-04-27 09:40:31 +0000 |
commit | b86570f63e533abcbcb97c2572e0e5732a96307b (patch) | |
tree | cabc83be691530ae685c45a8bc7620ccc0e1ebdf /man/po/dpkg-man.pot | |
parent | Initial commit. (diff) | |
download | dpkg-upstream.tar.xz dpkg-upstream.zip |
Adding upstream version 1.20.13.upstream/1.20.13upstream
Signed-off-by: Daniel Baumann <daniel.baumann@progress-linux.org>
Diffstat (limited to '')
-rw-r--r-- | man/po/dpkg-man.pot | 21396 |
1 files changed, 21396 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/man/po/dpkg-man.pot b/man/po/dpkg-man.pot new file mode 100644 index 0000000..7845333 --- /dev/null +++ b/man/po/dpkg-man.pot @@ -0,0 +1,21396 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Dpkg Developers +# This file is distributed under the same license as the dpkg-man package. +# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: dpkg-man 1.20.13\n" +"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: debian-dpkg@lists.debian.org\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2023-09-13 21:38+0000\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" +"Language: \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n" + +#. type: =head1 +#: deb-buildinfo.pod deb-changelog.pod deb-changes.pod deb-conffiles.pod +#: deb-control.pod deb-extra-override.pod deb-old.pod deb-origin.pod +#: deb-override.pod deb-postinst.pod deb-postrm.pod deb-preinst.pod +#: deb-prerm.pod deb-shlibs.pod deb-split.pod deb-src-control.pod +#: deb-src-files.pod deb-src-rules.pod deb-src-symbols.pod deb-substvars.pod +#: deb-symbols.pod deb-triggers.pod deb-version.pod deb.pod deb822.pod +#: dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-buildflags.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-distaddfile.pod dpkg-divert.pod +#: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod +#: dpkg-gencontrol.pod dpkg-gensymbols.pod dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod +#: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod dpkg-name.pod dpkg-parsechangelog.pod +#: dpkg-query.pod dpkg-realpath.pod dpkg-scanpackages.pod dpkg-scansources.pod +#: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod dpkg-source.pod dpkg-split.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod +#: dpkg-trigger.pod dpkg-vendor.pod dpkg.cfg.pod dpkg.pod dsc.pod +#: dselect.cfg.pod dselect.pod start-stop-daemon.pod update-alternatives.pod +msgid "NAME" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-buildinfo.pod +msgid "deb-buildinfo - Debian build information file format" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =head1 +#: deb-buildinfo.pod deb-changelog.pod deb-changes.pod deb-conffiles.pod +#: deb-control.pod deb-extra-override.pod deb-old.pod deb-origin.pod +#: deb-override.pod deb-postinst.pod deb-postrm.pod deb-preinst.pod +#: deb-prerm.pod deb-shlibs.pod deb-split.pod deb-src-control.pod +#: deb-src-files.pod deb-src-rules.pod deb-src-symbols.pod deb-substvars.pod +#: deb-symbols.pod deb-triggers.pod deb-version.pod deb.pod +#: dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-buildflags.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-distaddfile.pod dpkg-divert.pod +#: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod +#: dpkg-gencontrol.pod dpkg-gensymbols.pod dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod +#: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod dpkg-name.pod dpkg-parsechangelog.pod +#: dpkg-query.pod dpkg-realpath.pod dpkg-scanpackages.pod dpkg-scansources.pod +#: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod dpkg-source.pod dpkg-split.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod +#: dpkg-trigger.pod dpkg-vendor.pod dpkg.pod dsc.pod dselect.pod +#: start-stop-daemon.pod update-alternatives.pod +msgid "SYNOPSIS" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-buildinfo.pod +msgid "I<filename>B<.buildinfo>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =head1 +#: deb-buildinfo.pod deb-changelog.pod deb-changes.pod deb-conffiles.pod +#: deb-control.pod deb-extra-override.pod deb-old.pod deb-origin.pod +#: deb-override.pod deb-postinst.pod deb-postrm.pod deb-preinst.pod +#: deb-prerm.pod deb-shlibs.pod deb-split.pod deb-src-control.pod +#: deb-src-files.pod deb-src-rules.pod deb-src-symbols.pod deb-substvars.pod +#: deb-symbols.pod deb-triggers.pod deb-version.pod deb.pod deb822.pod +#: dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-buildflags.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-distaddfile.pod dpkg-divert.pod +#: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod +#: dpkg-gencontrol.pod dpkg-gensymbols.pod dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod +#: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod dpkg-name.pod dpkg-parsechangelog.pod +#: dpkg-query.pod dpkg-realpath.pod dpkg-scanpackages.pod dpkg-scansources.pod +#: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod dpkg-source.pod dpkg-split.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod +#: dpkg-trigger.pod dpkg-vendor.pod dpkg.cfg.pod dpkg.pod dsc.pod +#: dselect.cfg.pod dselect.pod start-stop-daemon.pod update-alternatives.pod +msgid "DESCRIPTION" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-buildinfo.pod +msgid "" +"Each Debian source package build can record the build information in a " +"B<.buildinfo> control file, which contains a number of fields in " +"L<deb822(5)> format." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-buildinfo.pod +msgid "" +"Each field begins with a tag, such as B<Source> or B<Binary> (case " +"insensitive), followed by a colon, and the body of the field (case sensitive " +"unless stated otherwise). Fields are delimited only by field tags. In " +"other words, field text may be multiple lines in length, but the " +"installation tools will generally join lines when processing the body of the " +"field (except in case of the multiline fields B<Binary-Only-Changes>, " +"B<Installed-Build-Depends>, B<Environment>, B<Checksums-Md5>, " +"B<Checksums-Sha1> and B<Checksums-Sha256>, see below)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-buildinfo.pod deb-changes.pod dsc.pod +msgid "" +"The control data might be enclosed in an OpenPGP ASCII Armored signature, as " +"specified in RFC4880." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-buildinfo.pod +msgid "" +"The name of the B<.buildinfo> file will depend on the type of build and will " +"be as specific as necessary but not more; for a build that includes B<any> " +"the name will be " +"I<source-name>B<_>I<binary-version>B<_>I<arch>B<.buildinfo>, or otherwise " +"for a build that includes B<all> the name will be " +"I<source-name>B<_>I<binary-version>B<_>B<all.buildinfo>, or otherwise for a " +"build that includes B<source> the name will be " +"I<source-name>B<_>I<source-version>B<_>B<source.buildinfo>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =head1 +#: deb-buildinfo.pod deb-changes.pod deb-control.pod deb-origin.pod dsc.pod +msgid "FIELDS" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-buildinfo.pod deb-changes.pod dsc.pod +msgid "B<Format:> I<format-version> (required)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-buildinfo.pod +msgid "" +"The value of this field declares the format version of the file. The syntax " +"of the field value is a version number with a major and minor component. " +"Backward incompatible changes to the format will bump the major version, and " +"backward compatible changes (such as field additions) will bump the minor " +"version. The current format version is B<1.0>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-buildinfo.pod deb-changes.pod +msgid "B<Source:> I<source-name> [B<(>I<source-version>B<)>] (required)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-buildinfo.pod +msgid "" +"The name of the source package. If the source version differs from the " +"binary version, then the I<source-name> will be followed by a " +"I<source-version> in parenthesis. This can happen when the build is for a " +"binary-only non-maintainer upload." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-buildinfo.pod deb-changes.pod +msgid "B<Binary:> I<binary-package-list> (required in context)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-buildinfo.pod +msgid "" +"This folded field is a space-separated list of binary packages built. If " +"the build is source-only, then the field is omitted (since dpkg 1.20.0)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-buildinfo.pod +msgid "B<Architecture:> I<arch-list> (required)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-buildinfo.pod +msgid "" +"This space-separated field lists the architectures of the files currently " +"being built. Common architectures are B<amd64>, B<armel>, B<i386>, etc. " +"Note that the B<all> value is meant for packages that are architecture " +"independent. If the source for the package is also being built, the special " +"entry B<source> is also present. Architecture wildcards must never be " +"present in the list." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-buildinfo.pod deb-changes.pod deb-control.pod dsc.pod +msgid "B<Version:> I<version-string> (required)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-buildinfo.pod deb-changes.pod dsc.pod +msgid "" +"Typically, this is the original package's version number in whatever form " +"the program's author uses. It may also include a Debian revision number " +"(for non-native packages). The exact format and sorting algorithm are " +"described in B<deb-version>(7)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-buildinfo.pod +msgid "B<Binary-Only-Changes:>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-buildinfo.pod +msgid "S< >I<changelog-entry>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-buildinfo.pod +msgid "" +"This multiline field contains the concatenated text of the changelog entry " +"for a binary-only non-maintainer upload (binNMU) if that is the case. To " +"make this a valid multiline field empty lines are replaced with a single " +"full stop (‘.’) and all lines are indented by one space character. The " +"exact content depends on the changelog format." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-buildinfo.pod +msgid "B<Checksums-Md5:> (required)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-buildinfo.pod deb-changes.pod dsc.pod +msgid "B<Checksums-Sha1:> (required)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-buildinfo.pod deb-changes.pod dsc.pod +msgid "B<Checksums-Sha256:> (required)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-buildinfo.pod deb-changes.pod dsc.pod +msgid "S< >I<checksum> I<size> I<filename>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-buildinfo.pod +msgid "" +"These multiline fields contain a list of files with a checksum and size for " +"each one. These fields have the same syntax and differ only in the checksum " +"algorithm used: MD5 for B<Checksums-Md5>, SHA-1 for B<Checksums-Sha1> and " +"SHA-256 for B<Checksums-Sha256>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-buildinfo.pod deb-changes.pod +msgid "" +"The first line of the field value (the part on the same line as the field " +"name followed by a colon) is always empty. The content of the field is " +"expressed as continuation lines, one line per file. Each line consists of " +"space-separated entries describing the file: the checksum, the file size, " +"and the file name." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-buildinfo.pod +msgid "These fields list all files that make up the build." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-buildinfo.pod +msgid "B<Build-Origin:> I<name>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-buildinfo.pod deb-control.pod dsc.pod +msgid "The name of the distribution this package is originating from." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-buildinfo.pod +msgid "B<Build-Architecture:> I<arch> (required)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-buildinfo.pod +msgid "" +"The Debian architecture for the installation the packages is being built " +"in. Common architectures are B<amd64>, B<armel>, B<i386>, etc." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-buildinfo.pod +msgid "B<Build-Date:> I<build-date>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-buildinfo.pod +msgid "" +"The date the package was built. It must be in the same format as the date " +"in a B<deb-changelog>(5) entry." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-buildinfo.pod +msgid "B<Build-Kernel-Version:> I<build-kernel-version>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-buildinfo.pod +msgid "" +"The release and version (in an unspecified format) of the kernel running on " +"the build system. This field is only going to be present if the builder has " +"explicitly requested it, to avoid leaking possibly sensitive information." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-buildinfo.pod +msgid "B<Build-Path:> I<build-path>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-buildinfo.pod +msgid "" +"The absolute build path, which correspond to the unpacked source tree. This " +"field is only going to be present if the vendor has allowed it via some " +"pattern match to avoid leaking possibly sensitive information." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-buildinfo.pod +msgid "" +"On Debian and derivatives only build paths starting with I</build/> will " +"emit this field." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-buildinfo.pod +msgid "B<Build-Tainted-By:>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-buildinfo.pod +msgid "S< >I<taint-reason-list>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-buildinfo.pod +msgid "" +"This folded field contains a space-separated list of non-exhaustive reason " +"tags (formed by alphanumeric and dash characters) which identify why the " +"current build has been tainted (since dpkg 1.19.5)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-buildinfo.pod +msgid "On Debian and derivatives the following reason tags can be emitted:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-buildinfo.pod +msgid "B<merged-usr-via-aliased-dirs>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-buildinfo.pod +msgid "" +"The system has a merged I</usr> via aliased directories (previously known as " +"B<merged-usr-via-symlinks>). This will confuse B<dpkg-query>, " +"B<dpkg-statoverride>, B<dpkg-trigger>, B<update-alternatives> and any other " +"tool using pathnames as keys into their databases, as it creates filesystem " +"aliasing problems, and messes with the understanding of the filesystem that " +"B<dpkg> has recorded in its database. For build systems that hardcode " +"pathnames to specific binaries or libraries on the resulting artifacts, it " +"can also produce packages that will be incompatible with non-/usr-merged " +"filesystems." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-buildinfo.pod +msgid "B<usr-local-has-configs>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-buildinfo.pod +msgid "The system has configuration files under I</usr/local/etc>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-buildinfo.pod +msgid "B<usr-local-has-includes>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-buildinfo.pod +msgid "The system has header files under I</usr/local/include>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-buildinfo.pod +msgid "B<usr-local-has-programs>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-buildinfo.pod +msgid "The system has programs under I</usr/local/bin> or I</usr/local/sbin>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-buildinfo.pod +msgid "B<usr-local-has-libraries>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-buildinfo.pod +msgid "The system has libraries, either static or shared under I</usr/local/lib>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-buildinfo.pod +msgid "B<Installed-Build-Depends:> (required)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-buildinfo.pod +msgid "S< >I<package-list>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-buildinfo.pod +msgid "" +"The list of installed and configured packages that might affect the package " +"build process." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-buildinfo.pod +msgid "" +"The list consists of each package name, optionally arch-qualified for " +"foreign architectures, with an exact version restriction, separated by " +"commas." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-buildinfo.pod +msgid "" +"The list includes all essential packages, packages listed in " +"B<Build-Depends>, B<Build-Depends-Arch>, B<Build-Depends-Indep> source " +"control fields, any vendor specific builtin dependencies, and all their " +"recursive dependencies. On Debian and derivatives the dependency builtin is " +"B<build-essential>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-buildinfo.pod +msgid "" +"For dependencies coming from the source control fields, all dependency " +"alternatives and all providers of virtual packages depended on will be " +"included." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-buildinfo.pod +msgid "B<Environment:>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-buildinfo.pod +msgid "S< >I<variable-list>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-buildinfo.pod +msgid "" +"The list of environment variables that are known to affect the package build " +"process, with each environment variable followed by an equal sign (‘=’) and " +"the variable's quoted value, using double quotes (‘\"’), and backslashes " +"escaped (‘\\\\’)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =head1 +#: deb-buildinfo.pod deb-changelog.pod deb-changes.pod deb-conffiles.pod +#: deb-control.pod deb-extra-override.pod deb-old.pod deb-origin.pod +#: deb-override.pod deb-postinst.pod deb-postrm.pod deb-preinst.pod +#: deb-prerm.pod deb-shlibs.pod deb-split.pod deb-src-control.pod +#: deb-src-files.pod deb-src-rules.pod deb-src-symbols.pod deb-substvars.pod +#: deb-symbols.pod deb-triggers.pod deb-version.pod deb.pod deb822.pod +#: dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-deb.pod +#: dpkg-distaddfile.pod dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod +#: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod +#: dpkg-gensymbols.pod dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod dpkg-name.pod +#: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg-realpath.pod +#: dpkg-scanpackages.pod dpkg-scansources.pod dpkg-shlibdeps.pod +#: dpkg-source.pod dpkg-split.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg-trigger.pod +#: dpkg-vendor.pod dpkg.cfg.pod dpkg.pod dsc.pod dselect.cfg.pod dselect.pod +#: update-alternatives.pod +msgid "SEE ALSO" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-buildinfo.pod +msgid "L<deb822(5)>, B<deb-changes>(5), B<deb-version>(7), B<dpkg-genbuildinfo>(1)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-changelog.pod +msgid "deb-changelog - dpkg source packages' changelog file format" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-changelog.pod dpkg-parsechangelog.pod +msgid "B<debian/changelog>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-changelog.pod +msgid "" +"Changes in the packaged version of a project are explained in the changelog " +"file I<debian/changelog>. This includes modifications made in the source " +"package compared to the upstream one as well as other changes and updates to " +"the package." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-changelog.pod +msgid "" +"The format of the I<debian/changelog> allows the package building tools to " +"discover which version of the package is being built and find out other " +"release-specific information." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-changelog.pod +msgid "That format is a series of entries like this:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: verbatim +#: deb-changelog.pod +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"Z<>\n" +" I<package> (I<version>) I<distributions>; I<metadata>\n" +" [optional blank line(s), stripped]\n" +" * I<change-details>\n" +" I<more-change-details>\n" +" [blank line(s), included in B<dpkg-parsechangelog>(1) output]\n" +" * I<even-more-change-details>\n" +" [optional blank line(s), stripped]\n" +" -- I<maintainer-name> <I<email-address>> I<date>\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-changelog.pod +msgid "" +"I<package> and I<version> are the source package name and version number. " +"I<version> is delimited by parenthesis U+00028 ‘B<(>’ and U+0029 ‘B<)>’." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-changelog.pod +msgid "" +"I<distributions> lists one or more space-separated distributions where this " +"version should be installed when it is uploaded; it is copied to the " +"B<Distribution> field in the I<.changes> file. I<distributions> must be " +"terminated by a semicolon (U+003B ‘B<;>’)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-changelog.pod +msgid "" +"I<metadata> lists zero or more comma-separated I<keyword>=I<value> items. " +"Each keyword can contain only minus and case insensitive alphanumeric " +"characters, as they need to be mapped to B<deb822>(5) field names. The only " +"I<keyword>s currently supported by B<dpkg> are B<urgency> and " +"B<binary-only>. B<urgency>'s value is used for the B<Urgency> field in the " +"I<.changes> file for the upload. B<binary-only> with a B<yes> value, is " +"used to denote that this changelog entry is for a binary-only non-maintainer " +"upload (an automatic binary rebuild with the only change being the changelog " +"entry)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-changelog.pod +msgid "" +"The change details may in fact be any series of lines starting with at least " +"two spaces (U+0020 B<SPACE>), but conventionally each change starts with an " +"asterisk and a separating space and continuation lines are indented so as to " +"bring them in line with the start of the text above. Blank lines may be " +"used here to separate groups of changes, if desired." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-changelog.pod +msgid "" +"If this upload resolves bugs recorded in the distribution bug tracking " +"system, they may be automatically closed on the inclusion of this package " +"into the distribution archive by including the string:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-changelog.pod +msgid "B<Closes: Bug#>I<nnnnn>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-changelog.pod +msgid "" +"in the change details (the exact Perl regular expression is " +"B</closes:\\s*(?:bug)?\\#?\\s?\\d+(?:,\\s*(?:bug)?\\#?\\s?\\d+)*/i>). This " +"information is conveyed via the B<Closes> field in the I<.changes> file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-changelog.pod +msgid "" +"The maintainer name and email address used in the changelog should be the " +"details of the person who prepared this release of the package. They are " +"B<not> necessarily those of the uploader or usual package maintainer. The " +"information here will be copied to the B<Changed-By> field in the " +"I<.changes> file, and then later might be used to send an acknowledgment " +"when the upload has been installed in the distribution archive." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-changelog.pod +msgid "" +"The I<date> has the following format (compatible and with the same semantics " +"of RFC2822 and RFC5322, or what «date -R» generates):" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-changelog.pod +msgid "" +"I<day-of-week>B<,> I<dd> I<month> I<yyyy> I<hh>B<:>I<mm>B<:>I<ss> " +"B<+>I<zzzz>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-changelog.pod +msgid "where:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-changelog.pod +msgid "I<day-of-week>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-changelog.pod +msgid "Is one of: B<Mon>, B<Tue>, B<Wed>, B<Thu>, B<Fri>, B<Sat>, B<Sun>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-changelog.pod +msgid "I<dd>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-changelog.pod +msgid "" +"Is a one- or two-digit day of the month (B<01>-B<31>), where the leading " +"zero is optional, but conventionally does not get omitted." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-changelog.pod +msgid "I<month>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-changelog.pod +msgid "" +"Is one of: B<Jan>, B<Feb>, B<Mar>, B<Apr>, B<May>, B<Jun>, B<Jul>, B<Aug>, " +"B<Sep>, B<Oct>, B<Nov>, B<Dec>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-changelog.pod +msgid "I<yyyy>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-changelog.pod +msgid "Is the four-digit year (e.g. 2010)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-changelog.pod +msgid "I<hh>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-changelog.pod +msgid "Is the two-digit hour (B<00>-B<23>)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-changelog.pod +msgid "I<mm>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-changelog.pod +msgid "Is the two-digit minutes (B<00>-B<59>)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-changelog.pod +msgid "I<ss>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-changelog.pod +msgid "Is the two-digit seconds (B<00>-B<60>)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-changelog.pod +msgid "[B<+->]I<zzzz>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-changelog.pod +msgid "" +"Is the time zone offset from Coordinated Universal Time (UTC). ‘B<+>’ " +"indicates that the time is ahead of (i.e., east of) UTC and ‘B<->’ indicates " +"that the time is behind (i.e., west of) UTC. The first two digits indicate " +"the hour difference from UTC and the last two digits indicate the number of " +"additional minutes difference from UTC. The last two digits must be in the " +"range B<00>-B<59>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-changelog.pod +msgid "" +"The first “title” line with the package name must start at the left hand " +"margin. The “trailer” line with the maintainer and date details must be " +"preceded by exactly one space (U+0020 B<SPACE>). The maintainer details and " +"the date must be separated by exactly two spaces (U+0020 B<SPACE>). Each " +"part of the I<date> can be separated by one or more spaces (U+0020 " +"B<SPACE>), except after the comma where it can be separated by zero or more " +"spaces (U+0020 B<SPACE>)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-changelog.pod +msgid "" +"Any line that consists entirely (i.e., no leading whitespace) of B<#> or " +"B</* */> style comments or RCS keywords." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-changelog.pod +msgid "" +"Vim modelines or Emacs local variables, and ancient changelog entries with " +"other formats at the end of the file should be accepted and preserved on " +"output, but their contents might be otherwise ignored and parsing stopped at " +"that point." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-changelog.pod +msgid "The entire changelog must be encoded in UTF-8." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =head1 +#: deb-changelog.pod deb-substvars.pod dpkg-architecture.pod +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-distaddfile.pod +#: dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod +#: dpkg-gencontrol.pod dpkg-parsechangelog.pod dpkg-source.pod dpkg-split.pod +#: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg.cfg.pod dpkg.pod dselect.cfg.pod +#: update-alternatives.pod +msgid "FILES" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-changelog.pod +msgid "I<debian/changelog>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =head1 +#: deb-changelog.pod deb-shlibs.pod deb-symbols.pod dpkg-architecture.pod +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-name.pod dpkg.pod +#: update-alternatives.pod +msgid "EXAMPLES" +msgstr "" + +#. type: verbatim +#: deb-changelog.pod +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" dpkg (1.17.18) unstable; urgency=low\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: verbatim +#: deb-changelog.pod +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" [ Guillem Jover ]\n" +" * Handle empty minimum versions when initializing dependency versions,\n" +" as the code is mapping the minimum version 0 to '' to avoid outputting\n" +" useless versions. Regression introduced in dpkg 1.17.17. Closes: " +"#764929\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: verbatim +#: deb-changelog.pod +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" [ Updated programs translations ]\n" +" * Catalan (Guillem Jover).\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: verbatim +#: deb-changelog.pod +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" [ Updated dselect translations ]\n" +" * Catalan (Guillem Jover).\n" +" * German (Sven Joachim).\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: verbatim +#: deb-changelog.pod +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" -- Guillem Jover <guillem@debian.org> Sun, 12 Oct 2014 15:47:44 +0200\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-changelog.pod +msgid "" +"B<deb822>(5), B<deb-version>(7), B<deb-changes>(5), " +"B<dpkg-parsechangelog>(1)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-changes.pod +msgid "deb-changes - Debian changes file format" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-changes.pod +msgid "I<filename>B<.changes>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-changes.pod +msgid "" +"Each Debian upload is composed of a .changes control file, which contains a " +"number of fields in L<deb822(5)> format." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-changes.pod +msgid "" +"Each field begins with a tag, such as B<Source> or B<Binary> (case " +"insensitive), followed by a colon, and the body of the field (case sensitive " +"unless stated otherwise). Fields are delimited only by field tags. In " +"other words, field text may be multiple lines in length, but the " +"installation tools will generally join lines when processing the body of the " +"field (except in case of the multiline fields B<Description>, B<Changes>, " +"B<Files>, B<Checksums-Sha1> and B<Checksums-Sha256>, see below)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-changes.pod +msgid "" +"The value of this field declares the format version of the file. The syntax " +"of the field value is a version number with a major and minor component. " +"Backward incompatible changes to the format will bump the major version, and " +"backward compatible changes (such as field additions) will bump the minor " +"version. The current format version is B<1.8>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-changes.pod +msgid "B<Date:> I<release-date> (required)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-changes.pod +msgid "" +"The date the package was built or last edited. It must be in the same " +"format as the date in a B<deb-changelog>(5) entry." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-changes.pod +msgid "" +"The value of this field is usually extracted from the I<debian/changelog> " +"file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-changes.pod +msgid "" +"The name of the source package. If the source version differs from the " +"binary version, then the I<source-name> will be followed by a " +"I<source-version> in parenthesis. This can happen when the upload is a " +"binary-only non-maintainer upload." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-changes.pod +msgid "" +"This folded field is a space-separated list of binary packages to upload. " +"If the upload is source-only, then the field is omitted (since dpkg 1.19.3)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-changes.pod +msgid "B<Architecture:> I<arch-list>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-changes.pod +msgid "" +"Lists the architectures of the files currently being uploaded. Common " +"architectures are B<amd64>, B<armel>, B<i386>, etc. Note that the B<all> " +"value is meant for packages that are architecture independent. If the " +"source for the package is also being uploaded, the special entry B<source> " +"is also present. Architecture wildcards must never be present in the list." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-changes.pod +msgid "B<Distribution:> I<distribution>s (required)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-changes.pod +msgid "" +"Lists one or more space-separated distributions where this version should be " +"installed when it is uploaded to the archive." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-changes.pod +msgid "B<Urgency:> I<urgency> (recommended)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-changes.pod +msgid "" +"The urgency of the upload. The currently known values, in increasing order " +"of urgency, are: B<low>, B<medium>, B<high>, B<critical> and B<emergency>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-changes.pod +msgid "B<Maintainer:> I<fullname-email> (required)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-changes.pod +msgid "" +"Should be in the format “Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@example.orgE<gt>”, and is " +"typically the person who created the package, as opposed to the author of " +"the software that was packaged." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-changes.pod +msgid "B<Changed-By:> I<fullname-email>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-changes.pod +msgid "" +"Should be in the format “Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@example.orgE<gt>”, and is " +"typically the person who prepared the package changes for this release." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-changes.pod +msgid "B<Description:> (recommended)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-changes.pod +msgid "S< >I<binary-package-name> B<-> I<binary-package-summary>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-changes.pod +msgid "" +"This multiline field contains a list of binary package names followed by a " +"space, a dash (‘B<->’) and their possibly truncated short descriptions. If " +"the upload is source-only, then the field is omitted (since dpkg 1.19.3)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-changes.pod +msgid "B<Closes:> I<bug-number-list>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-changes.pod +msgid "" +"A space-separated list of bug report numbers for bug reports that have been " +"resolved with this upload. The distribution archive software might use this " +"field to automatically close the referred bug numbers in the distribution " +"bug tracking system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-changes.pod +msgid "B<Binary-Only: yes>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-changes.pod +msgid "" +"This field denotes that the upload is a binary-only non-maintainer build. " +"It originates from the B<binary-only=yes> key/value from the changelog " +"metadata entry." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-changes.pod +msgid "B<Built-For-Profiles:> I<profile-list>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-changes.pod +msgid "" +"This field specifies a whitespace separated list of build profiles that this " +"upload was built with." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-changes.pod +msgid "B<Changes:> (required)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-changes.pod +msgid "S< >I<changelog-entries>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-changes.pod +msgid "" +"This multiline field contains the concatenated text of all changelog entries " +"that are part of the upload. To make this a valid multiline field empty " +"lines are replaced with a single full stop (‘.’) and all lines are indented " +"by one space character. The exact content depends on the changelog format." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-changes.pod dsc.pod +msgid "B<Files:> (required)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-changes.pod +msgid "S< >I<md5sum> I<size> I<section> I<priority> I<filename>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-changes.pod +msgid "" +"This multiline field contains a list of files with an md5sum, size, section " +"and priority for each one." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-changes.pod +msgid "" +"The first line of the field value (the part on the same line as the field " +"name followed by a colon) is always empty. The content of the field is " +"expressed as continuation lines, one line per file. Each line consists of " +"space-separated entries describing the file: the md5sum, the file size, the " +"file section, the file priority, and the file name." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-changes.pod +msgid "" +"This field lists all files that make up the upload. The list of files in " +"this field must match the list of files in the other related B<Checksums> " +"fields." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-changes.pod +msgid "" +"These multiline fields contain a list of files with a checksum and size for " +"each one. These fields have the same syntax and differ only in the checksum " +"algorithm used: SHA-1 for B<Checksums-Sha1> and SHA-256 for " +"B<Checksums-Sha256>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-changes.pod +msgid "" +"These fields list all files that make up the upload. The list of files in " +"these fields must match the list of files in the B<Files> field and the " +"other related B<Checksums> fields." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =head1 +#: deb-changes.pod deb-control.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-deb.pod +#: dpkg-name.pod dpkg-source.pod dpkg-split.pod dpkg.pod dsc.pod dselect.pod +msgid "BUGS" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-changes.pod +msgid "" +"The B<Files> field is inconsistent with the other B<Checksums> fields. The " +"B<Changed-By> and B<Maintainer> fields have confusing names. The " +"B<Distribution> field contains information about what is commonly referred " +"to as a suite." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-changes.pod +msgid "L<deb822(5)>, B<deb-src-control>(5), B<deb-version>(7)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-conffiles.pod +msgid "deb-conffiles - package conffiles" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-conffiles.pod +msgid "B<DEBIAN/conffiles>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-conffiles.pod +msgid "" +"A package declares its list of conffiles by including a I<conffiles> file in " +"its control archive (i.e. I<DEBIAN/conffiles> during package creation)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-conffiles.pod +msgid "" +"This file contains a list of files, one per line, with an optional leading " +"flag separated by whitespace. The conffiles must be listed as absolute " +"pathnames. Trailing whitespace will be trimmed, but empty or " +"whitespace-only lines are not accepted." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-conffiles.pod +msgid "" +"Files without a flag should exist in the binary package, otherwise " +"L<dpkg(1)> will ignore them." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-conffiles.pod +msgid "" +"There is currently only one flag supported, B<remove-on-upgrade>, to mark " +"that a conffile needs to be removed on the next upgrade (since dpkg " +"1.20.6). These files must not exist in the binary package, as both " +"L<dpkg(1)> and L<dpkg-deb(1)> will not accept building nor processing such " +"binary packages." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =head1 +#: deb-conffiles.pod deb-control.pod deb-origin.pod deb-src-control.pod +#: start-stop-daemon.pod +msgid "EXAMPLE" +msgstr "" + +#. type: verbatim +#: deb-conffiles.pod +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" %CONFDIR%/alternatives/README\n" +" %CONFDIR%/cron.daily/dpkg\n" +" %PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg\n" +" %CONFDIR%/logrotate.d/dpkg\n" +" remove-on-upgrade /etc/some-old-file.conf\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-conffiles.pod +msgid "B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg>(1)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-control.pod +msgid "deb-control - Debian binary packages' master control file format" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-control.pod +msgid "B<DEBIAN/control>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-control.pod +msgid "" +"Each Debian binary package contains a B<control> file in its B<control> " +"member, and its L<deb822(5)> format is a subset of the master " +"B<debian/control> file in Debian source packages, see B<deb-src-control>(5)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-control.pod +msgid "" +"This file contains a number of fields. Each field begins with a tag, such " +"as B<Package> or B<Version> (case insensitive), followed by a colon, and the " +"body of the field (case sensitive unless stated otherwise). Fields are " +"delimited only by field tags. In other words, field text may be multiple " +"lines in length, but the installation tools will generally join lines when " +"processing the body of the field (except in the case of the B<Description> " +"field, see below)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-control.pod +msgid "B<Package:> I<package-name> (required)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-control.pod dsc.pod +msgid "" +"The value of this field determines the package name, and is used to generate " +"file names by most installation tools." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod +msgid "B<Package-Type:> B<deb>|B<udeb>|I<type>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod +msgid "" +"This field defines the type of the package. B<udeb> is for size-constrained " +"packages used by the debian installer. B<deb> is the default value, it is " +"assumed if the field is absent. More types might be added in the future." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-control.pod +msgid "" +"Typically, this is the original package's version number in whatever form " +"the program's author uses. It may also include a Debian revision number (for " +"non-native packages). The exact format and sorting algorithm are described " +"in B<deb-version>(7)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod +msgid "B<Maintainer:> I<fullname-email> (recommended)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-control.pod dsc.pod +msgid "" +"Should be in the format “Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@foo.comE<gt>”, and is " +"typically the person who created the package, as opposed to the author of " +"the software that was packaged." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod +msgid "B<Description:> I<short-description> (recommended)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod +msgid "B<> I<long-description>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-control.pod +msgid "" +"The format for the package description is a short brief summary on the first " +"line (after the B<Description> field). The following lines should be used as " +"a longer, more detailed description. Each line of the long description must " +"be preceded by a space, and blank lines in the long description must contain " +"a single ‘B<.>’ following the preceding space." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod +msgid "B<Section:> I<section>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod +msgid "" +"This is a general field that gives the package a category based on the " +"software that it installs. Some common sections are B<utils>, B<net>, " +"B<mail>, B<text>, B<x11>, etc." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod +msgid "B<Priority:> I<priority>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod +msgid "" +"Sets the importance of this package in relation to the system as a whole. " +"Common priorities are B<required>, B<standard>, B<optional>, B<extra>, etc." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod +msgid "" +"The B<Section> and B<Priority> fields usually have a defined set of accepted " +"values based on the specific distribution policy." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-control.pod +msgid "B<Installed-Size:> I<size>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-control.pod +msgid "The approximate total size of the package's installed files, in KiB units." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-control.pod +msgid "B<Protected:> B<yes>|B<no>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-control.pod +msgid "" +"This field is usually only needed when the answer is B<yes>. It denotes a " +"package that is required for proper booting of the system. L<dpkg(1)> or " +"any other installation tool will not allow a B<Protected> package to be " +"removed (at least not without using one of the force options)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod +msgid "B<Essential:> B<yes>|B<no>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-control.pod +msgid "" +"This field is usually only needed when the answer is B<yes>. It denotes a " +"package that is required for proper operation of the system. L<dpkg(1)> or " +"any other installation tool will not allow an B<Essential> package to be " +"removed (at least not without using one of the force options)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod +msgid "B<Build-Essential:> B<yes>|B<no>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-control.pod +msgid "" +"This field is usually only needed when the answer is B<yes>, and is commonly " +"injected by the archive software. It denotes a package that is required " +"when building other packages." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-control.pod +msgid "B<Architecture:> I<arch>|B<all> (recommended)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-control.pod +msgid "" +"The architecture specifies which type of hardware this package was compiled " +"for. Common architectures are B<amd64>, B<armel>, B<i386>, B<powerpc>, " +"etc. Note that the B<all> value is meant for packages that are architecture " +"independent. Some examples of this are shell and Perl scripts, and " +"documentation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod +msgid "B<Origin:> I<name>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod +msgid "B<Bugs:> I<url>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-control.pod +msgid "" +"The I<url> of the bug tracking system for this package. The current used " +"format is I<bts-type>B<://>I<bts-address>, like " +"B<debbugs://bugs.debian.org>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod +msgid "B<Homepage:> I<url>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-control.pod dsc.pod +msgid "The upstream project home page I<url>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod +msgid "B<Tag:> I<tag-list>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-control.pod +msgid "" +"List of tags describing the qualities of the package. The description and " +"list of supported tags can be found in the B<debtags> package." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-control.pod +msgid "B<Multi-Arch:> B<no>|B<same>|B<foreign>|B<allowed>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-control.pod +msgid "" +"This field is used to indicate how this package should behave on a " +"multi-arch installations." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod +msgid "B<no>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-control.pod +msgid "" +"This value is the default when the field is omitted, in which case adding " +"the field with an explicit B<no> value is generally not needed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-control.pod +msgid "B<same>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-control.pod +msgid "" +"This package is co-installable with itself, but it must not be used to " +"satisfy the dependency of any package of a different architecture from " +"itself." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-control.pod +msgid "B<foreign>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-control.pod +msgid "" +"This package is not co-installable with itself, but should be allowed to " +"satisfy a non-arch-qualified dependency of a package of a different arch " +"from itself (if a dependency has an explicit arch-qualifier then the value " +"B<foreign> is ignored)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-control.pod +msgid "B<allowed>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-control.pod +msgid "" +"This allows reverse-dependencies to indicate in their B<Depends> field that " +"they accept this package from a foreign architecture by qualifying the " +"package name with B<:any>, but has no effect otherwise." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-control.pod +msgid "B<Source:> I<source-name> [B<(>I<source-version>B<)>]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-control.pod +msgid "" +"The name of the source package that this binary package came from, if it is " +"different than the name of the package itself. If the source version " +"differs from the binary version, then the I<source-name> will be followed by " +"a I<source-version> in parenthesis. This can happen for example on a " +"binary-only non-maintainer upload, or when setting a different binary " +"version via «B<dpkg-gencontrol -v>»." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod +msgid "B<Subarchitecture:> I<value>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod +msgid "B<Kernel-Version:> I<value>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod +msgid "B<Installer-Menu-Item:> I<value>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-control.pod +msgid "" +"These fields are used by the debian-installer and are usually not needed. " +"See /usr/share/doc/debian-installer/devel/modules.txt from the " +"B<debian-installer> package for more details about them." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod +msgid "B<Depends:> I<package-list>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-control.pod +msgid "" +"List of packages that are required for this package to provide a non-trivial " +"amount of functionality. The package maintenance software will not allow a " +"package to be installed if the packages listed in its B<Depends> field " +"aren't installed (at least not without using the force options). In an " +"installation, the postinst scripts of packages listed in B<Depends> fields " +"are run before those of the packages which depend on them. On the opposite, " +"in a removal, the prerm script of a package is run before those of the " +"packages listed in its B<Depends> field." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod +msgid "B<Pre-Depends:> I<package-list>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-control.pod +msgid "" +"List of packages that must be installed B<and> configured before this one " +"can be installed. This is usually used in the case where this package " +"requires another package for running its preinst script." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod +msgid "B<Recommends:> I<package-list>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-control.pod +msgid "" +"Lists packages that would be found together with this one in all but unusual " +"installations. The package maintenance software will warn the user if they " +"install a package without those listed in its B<Recommends> field." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod +msgid "B<Suggests:> I<package-list>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-control.pod +msgid "" +"Lists packages that are related to this one and can perhaps enhance its " +"usefulness, but without which installing this package is perfectly " +"reasonable." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-control.pod +msgid "" +"The syntax of B<Depends>, B<Pre-Depends>, B<Recommends> and B<Suggests> " +"fields is a list of groups of alternative packages. Each group is a list of " +"packages separated by vertical bar (or “pipe”) symbols, ‘B<|>’. The groups " +"are separated by commas. Commas are to be read as “AND”, and pipes as “OR”, " +"with pipes binding more tightly. Each package name is optionally followed " +"by an architecture qualifier appended after a colon ‘B<:>’, optionally " +"followed by a version number specification in parentheses." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-control.pod +msgid "" +"An architecture qualifier name can be a real Debian architecture name (since " +"dpkg 1.16.5) or B<any> (since dpkg 1.16.2). If omitted, the default is the " +"current binary package architecture. A real Debian architecture name will " +"match exactly that architecture for that package name, B<any> will match any " +"architecture for that package name if the package has been marked as " +"B<Multi-Arch: allowed>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod +msgid "" +"A version number may start with a ‘B<E<gt>E<gt>>’, in which case any later " +"version will match, and may specify or omit the Debian packaging revision " +"(separated by a hyphen). Accepted version relationships are ‘B<E<gt>E<gt>>’ " +"for greater than, ‘B<E<lt>E<lt>>’ for less than, ‘B<E<gt>=>’ for greater " +"than or equal to, ‘B<E<lt>=>’ for less than or equal to, and ‘B<=>’ for " +"equal to." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod +msgid "B<Breaks:> I<package-list>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-control.pod +msgid "" +"Lists packages that this one breaks, for example by exposing bugs when the " +"named packages rely on this one. The package maintenance software will not " +"allow broken packages to be configured; generally the resolution is to " +"upgrade the packages named in a B<Breaks> field." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod +msgid "B<Conflicts:> I<package-list>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-control.pod +msgid "" +"Lists packages that conflict with this one, for example by containing files " +"with the same names. The package maintenance software will not allow " +"conflicting packages to be installed at the same time. Two conflicting " +"packages should each include a B<Conflicts> line mentioning the other." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod +msgid "B<Replaces:> I<package-list>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-control.pod +msgid "" +"List of packages files from which this one replaces. This is used for " +"allowing this package to overwrite the files of another package and is " +"usually used with the B<Conflicts> field to force removal of the other " +"package, if this one also has the same files as the conflicted package." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-control.pod +msgid "" +"The syntax of B<Breaks>, B<Conflicts> and B<Replaces> is a list of package " +"names, separated by commas (and optional whitespace). In the B<Breaks> and " +"B<Conflicts> fields, the comma should be read as “OR”. An optional " +"architecture qualifier can also be appended to the package name with the " +"same syntax as above, but the default is B<any> instead of the binary " +"package architecture. An optional version can also be given with the same " +"syntax as above for the B<Breaks>, B<Conflicts> and B<Replaces> fields." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod +msgid "B<Enhances:> I<package-list>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-control.pod +msgid "" +"This is a list of packages that this one enhances. It is similar to " +"B<Suggests> but in the opposite direction." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod +msgid "B<Provides:> I<package-list>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-control.pod +msgid "" +"This is a list of virtual packages that this one provides. Usually this is " +"used in the case of several packages all providing the same service. For " +"example, sendmail and exim can serve as a mail server, so they provide a " +"common package (“mail-transport-agent”) on which other packages can depend. " +"This will allow sendmail or exim to serve as a valid option to satisfy the " +"dependency. This prevents the packages that depend on a mail server from " +"having to know the package names for all of them, and using ‘B<|>’ to " +"separate the list." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-control.pod +msgid "" +"The syntax of B<Provides> is a list of package names, separated by commas " +"(and optional whitespace). An optional architecture qualifier can also be " +"appended to the package name with the same syntax as above. If omitted, the " +"default is the current binary package architecture. An optional exact " +"(equal to) version can also be given with the same syntax as above (honored " +"since dpkg 1.17.11)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-control.pod deb-src-control.pod +msgid "B<Built-Using:> I<package-list>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-control.pod +msgid "" +"This field lists extra source packages that were used during the build of " +"this binary package. This is an indication to the archive maintenance " +"software that these extra source packages must be kept whilst this binary " +"package is maintained. This field must be a list of source package names " +"with strict ‘B<=>’ version relationships. Note that the archive maintenance " +"software is likely to refuse to accept an upload which declares a " +"B<Built-Using> relationship which cannot be satisfied within the archive." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-control.pod +msgid "B<Built-For-Profiles:> I<profile-list> (obsolete)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-control.pod +msgid "" +"This field used to specify a whitespace separated list of build profiles " +"that this binary packages was built with (since dpkg 1.17.2 until 1.18.18). " +"The information previously found in this field can now be found in the " +"B<.buildinfo> file, which supersedes it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-control.pod +msgid "B<Auto-Built-Package:> I<reason-list>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-control.pod +msgid "" +"This field specifies a whitespace separated list of reasons why this package " +"was auto-generated. Binary packages marked with this field will not appear " +"in the I<debian/control> master source control file. The only currently " +"used reason is B<debug-symbols>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-control.pod +msgid "B<Build-Ids:> I<elf-build-id-list>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-control.pod +msgid "" +"This field specifies a whitespace separated list of ELF build-ids. These are " +"unique identifiers for semantically identical ELF objects, for each of these " +"within the package." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-control.pod +msgid "The format or the way to compute each build-id is not defined by design." +msgstr "" + +#. type: verbatim +#: deb-control.pod +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" Package: grep\n" +" Essential: yes\n" +" Priority: required\n" +" Section: base\n" +" Maintainer: Wichert Akkerman <wakkerma@debian.org>\n" +" Architecture: sparc\n" +" Version: 2.4-1\n" +" Pre-Depends: libc6 (>= 2.0.105)\n" +" Provides: rgrep\n" +" Conflicts: rgrep\n" +" Description: GNU grep, egrep and fgrep.\n" +" The GNU family of grep utilities may be the \"fastest grep in the " +"west\".\n" +" GNU grep is based on a fast lazy-state deterministic matcher (about\n" +" twice as fast as stock Unix egrep) hybridized with a Boyer-Moore-Gosper\n" +" search for a fixed string that eliminates impossible text from being\n" +" considered by the full regexp matcher without necessarily having to\n" +" look at every character. The result is typically many times faster\n" +" than Unix grep or egrep. (Regular expressions containing backreferencing\n" +" will run more slowly, however).\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-control.pod +msgid "" +"The B<Build-Ids> field uses a rather generic name out of its original " +"context within an ELF object, which serves a very specific purpose and " +"executable format." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-control.pod +msgid "" +"L<deb822(5)>, B<deb-src-control>(5), B<deb>(5), B<deb-version>(7), " +"B<debtags>(1), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-extra-override.pod +msgid "deb-extra-override - Debian archive extra override file" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-extra-override.pod deb-override.pod +msgid "B<override>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-extra-override.pod +msgid "" +"While most information about a binary/source package can be found in the " +"control/.dsc file, all of it can be overridden when it's exported to " +"Packages/Sources files. The extra override file contains those overrides." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-extra-override.pod +msgid "" +"The extra override file has a simple whitespace-delimited format. Comments " +"are allowed (denoted with a B<#>)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-extra-override.pod +msgid "I<package> I<field-name> I<value>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-extra-override.pod +msgid "I<package> is the name of the binary/source package." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-extra-override.pod +msgid "I<field-name> is the name of the field that is overridden." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-extra-override.pod +msgid "" +"I<value> is the value to put in the field. It can contain spaces as the line " +"is split in no more than 3 columns when it's parsed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-extra-override.pod +msgid "" +"The extra override files used to make the official Packages lists may be " +"found in the I<indices> directory on any Debian mirror." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-extra-override.pod deb-override.pod +msgid "B<dpkg-scanpackages>(1), B<dpkg-scansources>(1), B<apt-ftparchive>(1)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-old.pod +msgid "deb-old - old style Debian binary package format" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-old.pod deb-split.pod deb.pod +msgid "I<filename>B<.deb>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-old.pod +msgid "" +"The B<.deb> format is the Debian binary package file format. This manual " +"page describes the B<old> format, used before Debian 0.93. Please see " +"B<deb>(5) for details of the new format." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =head1 +#: deb-old.pod deb-split.pod deb.pod +msgid "FORMAT" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-old.pod +msgid "" +"The file is two lines of format information as ASCII text, followed by two " +"concatenated gzipped ustar files." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-old.pod +msgid "" +"The first line is the format version number padded to 8 digits, and is " +"B<0.939000> for all old-format archives." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-old.pod +msgid "" +"The second line is a decimal string (without leading zeroes) giving the " +"length of the first gzipped tarfile." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-old.pod +msgid "Each of these lines is terminated with a single newline character." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-old.pod +msgid "" +"The first tarfile contains the control information, as a series of ordinary " +"files. The file B<control> must be present, as it contains the core control " +"information." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-old.pod +msgid "" +"In some very old archives, the files in the control tarfile may optionally " +"be in a B<DEBIAN> subdirectory. In that case, the B<DEBIAN> subdirectory " +"will be in the control tarfile too, and the control tarfile will have only " +"files in that directory. Optionally the control tarfile may contain an entry " +"for ‘B<.>’, that is, the current directory." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-old.pod +msgid "" +"The second gzipped tarfile is the filesystem archive, containing pathnames " +"relative to the root directory of the system to be installed on. The " +"pathnames do not have leading slashes." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-old.pod +msgid "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-origin.pod +msgid "deb-origin - Vendor-specific information files" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-origin.pod +msgid "B<%PKGCONFDIR%/origins/>I<filename>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-origin.pod +msgid "" +"The files in B<%PKGCONFDIR%/origins> can provide information about various " +"vendors who are providing Debian packages." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-origin.pod +msgid "" +"They contain a number of fields, or comments when the line starts with " +"‘B<#>’. Each field begins with a tag, such as B<Vendor> or B<Parent>, " +"followed by a colon and the body of the field. Fields are delimited only by " +"field tags. In other words, field text may be multiple lines in length, but " +"the tools will join lines when processing the body of the field." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-origin.pod +msgid "" +"The file should be named according to the vendor name. The usual convention " +"is to name the vendor file using the vendor name in all lowercase, but some " +"variation is permitted. Namely, spaces are mapped to dashes (‘B<->’), and " +"the file can have the same casing as the value in B<Vendor> field, or it can " +"be capitalized." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-origin.pod +msgid "B<Vendor:> I<vendor-name> (required)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-origin.pod +msgid "The value of this field determines the vendor name." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-origin.pod +msgid "B<Vendor-URL:> I<vendor-url>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-origin.pod +msgid "The value of this field determines the vendor URL." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-origin.pod +msgid "B<Bugs:> I<bug-url>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-origin.pod +msgid "" +"The value of this field determines the type and address of the bug tracking " +"system used by this vendor. It can be a mailto URL or a debbugs URL (e.g., " +"debbugs://bugs.debian.org/)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-origin.pod +msgid "B<Parent:> I<vendor-name>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-origin.pod +msgid "" +"The value of this field determines the vendor name of the vendor that this " +"vendor derives from." +msgstr "" + +#. type: verbatim +#: deb-origin.pod +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" Vendor: Debian\n" +" Vendor-URL: https://www.debian.org/\n" +" Bugs: debbugs://bugs.debian.org\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-origin.pod +msgid "B<dpkg-vendor>(1)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-override.pod +msgid "deb-override - Debian archive override file" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-override.pod +msgid "" +"While most information about a package can be found in the control file, " +"some is managed centrally by the distribution czars rather than by the " +"maintainer in order to offer some global consistency. This information is " +"found in the override file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-override.pod +msgid "" +"The override file has a simple whitespace-delimited format. Comments are " +"allowed (denoted with a B<#>)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-override.pod +msgid "I<package> I<priority> I<section> [I<maintainer-info>]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-override.pod +msgid "" +"I<package> is the name of the package. Entries in the override file for " +"packages not found in the tree of binary packages are ignored." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-override.pod +msgid "" +"I<priority> and I<section> correspond to the respective control fields " +"available in the .deb. The allowed values are specific to each distribution " +"archive." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-override.pod +msgid "" +"I<maintainer-info>, if present, can be either the name of a maintainer for " +"an unconditional override, or else I<old-maintainer> B<=E<gt>> " +"I<new-maintainer> to perform a substitution." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-override.pod +msgid "" +"The override files used to make the official Packages lists may be found in " +"the I<indices> directory on any Debian mirror." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-postinst.pod +msgid "deb-postinst - package post-installation maintainer script" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-postinst.pod +msgid "B<DEBIAN/postinst>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-postinst.pod +msgid "" +"A package can perform several post-installation actions via maintainer " +"scripts, by including an executable I<postinst> file in its control archive " +"(i.e. I<DEBIAN/postinst> during package creation)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-postinst.pod deb-postrm.pod deb-preinst.pod deb-prerm.pod +msgid "The script can be called in the following ways:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-postinst.pod +msgid "I<postinst> B<configure> I<old-version>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-postinst.pod +msgid "After the package was installed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-postinst.pod +msgid "I<postinst> B<triggered> \"I<trigger-name...>\"" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-postinst.pod +msgid "" +"After the package was triggered. The list of space-separated " +"I<trigger-name>s is passed as the second argument." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-postinst.pod +msgid "I<old-postinst> B<abort-upgrade> I<new-version>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-postinst.pod +msgid "If I<prerm> fails during upgrade or fails on failed upgrade." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-postinst.pod +msgid "I<old-postinst> B<abort-remove>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-postinst.pod +msgid "If I<prerm> fails during removal." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-postinst.pod +msgid "I<postinst> B<abort-deconfigure in-favour> I<new-package new-version>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-postinst.pod deb-prerm.pod +msgid "S< >[ B<removing> I<old-package old-version> ]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-postinst.pod +msgid "If I<prerm> fails during deconfiguration of a package." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-postinst.pod +msgid "I<postinst> B<abort-remove in-favour> I<new-package new-version>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-postinst.pod +msgid "If I<prerm> fails during replacement due to conflict." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-postinst.pod deb-postrm.pod deb-preinst.pod deb-prerm.pod +#: dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg.cfg.pod +msgid "B<dpkg>(1)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-postrm.pod +msgid "deb-postrm - package post-removal maintainer script" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-postrm.pod +msgid "B<DEBIAN/postrm>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-postrm.pod +msgid "" +"A package can perform several post-removal actions via maintainer scripts, " +"by including an executable I<postrm> file in its control archive " +"(i.e. I<DEBIAN/postrm> during package creation)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-postrm.pod +msgid "I<postrm> B<remove>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-postrm.pod +msgid "After the package was removed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-postrm.pod +msgid "I<postrm> B<purge>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-postrm.pod +msgid "After the package was purged." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-postrm.pod +msgid "I<old-postrm> B<upgrade> I<new-version>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-postrm.pod +msgid "After the package was upgraded." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-postrm.pod +msgid "I<new-postrm> B<failed-upgrade> I<old-version> I<new-version>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-postrm.pod +msgid "If the above B<upgrade> call fails." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-postrm.pod +msgid "I<postrm> B<disappear> I<overwriter-package> I<overwriter-version>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-postrm.pod +msgid "After all of the packages files have been replaced." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-postrm.pod +msgid "I<new-postrm> B<abort-install>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-postrm.pod +msgid "If I<preinst> fails during install." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-postrm.pod +msgid "I<new-postrm> B<abort-install> I<old-version new-version>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-postrm.pod +msgid "If I<preinst> fails during upgrade of removed package." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-postrm.pod +msgid "I<new-postrm> B<abort-upgrade> I<old-version new-version>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-postrm.pod +msgid "If I<preinst> fails during upgrade." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-preinst.pod +msgid "deb-preinst - package pre-installation maintainer script" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-preinst.pod +msgid "B<DEBIAN/preinst>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-preinst.pod +msgid "" +"A package can perform several pre-installation actions via maintainer " +"scripts, by including an executable I<preinst> file in its control archive " +"(i.e. I<DEBIAN/preinst> during package creation)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-preinst.pod +msgid "I<new-preinst> B<install>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-preinst.pod +msgid "Before the package is installed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-preinst.pod +msgid "I<new-preinst> B<install> I<old-version new-version>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-preinst.pod +msgid "Before removed package is upgraded." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-preinst.pod +msgid "I<new-preinst> B<upgrade> I<old-version new-version>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-preinst.pod +msgid "Before the package is upgraded." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-preinst.pod +msgid "I<old-preinst> B<abort-upgrade> I<new-version>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-preinst.pod +msgid "If I<postrm> fails during upgrade or fails on failed upgrade." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-prerm.pod +msgid "deb-prerm - package pre-removal maintainer script" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-prerm.pod +msgid "B<DEBIAN/prerm>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-prerm.pod +msgid "" +"A package can perform several pre-removal actions via maintainer scripts, by " +"including an executable I<prerm> file in its control archive " +"(i.e. I<DEBIAN/prerm> during package creation)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-prerm.pod +msgid "I<prerm> B<remove>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-prerm.pod +msgid "Before the package is removed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-prerm.pod +msgid "I<old-prerm> B<upgrade> I<new-version>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-prerm.pod +msgid "Before an upgrade." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-prerm.pod +msgid "I<new-prerm> B<failed-upgrade> I<old-version new-version>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-prerm.pod +msgid "If the above B<upgrade> fails." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-prerm.pod +msgid "I<prerm> B<deconfigure in-favour> I<new-package new-version>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-prerm.pod +msgid "Before package is deconfigured while dependency is replaced due to conflict." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-prerm.pod +msgid "I<prerm> B<remove in-favour> I<new-package new-version>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-prerm.pod +msgid "Before the package is replaced due to conflict." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-shlibs.pod +msgid "deb-shlibs - Debian shared library information file" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-shlibs.pod +msgid "B<debian/shlibs>, B<debian/>I<binary-name>B<.shlibs>, B<DEBIAN/shlibs>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-shlibs.pod +msgid "" +"B<shlibs> files map shared library names and versions (I<SONAMEs>) to " +"dependencies suitable for a package control file. There is one entry per " +"line. Blank lines are B<not> allowed. Lines beginning with an B<#> " +"character are considered commentary, and are ignored. All other lines must " +"have the format:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-shlibs.pod +msgid "[I<type>B<:>] I<library> I<version> I<dependencies>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-shlibs.pod +msgid "" +"The I<library> and I<version> fields are whitespace-delimited, but the " +"I<dependencies> field extends to the end of the line. The I<type> field is " +"optional and normally not needed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-shlibs.pod +msgid "" +"The I<dependencies> field has the same syntax as the B<Depends> field in a " +"binary control file, see B<deb-control>(5)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =head1 +#: deb-shlibs.pod +msgid "SONAME FORMATS" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-shlibs.pod +msgid "The SONAME formats supported are:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-shlibs.pod +msgid "I<name>.so.I<version>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-shlibs.pod +msgid "and" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-shlibs.pod +msgid "I<name>-I<version>.so" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-shlibs.pod +msgid "where I<name> is usually prefixed by B<lib>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-shlibs.pod +msgid "" +"The B<shlibs> file for a typical library package, named I<libcrunch1>, that " +"provides one library whose SONAME is I<libcrunch.so.1>, might read" +msgstr "" + +#. type: verbatim +#: deb-shlibs.pod +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" libcrunch 1 libcrunch1 (>= 1.2-1)\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-shlibs.pod +msgid "" +"The I<dependencies> must mention the most recent version of the package that " +"added new symbols to the library: in the above example, new symbols were " +"added to version 1.2 of I<libcrunch>. This is not the only reason the " +"dependencies might need to be tightened." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-shlibs.pod +msgid "B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg-shlibdeps>(1), B<deb-symbols>(5)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-split.pod +msgid "deb-split - Debian multi-part binary package format" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-split.pod +msgid "" +"The multi-part B<.deb> format is used to split big packages into smaller " +"pieces to ease transport in small media." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-split.pod +msgid "" +"The file is an B<ar> archive with a magic value of B<!E<lt>archE<gt>>. The " +"file names might contain a trailing slash (since dpkg 1.15.6)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-split.pod +msgid "" +"The first member is named B<debian-split> and contains a series of lines, " +"separated by newlines. Currently eight lines are present:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-split.pod deb-src-symbols.pod dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod +#: dpkg-gensymbols.pod dselect.pod +msgid "*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-split.pod +msgid "The format version number, B<2.1> at the time this manual page was written." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-split.pod +msgid "The package name." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-split.pod +msgid "The package version." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-split.pod +msgid "The md5sum of the package." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-split.pod +msgid "The total size of the package." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-split.pod +msgid "The maximum part size." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-split.pod +msgid "" +"The current part number, followed by a slash and the total amount of parts " +"(as in ‘1/10’)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-split.pod +msgid "The package architecture (since dpkg 1.16.1)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-split.pod +msgid "" +"Programs which read multi-part archives should be prepared for the minor " +"format version number to be increased and additional lines to be present, " +"and should ignore these if this is the case." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-split.pod +msgid "" +"If the major format version number has changed, an incompatible change has " +"been made and the program should stop. If it has not, then the program " +"should be able to safely continue, unless it encounters an unexpected member " +"in the archive (except at the end), as described below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-split.pod +msgid "" +"The second, last required member is named B<data.>I<N>, where I<N> denotes " +"the part number. It contains the raw part data." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-split.pod +msgid "" +"These members must occur in this exact order. Current implementations should " +"ignore any additional members after B<data.>I<N>. Further members may be " +"defined in the future, and (if possible) will be placed after these two." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-split.pod +msgid "B<deb>(5), B<dpkg-split>(1)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-src-control.pod +msgid "deb-src-control - Debian source packages' master control file format" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-src-control.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod +msgid "B<debian/control>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-src-control.pod +msgid "" +"Each Debian source package contains the master «B<debian/control>» file, and " +"its L<deb822(5)> format is a superset of the B<control> file shipped in " +"Debian binary packages, see B<deb-control>(5)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-src-control.pod +msgid "" +"This file contains at least 2 paragraphs, separated by a blank line. The " +"first paragraph lists all information about the source package in general, " +"while each following paragraph describes exactly one binary package. Each " +"paragraph consists of at least one field. A field starts with a fieldname, " +"such as B<Package> or B<Section> (case insensitive), followed by a colon, " +"the body of the field (case sensitive unless stated otherwise) and a " +"newline. Multi-line fields are also allowed, but each supplementary line, " +"without a fieldname, should start with at least one space. The content of " +"the multi-line fields is generally joined to a single line by the tools " +"(except in the case of the B<Description> field, see below). To insert empty " +"lines into a multi-line field, insert a dot after the space. Lines starting " +"with a ‘B<#>’ are treated as comments." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =head1 +#: deb-src-control.pod +msgid "SOURCE FIELDS" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-src-control.pod +msgid "B<Source:> I<source-package-name> (required)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-src-control.pod +msgid "" +"The value of this field is the name of the source package, and should match " +"the name of the source package in the debian/changelog file. A package name " +"must consist only of lowercase letters (a-z), digits (0-9), plus (+) and " +"minus (-) signs, and periods (.). Package names must be at least two " +"characters long and must start with a lowercase alphanumeric character " +"(a-z0-9)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-src-control.pod +msgid "" +"Should be in the format «Joe Bloggs E<lt>jbloggs@foo.comE<gt>», and " +"references the person who currently maintains the package, as opposed to the " +"author of the software or the original packager." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-src-control.pod +msgid "B<Uploaders:> I<fullname-email>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod +msgid "" +"Lists all the names and email addresses of co-maintainers of the package, in " +"the same format as the B<Maintainer> field. Multiple co-maintainers should " +"be separated by a comma." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-src-control.pod +msgid "B<Standards-Version:> I<version-string>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod +msgid "" +"This documents the most recent version of the distribution policy standards " +"this package complies with." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod +msgid "B<Description> I<short-description>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod +msgid "" +"The format for the source package description is a short brief summary on " +"the first line (after the B<Description> field). The following lines should " +"be used as a longer, more detailed description. Each line of the long " +"description must be preceded by a space, and blank lines in the long " +"description must contain a single ‘B<.>’ following the preceding space." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-src-control.pod +msgid "The upstream project home page URL." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-src-control.pod +msgid "" +"The I<url> of the bug tracking system for this package. The current used " +"format is I<bts-type>B<://>I<bts-address>, like " +"B<debbugs://bugs.debian.org>. This field is usually not needed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-src-control.pod +msgid "B<Rules-Requires-Root:> B<no>|B<binary-targets>|I<impl-keywords>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-src-control.pod +msgid "" +"This field is used to indicate whether the B<debian/rules> file requires " +"(fake)root privileges to run some of its targets, and if so when." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-src-control.pod +msgid "The binary targets will not require (fake)root at all." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-src-control.pod +msgid "B<binary-targets>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-src-control.pod +msgid "" +"The binary targets must always be run under (fake)root. This value is the " +"default when the field is omitted; adding the field with an explicit " +"B<binary-targets> while not strictly needed, marks it as having been " +"analyzed for this requirement." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-src-control.pod +msgid "I<impl-keywords>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-src-control.pod +msgid "" +"This is a space-separated list of keywords which define when (fake)root is " +"required." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-src-control.pod +msgid "" +"Keywords consist of I<namespace>/I<cases>. The I<namespace> part cannot " +"contain \"/\" or whitespace. The I<cases> part cannot contain whitespace. " +"Furthermore, both parts must consist entirely of printable ASCII characters." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-src-control.pod +msgid "" +"Each tool/package will define a namespace named after itself and provide a " +"number of cases where (fake)root is required. (See \"Implementation " +"provided keywords\" in I<rootless-builds.txt>)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-src-control.pod +msgid "" +"When the field is set to one of the I<impl-keywords>, the builder will " +"expose an interface that is used to run a command under (fake)root. (See " +"\"Gain Root API\" in I<rootless-builds.txt>.)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod +msgid "B<Testsuite:> I<name-list>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod +msgid "B<Testsuite-Triggers:> I<package-list>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-src-control.pod +msgid "" +"These fields are described in the B<dsc>(5) manual page, as they are " +"generated from information inferred from B<debian/tests/control> or copied " +"literally to the source control file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod +msgid "B<Vcs-Arch:> I<url>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod +msgid "B<Vcs-Bzr:> I<url>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod +msgid "B<Vcs-Cvs:> I<url>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod +msgid "B<Vcs-Darcs:> I<url>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod +msgid "B<Vcs-Git:> I<url>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod +msgid "B<Vcs-Hg:> I<url>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod +msgid "B<Vcs-Mtn:> I<url>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod +msgid "B<Vcs-Svn:> I<url>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-src-control.pod +msgid "" +"The I<url> of the Version Control System repository used to maintain this " +"package. Currently supported are B<Arch>, B<Bzr> (Bazaar), B<Cvs>, B<Darcs>, " +"B<Git>, B<Hg> (Mercurial), B<Mtn> (Monotone) and B<Svn> " +"(Subversion). Usually this field points to the latest version of the " +"package, such as the main branch or the trunk." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod +msgid "B<Vcs-Browser:> I<url>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-src-control.pod +msgid "" +"The I<url> of a webinterface to browse the Version Control System " +"repository." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-src-control.pod +msgid "" +"The name of the distribution this package is originating from. This field is " +"usually not needed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod +msgid "B<Build-Depends:> I<package-list>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-src-control.pod +msgid "" +"A list of packages that need to be installed and configured to be able to " +"build from source package. These dependencies need to be satisfied when " +"building binary architecture dependent or independent packages and source " +"packages. Including a dependency in this field does not have the exact same " +"effect as including it in both B<Build-Depends-Arch> and " +"B<Build-Depends-Indep>, because the dependency also needs to be satisfied " +"when building the source package." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod +msgid "B<Build-Depends-Arch:> I<package-list>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-src-control.pod +msgid "" +"Same as B<Build-Depends>, but they are only needed when building the " +"architecture dependent packages. The B<Build-Depends> are also installed in " +"this case. This field is supported since dpkg 1.16.4; in order to build with " +"older dpkg versions, B<Build-Depends> should be used instead." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod +msgid "B<Build-Depends-Indep:> I<package-list>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-src-control.pod +msgid "" +"Same as B<Build-Depends>, but they are only needed when building the " +"architecture independent packages. The B<Build-Depends> are also installed " +"in this case." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod +msgid "B<Build-Conflicts:> I<package-list>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-src-control.pod +msgid "" +"A list of packages that should not be installed when the package is built, " +"for example because they interfere with the build system used. Including a " +"dependency in this list has the same effect as including it in both " +"B<Build-Conflicts-Arch> and B<Build-Conflicts-Indep>, with the additional " +"effect of being used for source-only builds." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod +msgid "B<Build-Conflicts-Arch:> I<package-list>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-src-control.pod +msgid "" +"Same as B<Build-Conflicts>, but only when building the architecture " +"dependent packages. This field is supported since dpkg 1.16.4; in order to " +"build with older dpkg versions, B<Build-Conflicts> should be used instead." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-src-control.pod dsc.pod +msgid "B<Build-Conflicts-Indep:> I<package-list>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-src-control.pod +msgid "" +"Same as B<Build-Conflicts>, but only when building the architecture " +"independent packages." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-src-control.pod +msgid "" +"The syntax of the B<Build-Depends>, B<Build-Depends-Arch> and " +"B<Build-Depends-Indep> fields is a list of groups of alternative packages. " +"Each group is a list of packages separated by vertical bar (or “pipe”) " +"symbols, ‘B<|>’. The groups are separated by commas ‘B<,>’, and can end " +"with a trailing comma that will be eliminated when generating the fields for " +"B<deb-control>(5) (since dpkg 1.10.14). Commas are to be read as “AND”, and " +"pipes as “OR”, with pipes binding more tightly. Each package name is " +"optionally followed by an architecture qualifier appended after a colon " +"‘B<:>’, optionally followed by a version number specification in parentheses " +"‘B<(>’ and ‘B<)>’, an architecture specification in square brackets ‘B<[>’ " +"and ‘B<]>’, and a restriction formula consisting of one or more lists of " +"profile names in angle brackets ‘B<E<lt>>’ and ‘B<E<gt>>’." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-src-control.pod +msgid "" +"The syntax of the B<Build-Conflicts>, B<Build-Conflicts-Arch> and " +"B<Build-Conflicts-Indep> fields is a list of comma-separated package names, " +"where the comma is read as an “AND”, and where the list can end with a " +"trailing comma that will be eliminated when generating the fields for " +"B<deb-control>(5) (since dpkg 1.10.14). Specifying alternative packages " +"using a “pipe” is not supported. Each package name is optionally followed " +"by a version number specification in parentheses, an architecture " +"specification in square brackets, and a restriction formula consisting of " +"one or more lists of profile names in angle brackets." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-src-control.pod +msgid "" +"An architecture qualifier name can be a real Debian architecture name (since " +"dpkg 1.16.5), B<any> (since dpkg 1.16.2) or B<native> (since dpkg 1.16.5). " +"If omitted, the default for B<Build-Depends> fields is the current host " +"architecture, the default for B<Build-Conflicts> fields is B<any>. A real " +"Debian architecture name will match exactly that architecture for that " +"package name, B<any> will match any architecture for that package name if " +"the package is marked with B<Multi-Arch: allowed>, and B<native> will match " +"the current build architecture if the package is not marked with " +"B<Multi-Arch: foreign>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-src-control.pod +msgid "" +"An architecture specification consists of one or more architecture names, " +"separated by whitespace. Exclamation marks may be prepended to each of the " +"names, meaning “NOT”." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-src-control.pod +msgid "" +"A restriction formula consists of one or more restriction lists, separated " +"by whitespace. Each restriction list is enclosed in angle brackets. Items in " +"the restriction list are build profile names, separated by whitespace and " +"can be prefixed with an exclamation mark, meaning “NOT”. A restriction " +"formula represents a disjunctive normal form expression." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-src-control.pod +msgid "" +"Note that dependencies on packages in the B<build-essential> set can be " +"omitted and that declaring build conflicts against them is impossible. A " +"list of these packages is in the build-essential package." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =head1 +#: deb-src-control.pod +msgid "BINARY FIELDS" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-src-control.pod +msgid "" +"Note that the B<Priority>, B<Section> and B<Homepage> fields can also be in " +"a binary paragraph to override the global value from the source package." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-src-control.pod +msgid "B<Package:> I<binary-package-name> (required)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-src-control.pod +msgid "" +"This field is used to name the binary package name. The same restrictions as " +"to a source package name apply." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-src-control.pod +msgid "B<Architecture:> I<arch>|B<all>|B<any> (required)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-src-control.pod +msgid "" +"The architecture specifies on which type of hardware this package runs. For " +"packages that run on all architectures, use the B<any> value. For packages " +"that are architecture independent, such as shell and Perl scripts or " +"documentation, use the B<all> value. To restrict the packages to a certain " +"set of architectures, specify the architecture names, separated by a " +"space. It's also possible to put architecture wildcards in that list (see " +"B<dpkg-architecture>(1) for more information about them)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-src-control.pod +msgid "B<Build-Profiles:> I<restriction-formula>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-src-control.pod +msgid "" +"This field specifies the conditions for which this binary package does or " +"does not build. To express that condition, the same restriction formula " +"syntax from the B<Build-Depends> field is used." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-src-control.pod +msgid "" +"If a binary package paragraph does not contain this field, then it " +"implicitly means that it builds with all build profiles (including none at " +"all)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-src-control.pod +msgid "" +"In other words, if a binary package paragraph is annotated with a non-empty " +"B<Build-Profiles> field, then this binary package is generated if and only " +"if the condition expressed by the conjunctive normal form expression " +"evaluates to true." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-src-control.pod +msgid "B<Protected:> B<Byes>|B<no>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-src-control.pod +msgid "B<Multi-Arch:> B<same>|B<foreign>|B<allowed>|B<no>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-src-control.pod +msgid "" +"These fields are described in the B<deb-control>(5) manual page, as they " +"are copied literally to the control file of the binary package." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-src-control.pod +msgid "" +"These fields declare relationships between packages. They are discussed in " +"the B<deb-control>(5) manpage. When these fields are found in " +"I<debian/control> they can also end with a trailing comma (since dpkg " +"1.10.14), have architecture specifications and restriction formulas which " +"will all get reduced when generating the fields for B<deb-control>(5)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-src-control.pod +msgid "" +"These fields are used by the debian-installer in B<udeb>s and are usually " +"not needed. See /usr/share/doc/debian-installer/devel/modules.txt from the " +"B<debian-installer> package for more details about them." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =head1 +#: deb-src-control.pod +msgid "USER-DEFINED FIELDS" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-src-control.pod +msgid "" +"It is allowed to add additional user-defined fields to the control file. The " +"tools will ignore these fields. If you want the fields to be copied over to " +"the output files, such as the binary packages, you need to use a custom " +"naming scheme: the fields should start with an B<X>, followed by zero or " +"more of the letters B<SBC> and a hyphen." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-src-control.pod +msgid "B<S>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-src-control.pod +msgid "The field will appear in the source package control file, see B<dsc>(5)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-src-control.pod +msgid "B<B>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-src-control.pod +msgid "" +"The field will appear in the control file in the binary package, see " +"B<deb-control>(5)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-src-control.pod +msgid "B<C>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-src-control.pod +msgid "" +"The field will appear in the upload control (.changes) file, see " +"B<deb-changes>(5)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-src-control.pod +msgid "" +"Note that the B<X>[B<SBC>]B<-> prefixes are stripped when the fields are " +"copied over to the output files. A field B<XC-Approved-By> will appear as " +"B<Approved-By> in the changes file and will not appear in the binary or " +"source package control files." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-src-control.pod +msgid "" +"Take into account that these user-defined fields will be using the global " +"namespace, which might at some point in the future collide with officially " +"recognized fields. To avoid such potential situation you can prefix those " +"fields with B<Private->, such as B<XB-Private-New-Field>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: verbatim +#: deb-src-control.pod +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" # Comment\n" +" Source: dpkg\n" +" Section: admin\n" +" Priority: required\n" +" Maintainer: Dpkg Developers <debian-dpkg@lists.debian.org>\n" +" # this field is copied to the binary and source packages\n" +" XBS-Upstream-Release-Status: stable\n" +" Homepage: https://wiki.debian.org/Teams/Dpkg\n" +" Vcs-Browser: https://git.dpkg.org/cgit/dpkg/dpkg.git\n" +" Vcs-Git: https://git.dpkg.org/git/dpkg/dpkg.git\n" +" Standards-Version: 3.7.3\n" +" Build-Depends: pkg-config, debhelper (>= 4.1.81),\n" +" libselinux1-dev (>= 1.28-4) [!linux-any]\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: verbatim +#: deb-src-control.pod +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" Package: dpkg-dev\n" +" Section: utils\n" +" Priority: optional\n" +" Architecture: all\n" +" # this is a custom field in the binary package\n" +" XB-Mentoring-Contact: Raphael Hertzog <hertzog@debian.org>\n" +" Depends: dpkg (>= 1.14.6), perl5, perl-modules, cpio (>= 2.4.2-2),\n" +" bzip2, lzma, patch (>= 2.2-1), make, binutils, libtimedate-perl\n" +" Recommends: gcc | c-compiler, build-essential\n" +" Suggests: gnupg, debian-keyring\n" +" Conflicts: dpkg-cross (<< 2.0.0), devscripts (<< 2.10.26)\n" +" Replaces: manpages-pl (<= 20051117-1)\n" +" Description: Debian package development tools\n" +" This package provides the development tools (including dpkg-source)\n" +" required to unpack, build and upload Debian source packages.\n" +" .\n" +" Most Debian source packages will require additional tools to build;\n" +" for example, most packages need make and the C compiler gcc.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-src-control.pod +msgid "L<deb822(5)>, B<deb-control>(5), B<deb-version>(7), B<dpkg-source>(1)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-src-files.pod +msgid "deb-src-files - Debian distribute files format" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-src-files.pod dpkg-distaddfile.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod +#: dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod +msgid "B<debian/files>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-src-files.pod +msgid "" +"This file contains the list of artifacts that are to be distributed via the " +"B<.changes> control file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-src-files.pod +msgid "The I<debian/files> file has a simple whitespace-delimited format." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-src-files.pod +msgid "I<filename> I<section> I<priority> [ I<keyword=value...> ]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-src-files.pod +msgid "I<filename> is the name of the artifact to distribute." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-src-files.pod +msgid "" +"I<section> and I<priority> correspond to the respective control fields " +"available in the .deb. The allowed values are specific to each distribution " +"archive." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-src-files.pod +msgid "" +"I<keyword=value...> corresponds to an optional whitespace-delimited list of " +"attributes for this entry. The only currently supported keyword is " +"B<automatic> with value B<yes>, to mark automatically generated files." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =head1 +#: deb-src-files.pod deb-version.pod dpkg-architecture.pod +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-parsechangelog.pod +msgid "NOTES" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-src-files.pod +msgid "" +"This file is not intended to be modified directly, please use one of " +"B<dpkg-gencontrol> or B<dpkg-distaddfile> to add entries to it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-src-files.pod +msgid "B<dpkg-genchanges>(1), B<dpkg-distaddfile>(1)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-src-rules.pod +msgid "deb-src-rules - Debian source package rules file" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-src-rules.pod +msgid "B<debian/rules>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-src-rules.pod +msgid "" +"This file contains the instructions necessary to build the binary packages " +"from the source package." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-src-rules.pod +msgid "" +"The I<debian/rules> file is an executable Makefile, with a shebang that is " +"usually set to \"#!/usr/bin/make -f\"." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-src-rules.pod +msgid "It must support the following make targets:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-src-rules.pod +msgid "B<clean>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-src-rules.pod +msgid "" +"Clean up the source tree, by undoing any change done by any of the build and " +"binary targets. This target will be called with root privileges." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-src-rules.pod +msgid "B<build-indep>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-src-rules.pod +msgid "" +"Build architecture independent files required to build any architecture " +"independent binary package. If there are no architecture independent binary " +"packages to generate, the target must still exist but do nothing. This " +"target must not require root privileges." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-src-rules.pod +msgid "B<build-arch>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-src-rules.pod +msgid "" +"Build architecture dependent files required to build any architecture " +"dependent binary package. If there are no architecture dependent binary " +"packages to generate, the target must still exist but do nothing. This " +"target must not require root privileges." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-src-rules.pod +msgid "B<build>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-src-rules.pod +msgid "" +"Build architecture independent and dependent files, either by depending (at " +"least transitively) on B<build-indep> and/or B<build-arch> or by inlining " +"what those targets would do. This target must not require root privileges." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-src-rules.pod +msgid "B<binary-indep>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-src-rules.pod +msgid "" +"Build architecture independent binary packages. This target must depend (at " +"least transitively) on either B<build-indep> or B<build>. This target will " +"be called with root privileges." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-src-rules.pod +msgid "B<binary-arch>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-src-rules.pod +msgid "" +"Build architecture dependent binary packages. This target must depend (at " +"least transitively) on either B<build-arch> or B<build>. This target will " +"be called with root privileges." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-src-rules.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod +#: dpkg-genchanges.pod +msgid "B<binary>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-src-rules.pod +msgid "" +"Build architecture independent and dependent binary packages, either by " +"depending (at least transitively) on B<binary-indep> and/or B<binary-arch> " +"or by inlining what those targets would do. This target will be called with " +"root privileges." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-src-rules.pod +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-architecture>(1), B<dpkg-vendor>(1), B<dpkg-buildflags>(1), " +"B<dpkg-parsechangelog>(1), B<dpkg-shlibdeps>(1), B<dpkg-gencontrol>(1), " +"B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg-distaddfile>(1)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-src-symbols.pod +msgid "deb-src-symbols - Debian's extended shared library template file" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-src-symbols.pod +msgid "" +"B<debian/>I<package>B<.symbols.>I<arch>, B<debian/symbols.>I<arch>, " +"B<debian/>I<package>B<.symbols>, B<debian/symbols>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-src-symbols.pod +msgid "" +"The symbol file templates are shipped in Debian source packages, and its " +"format is a superset of the symbols files shipped in binary packages, see " +"L<deb-symbols(5)>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =head2 +#: deb-src-symbols.pod +msgid "Comments" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-src-symbols.pod +msgid "" +"Comments are supported in template symbol files. Any line with ‘#’ as the " +"first character is a comment except if it starts with ‘#include’ (see " +"section B<Using includes>). Lines starting with ‘#MISSING:’ are special " +"comments documenting symbols that have disappeared." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =head2 +#: deb-src-symbols.pod +msgid "Using #PACKAGE# substitution" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-src-symbols.pod +msgid "" +"In some rare cases, the name of the library varies between architectures. " +"To avoid hardcoding the name of the package in the symbols file, you can use " +"the marker I<#PACKAGE#>. It will be replaced by the real package name during " +"installation of the symbols files. Contrary to the I<#MINVER#> marker, " +"I<#PACKAGE#> will never appear in a symbols file inside a binary package." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =head2 +#: deb-src-symbols.pod +msgid "Using symbol tags" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-src-symbols.pod +msgid "" +"Symbol tagging is useful for marking symbols that are special in some way. " +"Any symbol can have an arbitrary number of tags associated with it. While " +"all tags are parsed and stored, only some of them are understood by " +"B<dpkg-gensymbols> and trigger special handling of the symbols. See " +"subsection B<Standard symbol tags> for reference of these tags." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-src-symbols.pod +msgid "" +"Tag specification comes right before the symbol name (no whitespace is " +"allowed in between). It always starts with an opening bracket B<(>, ends " +"with a closing bracket B<)> and must contain at least one tag. Multiple tags " +"are separated by the B<|> character. Each tag can optionally have a value " +"which is separated form the tag name by the B<=> character. Tag names and " +"values can be arbitrary strings except they cannot contain any of the " +"special B<)> B<|> B<=> characters. Symbol names following a tag " +"specification can optionally be quoted with either B<'> or B<\"> characters " +"to allow whitespaces in them. However, if there are no tags specified for " +"the symbol, quotes are treated as part of the symbol name which continues up " +"until the first space." +msgstr "" + +#. type: verbatim +#: deb-src-symbols.pod +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" (tag1=i am marked|tag name with space)\"tagged quoted symbol\"@Base 1.0\n" +" (optional)tagged_unquoted_symbol@Base 1.0 1\n" +" untagged_symbol@Base 1.0\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-src-symbols.pod +msgid "" +"The first symbol in the example is named I<tagged quoted symbol> and has two " +"tags: I<tag1> with value I<i am marked> and I<tag name with space> that has " +"no value. The second symbol named I<tagged_unquoted_symbol> is only tagged " +"with the tag named I<optional>. The last symbol is an example of the normal " +"untagged symbol." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-src-symbols.pod +msgid "" +"Since symbol tags are an extension of the B<deb-symbols>(5) format, they can " +"only be part of the symbols files used in source packages (those files " +"should then be seen as templates used to build the symbols files that are " +"embedded in binary packages). When B<dpkg-gensymbols> is called without the " +"B<-t> option, it will output symbols files compatible to the " +"B<deb-symbols>(5) format: it fully processes symbols according to the " +"requirements of their standard tags and strips all tags from the output. On " +"the contrary, in template mode (B<-t>) all symbols and their tags (both " +"standard and unknown ones) are kept in the output and are written in their " +"original form as they were loaded." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =head2 +#: deb-src-symbols.pod +msgid "Standard symbol tags" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-src-symbols.pod +msgid "B<optional>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-src-symbols.pod +msgid "" +"A symbol marked as optional can disappear from the library at any time and " +"that will never cause B<dpkg-gensymbols> to fail. However, disappeared " +"optional symbols will continuously appear as MISSING in the diff in each new " +"package revision. This behaviour serves as a reminder for the maintainer " +"that such a symbol needs to be removed from the symbol file or readded to " +"the library. When the optional symbol, which was previously declared as " +"MISSING, suddenly reappears in the next revision, it will be upgraded back " +"to the “existing” status with its minimum version unchanged." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-src-symbols.pod +msgid "" +"This tag is useful for symbols which are private where their disappearance " +"do not cause ABI breakage. For example, most of C++ template instantiations " +"fall into this category. Like any other tag, this one may also have an " +"arbitrary value: it could be used to indicate why the symbol is considered " +"optional." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-src-symbols.pod +msgid "B<arch=>I<architecture-list>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-src-symbols.pod +msgid "B<arch-bits=>I<architecture-bits>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-src-symbols.pod +msgid "B<arch-endian=>I<architecture-endianness>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-src-symbols.pod +msgid "" +"These tags allow one to restrict the set of architectures where the symbol " +"is supposed to exist. The B<arch-bits> and B<arch-endian> tags are supported " +"since dpkg 1.18.0. When the symbols list is updated with the symbols " +"discovered in the library, all arch-specific symbols which do not concern " +"the current host architecture are treated as if they did not exist. If an " +"arch-specific symbol matching the current host architecture does not exist " +"in the library, normal procedures for missing symbols apply and it may cause " +"B<dpkg-gensymbols> to fail. On the other hand, if the arch-specific symbol " +"is found when it was not supposed to exist (because the current host " +"architecture is not listed in the tag or does not match the endianness and " +"bits), it is made arch neutral (i.e. the arch, arch-bits and arch-endian " +"tags are dropped and the symbol will appear in the diff due to this change), " +"but it is not considered as new." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-src-symbols.pod +msgid "" +"When operating in the default non-template mode, among arch-specific symbols " +"only those that match the current host architecture are written to the " +"symbols file. On the contrary, all arch-specific symbols (including those " +"from foreign arches) are always written to the symbol file when operating in " +"template mode." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-src-symbols.pod +msgid "" +"The format of I<architecture-list> is the same as the one used in the " +"B<Build-Depends> field of I<debian/control> (except the enclosing square " +"brackets []). For example, the first symbol from the list below will be " +"considered only on alpha, any-amd64 and ia64 architectures, the second only " +"on linux architectures, while the third one anywhere except on armel." +msgstr "" + +#. type: verbatim +#: deb-src-symbols.pod +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" (arch=alpha any-amd64 ia64)64bit_specific_symbol@Base 1.0\n" +" (arch=linux-any)linux_specific_symbol@Base 1.0\n" +" (arch=!armel)symbol_armel_does_not_have@Base 1.0\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-src-symbols.pod +msgid "The I<architecture-bits> is either B<32> or B<64>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: verbatim +#: deb-src-symbols.pod +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" (arch-bits=32)32bit_specific_symbol@Base 1.0\n" +" (arch-bits=64)64bit_specific_symbol@Base 1.0\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-src-symbols.pod +msgid "The I<architecture-endianness> is either B<little> or B<big>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: verbatim +#: deb-src-symbols.pod +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" (arch-endian=little)little_endian_specific_symbol@Base 1.0\n" +" (arch-endian=big)big_endian_specific_symbol@Base 1.0\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-src-symbols.pod +msgid "Multiple restrictions can be chained." +msgstr "" + +#. type: verbatim +#: deb-src-symbols.pod +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" (arch-bits=32|arch-endian=little)32bit_le_symbol@Base 1.0\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-src-symbols.pod +msgid "B<allow-internal>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-src-symbols.pod +msgid "" +"dpkg-gensymbols has a list of internal symbols that should not appear in " +"symbols files as they are usually only side-effects of implementation " +"details of the toolchain (since dpkg 1.20.1). If for some reason, you " +"really want one of those symbols to be included in the symbols file, you " +"should tag the symbol with B<allow-internal>. It can be necessary for some " +"low level toolchain libraries like “libgcc”." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-src-symbols.pod +msgid "B<ignore-blacklist>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-src-symbols.pod +msgid "" +"A deprecated alias for B<allow-internal> (since dpkg 1.20.1, supported since " +"dpkg 1.15.3)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-src-symbols.pod +msgid "B<c++>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-src-symbols.pod +msgid "" +"Denotes I<c++> symbol pattern. See B<Using symbol patterns> subsection " +"below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-src-symbols.pod +msgid "B<symver>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-src-symbols.pod +msgid "" +"Denotes I<symver> (symbol version) symbol pattern. See B<Using symbol " +"patterns> subsection below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-src-symbols.pod +msgid "B<regex>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-src-symbols.pod +msgid "" +"Denotes I<regex> symbol pattern. See B<Using symbol patterns> subsection " +"below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =head2 +#: deb-src-symbols.pod +msgid "Using symbol patterns" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-src-symbols.pod +msgid "" +"Unlike a standard symbol specification, a pattern may cover multiple real " +"symbols from the library. B<dpkg-gensymbols> will attempt to match each " +"pattern against each real symbol that does I<not> have a specific symbol " +"counterpart defined in the symbol file. Whenever the first matching pattern " +"is found, all its tags and properties will be used as a basis specification " +"of the symbol. If none of the patterns matches, the symbol will be " +"considered as new." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-src-symbols.pod +msgid "" +"A pattern is considered lost if it does not match any symbol in the " +"library. By default this will trigger a B<dpkg-gensymbols> failure under " +"B<-c1> or higher level. However, if the failure is undesired, the pattern " +"may be marked with the I<optional> tag. Then if the pattern does not match " +"anything, it will only appear in the diff as MISSING. Moreover, like any " +"symbol, the pattern may be limited to the specific architectures with the " +"I<arch> tag. Please refer to B<Standard symbol tags> subsection above for " +"more information." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-src-symbols.pod +msgid "" +"Patterns are an extension of the B<deb-symbols>(5) format hence they are " +"only valid in symbol file templates. Pattern specification syntax is not any " +"different from the one of a specific symbol. However, symbol name part of " +"the specification serves as an expression to be matched against " +"I<name@version> of the real symbol. In order to distinguish among different " +"pattern types, a pattern will typically be tagged with a special tag." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-src-symbols.pod +msgid "At the moment, B<dpkg-gensymbols> supports three basic pattern types:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-src-symbols.pod +msgid "" +"This pattern is denoted by the I<c++> tag. It matches only C++ symbols by " +"their demangled symbol name (as emitted by B<c++filt>(1) utility). This " +"pattern is very handy for matching symbols which mangled names might vary " +"across different architectures while their demangled names remain the " +"same. One group of such symbols is I<non-virtual thunks> which have " +"architecture specific offsets embedded in their mangled names. A common " +"instance of this case is a virtual destructor which under diamond " +"inheritance needs a non-virtual thunk symbol. For example, even if " +"_ZThn8_N3NSB6ClassDD1Ev@Base on 32bit architectures will probably be " +"_ZThn16_N3NSB6ClassDD1Ev@Base on 64bit ones, it can be matched with a single " +"I<c++> pattern:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: verbatim +#: deb-src-symbols.pod +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" libdummy.so.1 libdummy1 #MINVER#\n" +" [...]\n" +" (c++)\"non-virtual thunk to NSB::ClassD::~ClassD()@Base\" 1.0\n" +" [...]\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-src-symbols.pod +msgid "The demangled name above can be obtained by executing the following command:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: verbatim +#: deb-src-symbols.pod +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" $ echo '_ZThn8_N3NSB6ClassDD1Ev@Base' | c++filt\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-src-symbols.pod +msgid "" +"Please note that while mangled name is unique in the library by definition, " +"this is not necessarily true for demangled names. A couple of distinct real " +"symbols may have the same demangled name. For example, that's the case with " +"non-virtual thunk symbols in complex inheritance configurations or with most " +"constructors and destructors (since g++ typically generates two real symbols " +"for them). However, as these collisions happen on the ABI level, they should " +"not degrade quality of the symbol file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-src-symbols.pod +msgid "" +"This pattern is denoted by the I<symver> tag. Well maintained libraries have " +"versioned symbols where each version corresponds to the upstream version " +"where the symbol got added. If that's the case, you can use a I<symver> " +"pattern to match any symbol associated to the specific version. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: verbatim +#: deb-src-symbols.pod +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" libc.so.6 libc6 #MINVER#\n" +" (symver)GLIBC_2.0 2.0\n" +" [...]\n" +" (symver)GLIBC_2.7 2.7\n" +" access@GLIBC_2.0 2.2\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-src-symbols.pod +msgid "" +"All symbols associated with versions GLIBC_2.0 and GLIBC_2.7 will lead to " +"minimal version of 2.0 and 2.7 respectively with the exception of the symbol " +"access@GLIBC_2.0. The latter will lead to a minimal dependency on libc6 " +"version 2.2 despite being in the scope of the \"(symver)GLIBC_2.0\" pattern " +"because specific symbols take precedence over patterns." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-src-symbols.pod +msgid "" +"Please note that while old style wildcard patterns (denoted by \"*@version\" " +"in the symbol name field) are still supported, they have been deprecated by " +"new style syntax \"(symver|optional)version\". For example, \"*@GLIBC_2.0 " +"2.0\" should be written as \"(symver|optional)GLIBC_2.0 2.0\" if the same " +"behaviour is needed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-src-symbols.pod +msgid "" +"Regular expression patterns are denoted by the I<regex> tag. They match by " +"the perl regular expression specified in the symbol name field. A regular " +"expression is matched as it is, therefore do not forget to start it with the " +"I<^> character or it may match any part of the real symbol I<name@version> " +"string. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: verbatim +#: deb-src-symbols.pod +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" libdummy.so.1 libdummy1 #MINVER#\n" +" (regex)\"^mystack_.*@Base$\" 1.0\n" +" (regex|optional)\"private\" 1.0\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-src-symbols.pod +msgid "" +"Symbols like \"mystack_new@Base\", \"mystack_push@Base\", " +"\"mystack_pop@Base\" etc. will be matched by the first pattern while " +"e.g. \"ng_mystack_new@Base\" won't. The second pattern will match all " +"symbols having the string \"private\" in their names and matches will " +"inherit I<optional> tag from the pattern." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-src-symbols.pod +msgid "" +"Basic patterns listed above can be combined where it makes sense. In that " +"case, they are processed in the order in which the tags are specified. For " +"example, both:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: verbatim +#: deb-src-symbols.pod +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" (c++|regex)\"^NSA::ClassA::Private::privmethod\\d\\(int\\)@Base\" 1.0\n" +" (regex|c++)N3NSA6ClassA7Private11privmethod\\dEi@Base 1.0\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-src-symbols.pod +msgid "" +"will match symbols \"_ZN3NSA6ClassA7Private11privmethod1Ei@Base\" and " +"\"_ZN3NSA6ClassA7Private11privmethod2Ei@Base\". When matching the first " +"pattern, the raw symbol is first demangled as C++ symbol, then the demangled " +"name is matched against the regular expression. On the other hand, when " +"matching the second pattern, regular expression is matched against the raw " +"symbol name, then the symbol is tested if it is C++ one by attempting to " +"demangle it. A failure of any basic pattern will result in the failure of " +"the whole pattern. Therefore, for example, " +"\"__N3NSA6ClassA7Private11privmethod\\dEi@Base\" will not match either of " +"the patterns because it is not a valid C++ symbol." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-src-symbols.pod +msgid "" +"In general, all patterns are divided into two groups: aliases (basic I<c++> " +"and I<symver>) and generic patterns (I<regex>, all combinations of multiple " +"basic patterns). Matching of basic alias-based patterns is fast (O(1)) " +"while generic patterns are O(N) (N - generic pattern count) for each " +"symbol. Therefore, it is recommended not to overuse generic patterns." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-src-symbols.pod +msgid "" +"When multiple patterns match the same real symbol, aliases (first I<c++>, " +"then I<symver>) are preferred over generic patterns. Generic patterns are " +"matched in the order they are found in the symbol file template until the " +"first success. Please note, however, that manual reordering of template " +"file entries is not recommended because B<dpkg-gensymbols> generates diffs " +"based on the alphanumerical order of their names." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =head2 +#: deb-src-symbols.pod +msgid "Using includes" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-src-symbols.pod +msgid "" +"When the set of exported symbols differ between architectures, it may become " +"inefficient to use a single symbol file. In those cases, an include " +"directive may prove to be useful in a couple of ways:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-src-symbols.pod +msgid "" +"You can factorize the common part in some external file and include that " +"file in your I<package>.symbols.I<arch> file by using an include directive " +"like this:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: verbatim +#: deb-src-symbols.pod +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" #include \"I<packages>.symbols.common\"\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-src-symbols.pod +msgid "The include directive may also be tagged like any symbol:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: verbatim +#: deb-src-symbols.pod +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" (tag|...|tagN)#include \"file-to-include\"\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-src-symbols.pod +msgid "" +"As a result, all symbols included from I<file-to-include> will be considered " +"to be tagged with I<tag> ... I<tagN> by default. You can use this feature to " +"create a common I<package>.symbols file which includes architecture specific " +"symbol files:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: verbatim +#: deb-src-symbols.pod +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" common_symbol1@Base 1.0\n" +" (arch=amd64 ia64 alpha)#include \"package.symbols.64bit\"\n" +" (arch=!amd64 !ia64 !alpha)#include \"package.symbols.32bit\"\n" +" common_symbol2@Base 1.0\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-src-symbols.pod +msgid "" +"The symbols files are read line by line, and include directives are " +"processed as soon as they are encountered. This means that the content of " +"the included file can override any content that appeared before the include " +"directive and that any content after the directive can override anything " +"contained in the included file. Any symbol (or even another #include " +"directive) in the included file can specify additional tags or override " +"values of the inherited tags in its tag specification. However, there is no " +"way for the symbol to remove any of the inherited tags." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-src-symbols.pod +msgid "" +"An included file can repeat the header line containing the SONAME of the " +"library. In that case, it overrides any header line previously read. " +"However, in general it's best to avoid duplicating header lines. One way to " +"do it is the following:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: verbatim +#: deb-src-symbols.pod +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" #include \"libsomething1.symbols.common\"\n" +" arch_specific_symbol@Base 1.0\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-src-symbols.pod +msgid "B<deb-symbols>(5), B<dpkg-shlibdeps>(1), B<dpkg-gensymbols>(1)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-substvars.pod +msgid "deb-substvars - Debian source substitution variables" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-substvars.pod +msgid "B<debian/substvars>, B<debian/>I<binary-package>B<.substvars>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-substvars.pod +msgid "" +"Before B<dpkg-source>, B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges> write their " +"control information (to the source control file B<.dsc> for B<dpkg-source> " +"and to standard output for B<dpkg-gencontrol> and B<dpkg-genchanges>) they " +"perform some variable substitutions on the output file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-substvars.pod +msgid "" +"A variable substitution has the form B<${>I<variable-name>B<}>. Variable " +"names consist of alphanumerics (a-zA-Z0-9), hyphens (-) and colons (:) and " +"start with an alphanumeric, and are case-sensitive, even though they might " +"refer to other entities which are case-preserving. Variable substitutions " +"are performed repeatedly until none are left; the full text of the field " +"after the substitution is rescanned to look for more substitutions." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-substvars.pod +msgid "" +"After all the substitutions have been done each occurrence of the string " +"B<${}> (which is not a legal substitution) is replaced with a B<$> sign." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-substvars.pod +msgid "" +"While variable substitution is done on all control fields, some of those " +"fields are used and needed during the build when the substitution did not " +"yet occur. That's why you can't use variables in the B<Package>, B<Source> " +"and B<Architecture> fields." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-substvars.pod +msgid "" +"Variable substitution happens on the content of the fields after they have " +"been parsed, thus if you want a variable to expand over multiple lines you " +"do not have to include a space after the newline. This is done implicitly " +"when the field is output. For example, if the variable B<${Description}> is " +"set to \"foo is bar.${Newline}foo is great.\" and if you have the following " +"field:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: verbatim +#: deb-substvars.pod +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" Description: foo application\n" +" ${Description}\n" +" .\n" +" More text.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-substvars.pod +msgid "It will result in:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: verbatim +#: deb-substvars.pod +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" Description: foo application\n" +" foo is bar.\n" +" foo is great.\n" +" .\n" +" More text.\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-substvars.pod +msgid "" +"Variables can be set using the B<-V> common option. They can be also " +"specified in the file B<debian/substvars> (or whatever other file is " +"specified using the B<-T> option). This file consists of lines of the form " +"I<name>B<=>I<value>. Trailing whitespace on each line, blank lines, and " +"lines starting with a B<#> symbol (comments) are ignored." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-substvars.pod +msgid "Additionally, the following standard variables are available:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-substvars.pod +msgid "B<Arch>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-substvars.pod +msgid "" +"The current host architecture (i.e. the architecture the package is being " +"built for, the equivalent of B<DEB_HOST_ARCH>)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-substvars.pod +msgid "B<vendor:Name>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-substvars.pod +msgid "" +"The current vendor name (since dpkg 1.20.0). This value comes from the " +"B<Vendor> field for the current vendor's origin file, as B<dpkg-vendor>(1) " +"would retrieve it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-substvars.pod +msgid "B<vendor:Id>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-substvars.pod +msgid "" +"The current vendor ID (since dpkg 1.20.0). This is just the lowercase " +"variant of B<vendor:Name>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-substvars.pod dpkg-query.pod +msgid "B<source:Version>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-substvars.pod +msgid "The source package version (since dpkg 1.13.19)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-substvars.pod dpkg-query.pod +msgid "B<source:Upstream-Version>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-substvars.pod +msgid "" +"The upstream source package version, including the Debian version epoch if " +"any (since dpkg 1.13.19)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-substvars.pod +msgid "B<binary:Version>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-substvars.pod +msgid "" +"The binary package version (which may differ from B<source:Version> in a " +"binNMU for example; since dpkg 1.13.19)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-substvars.pod +msgid "B<Source-Version>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-substvars.pod +msgid "" +"The source package version (from the changelog file). This variable is now " +"B<obsolete> and emits an error when used as its meaning is different from " +"its function, please use the B<source:Version> or B<binary:Version> as " +"appropriate." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-substvars.pod +msgid "B<source:Synopsis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-substvars.pod +msgid "" +"The source package synopsis, extracted from the source stanza B<Description> " +"field, if it exists (since dpkg 1.19.0)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-substvars.pod +msgid "B<source:Extended-Description>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-substvars.pod +msgid "" +"The source package extended description, extracted from the source stanza " +"B<Description> field, if it exists (since dpkg 1.19.0)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-substvars.pod dpkg-query.pod +msgid "B<Installed-Size>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-substvars.pod +msgid "" +"The approximate total size of the package's installed files. This value is " +"copied into the corresponding control file field; setting it will modify the " +"value of that field. If this variable is not set B<dpkg-gencontrol> will " +"compute the default value by accumulating the size of each regular file and " +"symlink rounded to 1 KiB used units, and a baseline of 1 KiB for any other " +"filesystem object type. With hardlinks only being counted once as a regular " +"file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-substvars.pod +msgid "" +"B<Note:> Take into account that this can only ever be an approximation, as " +"the actual size used on the installed system will depend greatly on the " +"filesystem used and its parameters, which might end up using either more or " +"less space than the specified in this field." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-substvars.pod +msgid "B<Extra-Size>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-substvars.pod +msgid "" +"Additional disk space used when the package is installed. If this variable " +"is set its value is added to that of the B<Installed-Size> variable (whether " +"set explicitly or using the default value) before it is copied into the " +"B<Installed-Size> control file field." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-substvars.pod +msgid "B<S:>I<fieldname>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-substvars.pod +msgid "" +"The value of the source stanza field I<fieldname> (which must be given in " +"the canonical capitalisation; since dpkg 1.18.11). Setting these variables " +"has no effect other than on places where they are expanded explicitly. " +"These variables are only available when generating binary control files." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-substvars.pod +msgid "B<F:>I<fieldname>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-substvars.pod +msgid "" +"The value of the output field I<fieldname> (which must be given in the " +"canonical capitalisation). Setting these variables has no effect other than " +"on places where they are expanded explicitly." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-substvars.pod +msgid "B<Format>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-substvars.pod +msgid "" +"The B<.changes> file format version generated by this version of the source " +"packaging scripts. If you set this variable the contents of the B<Format> " +"field in the B<.changes> file will change too." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-substvars.pod +msgid "B<Newline>, B<Space>, B<Tab>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-substvars.pod +msgid "These variables each hold the corresponding character." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-substvars.pod +msgid "B<shlibs:>I<dependencyfield>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-substvars.pod +msgid "" +"Variable settings with names of this form are generated by " +"B<dpkg-shlibdeps>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-substvars.pod +msgid "B<dpkg:Upstream-Version>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-substvars.pod +msgid "The upstream version of dpkg (since dpkg 1.13.19)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-substvars.pod +msgid "B<dpkg:Version>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-substvars.pod +msgid "The full version of dpkg (since dpkg 1.13.19)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-substvars.pod +msgid "" +"If a variable is referred to but not defined it generates a warning and an " +"empty value is assumed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-substvars.pod +msgid "B<debian/substvars>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-substvars.pod +msgid "List of substitution variables and values." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-substvars.pod +msgid "" +"B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-vendor>(1), B<dpkg-genchanges>(1), B<dpkg-gencontrol>(1), " +"B<dpkg-shlibdeps>(1), B<dpkg-source>(1)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-symbols.pod +msgid "deb-symbols - Debian's extended shared library information file" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-symbols.pod +msgid "B<DEBIAN/symbols>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-symbols.pod +msgid "" +"The symbol files are shipped in Debian binary packages, and its format is a " +"subset of the template symbol files used by B<dpkg-gensymbols>(1) in Debian " +"source packages." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-symbols.pod +msgid "" +"The format for an extended shared library dependency information entry in " +"these files is:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: verbatim +#: deb-symbols.pod +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"Z<>\n" +" I<library-soname main-dependency-template>\n" +" [| I<alternative-dependency-template>]\n" +" [...]\n" +" [* I<field-name>: I<field-value>]\n" +" [...]\n" +" I<symbol> I<minimal-version> [I<id-of-dependency-template>]\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-symbols.pod +msgid "" +"The I<library-soname> is exactly the value of the SONAME field as exported " +"by B<objdump>(1). A I<dependency-template> is a dependency where I<#MINVER#> " +"is dynamically replaced either by a version check like “(E<gt>= " +"I<minimal-version>)” or by nothing (if an unversioned dependency is deemed " +"sufficient)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-symbols.pod +msgid "" +"Each exported I<symbol> (listed as I<name>@I<version>, with I<version> being " +"“Base” if the library is not versioned) is associated to a " +"I<minimal-version> of its dependency template (the main dependency template " +"is always used and will end up being combined with the dependency template " +"referenced by I<id-of-dependency-template> if present). The first " +"alternative dependency template is numbered 1, the second one 2, etc. Each " +"column is separated by exactly a single whitespace." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-symbols.pod +msgid "" +"Each entry for a library can also have some fields of meta-information. " +"Those fields are stored on lines starting with an asterisk. Currently, the " +"only valid fields are:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-symbols.pod +msgid "B<Build-Depends-Package>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-symbols.pod +msgid "" +"It indicates the name of the “-dev” package associated to the library and is " +"used by B<dpkg-shlibdeps> to make sure that the dependency generated is at " +"least as strict as the corresponding build dependency (since dpkg 1.14.13)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-symbols.pod +msgid "B<Build-Depends-Packages>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-symbols.pod +msgid "" +"The same as B<Build-Depends-Package> but accepts a comma-separated list of " +"package names (since dpkg 1.20.0). This field will override any " +"B<Build-Depends-Package> field present, and is mostly useful with “-dev” " +"packages and metapackages depending on these, say for a transition period." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-symbols.pod +msgid "B<Allow-Internal-Symbol-Groups>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-symbols.pod +msgid "" +"It indicates what internal symbol groups should be ignored, as a whitespace " +"separated list, so that the symbols contained in those groups get included " +"in the output file (since dpkg 1.20.1). This should only be necessary for " +"toolchain packages providing those internal symbols. The available groups " +"are system dependent, for ELF and GNU-based systems these are B<aeabi> and " +"B<gomp>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-symbols.pod +msgid "B<Ignore-Blacklist-Groups>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-symbols.pod +msgid "" +"A deprecated alias for B<Allow-Internal-Symbol-Groups> (since dpkg 1.20.1, " +"supported since dpkg 1.17.6)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =head2 +#: deb-symbols.pod +msgid "Simple symbols file" +msgstr "" + +#. type: verbatim +#: deb-symbols.pod +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" libftp.so.3 libftp3 #MINVER#\n" +" DefaultNetbuf@Base 3.1-1-6\n" +" FtpAccess@Base 3.1-1-6\n" +" [...]\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =head2 +#: deb-symbols.pod +msgid "Advanced symbols file" +msgstr "" + +#. type: verbatim +#: deb-symbols.pod +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" libGL.so.1 libgl1\n" +" | libgl1-mesa-glx #MINVER#\n" +" * Build-Depends-Package: libgl1-mesa-dev\n" +" publicGlSymbol@Base 6.3-1\n" +" [...]\n" +" implementationSpecificSymbol@Base 6.5.2-7 1\n" +" [...]\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-symbols.pod +msgid "" +"L<https://wiki.debian.org/Projects/ImprovedDpkgShlibdeps>, " +"B<dpkg-shlibdeps>(1), B<dpkg-gensymbols>(1)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-triggers.pod +msgid "deb-triggers - package triggers" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-triggers.pod +msgid "" +"B<debian/triggers>, B<debian/>I<binary-package>B<.triggers>, " +"B<DEBIAN/triggers>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-triggers.pod +msgid "" +"A package declares its relationship to some trigger(s) by including a " +"I<triggers> file in its control archive (i.e. I<DEBIAN/triggers> during " +"package creation)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-triggers.pod +msgid "" +"This file contains directives, one per line. Leading and trailing whitespace " +"and everything after the first B<#> on any line will be trimmed, and empty " +"lines will be ignored." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-triggers.pod +msgid "The trigger control directives currently supported are:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-triggers.pod +msgid "B<interest> I<trigger-name>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-triggers.pod +msgid "B<interest-await> I<trigger-name>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-triggers.pod +msgid "B<interest-noawait> I<trigger-name>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-triggers.pod +msgid "" +"Specifies that the package is interested in the named trigger. All triggers " +"in which a package is interested must be listed using this directive in the " +"triggers control file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-triggers.pod +msgid "" +"The “await” variants put the triggering package in triggers-awaited state " +"depending on how the trigger was activated. The “noawait” variant does not " +"put the triggering packages in triggers-awaited state, even if the " +"triggering package declared an “await” activation (either with an " +"B<activate-await> or B<activate> directive, or by using the B<dpkg-trigger> " +"B<--no-await> command-line option). The “noawait” variant should be used " +"when the functionality provided by the trigger is not crucial." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-triggers.pod +msgid "B<activate> I<trigger-name>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-triggers.pod +msgid "B<activate-await> I<trigger-name>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-triggers.pod +msgid "B<activate-noawait> I<trigger-name>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-triggers.pod +msgid "" +"Arranges that changes to this package's state will activate the specified " +"trigger. The trigger will be activated at the start of the following " +"operations: unpack, configure, remove (including for the benefit of a " +"conflicting package), purge and deconfigure." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-triggers.pod +msgid "" +"The “await” variants only put the triggering package in triggers-awaited " +"state if the interest directive is also “await”. The “noawait” variant " +"never puts the triggering packages in triggers-awaited state. The “noawait” " +"variant should be used when the functionality provided by the trigger is not " +"crucial." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-triggers.pod +msgid "" +"If this package disappears during the unpacking of another package the " +"trigger will be activated when the disappearance is noted towards the end of " +"the unpack. Trigger processing, and transition from triggers-awaited to " +"installed, does not cause activations. In the case of unpack, triggers " +"mentioned in both the old and new versions of the package will be activated." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-triggers.pod +msgid "" +"Unknown directives are an error which will prevent installation of the " +"package." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-triggers.pod +msgid "" +"The “-noawait” variants should always be favored when possible since " +"triggering packages are not put in triggers-awaited state and can thus be " +"immediately configured without requiring the processing of the trigger. If " +"the triggering packages are dependencies of other upgraded packages, it will " +"avoid an early trigger processing run and make it possible to run the " +"trigger only once as one of the last steps of the upgrade." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-triggers.pod +msgid "" +"The “-noawait” variants are supported since dpkg 1.16.1, and will lead to " +"errors if used with an older dpkg." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-triggers.pod +msgid "" +"The “-await” alias variants are supported since dpkg 1.17.21, and will lead " +"to errors if used with an older dpkg." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-triggers.pod +msgid "" +"When a package provides an B<interest-noawait> directive, any activation " +"will set the triggering package into “noawait” mode, regardless of the " +"awaiting mode requested by the activation (either “await” or “noawait”). " +"When a package provides an B<interest> or B<interest-await> directive, any " +"activation will set the triggering package into “await” or “noawait“ " +"depending on how it was activated." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-triggers.pod +msgid "B<dpkg-trigger>(1), B<dpkg>(1), B<%PKGDOCDIR%/triggers.txt.gz>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-version.pod +msgid "deb-version - Debian package version number format" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-version.pod +msgid "[I<epoch>B<:>]I<upstream-version>[B<->I<debian-revision>]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-version.pod +msgid "" +"Version numbers as used for Debian binary and source packages consist of " +"three components. These are:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-version.pod +msgid "I<epoch>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-version.pod +msgid "" +"This is a single (generally small) unsigned integer. It may be omitted, in " +"which case zero is assumed. If it is omitted then the I<upstream-version> " +"may not contain any colons." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-version.pod +msgid "" +"It is provided to allow mistakes in the version numbers of older versions of " +"a package, and also a package's previous version numbering schemes, to be " +"left behind." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-version.pod +msgid "I<upstream-version>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-version.pod +msgid "" +"This is the main part of the version number. It is usually the version " +"number of the original (“upstream”) package from which the I<.deb> file has " +"been made, if this is applicable. Usually this will be in the same format " +"as that specified by the upstream author(s); however, it may need to be " +"reformatted to fit into the package management system's format and " +"comparison scheme." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-version.pod +msgid "" +"The comparison behavior of the package management system with respect to the " +"I<upstream-version> is described below. The I<upstream-version> portion of " +"the version number is mandatory." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-version.pod +msgid "" +"The I<upstream-version> may contain only alphanumerics (“A-Za-z0-9”) and the " +"characters B<.> B<+> B<-> B<:> B<~> (full stop, plus, hyphen, colon, tilde) " +"and should start with a digit. If there is no I<debian-revision> then " +"hyphens are not allowed; if there is no I<epoch> then colons are not " +"allowed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb-version.pod +msgid "I<debian-revision>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-version.pod +msgid "" +"This part of the version number specifies the version of the Debian package " +"based on the upstream version. It may contain only alphanumerics and the " +"characters B<+> B<.> B<~> (plus, full stop, tilde) and is compared in the " +"same way as the I<upstream-version> is." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-version.pod +msgid "" +"It is optional; if it isn't present then the I<upstream-version> may not " +"contain a hyphen. This format represents the case where a piece of software " +"was written specifically to be turned into a Debian package, and so there is " +"only one “debianization” of it and therefore no revision indication is " +"required." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-version.pod +msgid "" +"It is conventional to restart the I<debian-revision> at ‘1’ each time the " +"I<upstream-version> is increased." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-version.pod +msgid "" +"Dpkg will break the version number apart at the last hyphen in the string " +"(if there is one) to determine the I<upstream-version> and " +"I<debian-revision>. The absence of a I<debian-revision> compares earlier " +"than the presence of one (but note that the I<debian-revision> is the least " +"significant part of the version number)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =head2 +#: deb-version.pod +msgid "Sorting algorithm" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-version.pod +msgid "" +"The I<upstream-version> and I<debian-revision> parts are compared by the " +"package management system using the same algorithm:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-version.pod +msgid "The strings are compared from left to right." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-version.pod +msgid "" +"First the initial part of each string consisting entirely of non-digit " +"characters is determined. These two parts (one of which may be empty) are " +"compared lexically. If a difference is found it is returned. The lexical " +"comparison is a comparison of ASCII values modified so that all the letters " +"sort earlier than all the non-letters and so that a tilde sorts before " +"anything, even the end of a part. For example, the following parts are in " +"sorted order: ‘~~’, ‘~~a’, ‘~’, the empty part, ‘a’." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-version.pod +msgid "" +"Then the initial part of the remainder of each string which consists " +"entirely of digit characters is determined. The numerical values of these " +"two parts are compared, and any difference found is returned as the result " +"of the comparison. For these purposes an empty string (which can only occur " +"at the end of one or both version strings being compared) counts as zero." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-version.pod +msgid "" +"These two steps (comparing and removing initial non-digit strings and " +"initial digit strings) are repeated until a difference is found or both " +"strings are exhausted." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-version.pod +msgid "" +"Note that the purpose of epochs is to allow us to leave behind mistakes in " +"version numbering, and to cope with situations where the version numbering " +"scheme changes. It is B<not> intended to cope with version numbers " +"containing strings of letters which the package management system cannot " +"interpret (such as ‘ALPHA’ or ‘pre-’), or with silly orderings." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-version.pod +msgid "" +"The tilde character and its special sorting properties were introduced in " +"dpkg 1.10 and some parts of the dpkg build scripts only gained support for " +"it later in the 1.10.x series." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb-version.pod +msgid "B<deb-control>(5), B<deb>(5), B<dpkg>(1)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb.pod +msgid "deb - Debian binary package format" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb.pod +msgid "" +"The B<.deb> format is the Debian binary package file format. It is " +"understood since dpkg 0.93.76, and is generated by default since dpkg 1.2.0 " +"and 1.1.1elf (i386/ELF builds)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb.pod +msgid "" +"The format described here is used since Debian 0.93; details of the old " +"format are described in B<deb-old>(5)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb.pod +msgid "" +"The file is an B<ar> archive with a magic value of B<!E<lt>archE<gt>>. Only " +"the common B<ar> archive format is supported, with no long file name " +"extensions, but with file names containing an optional trailing slash, which " +"limits their length to 15 characters (from the 16 allowed). File sizes are " +"limited to 10 ASCII decimal digits, allowing for up to approximately 9536.74 " +"MiB member files." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb.pod +msgid "" +"The B<tar> archives currently allowed are, the old-style (v7) format, the " +"pre-POSIX ustar format, a subset of the GNU format (new style long pathnames " +"and long linknames, supported since dpkg 1.4.1.17; large file metadata since " +"dpkg 1.18.24), and the POSIX ustar format (long names supported since dpkg " +"1.15.0). Unrecognized tar typeflags are considered an error. Each tar " +"entry size inside a tar archive is limited to 11 ASCII octal digits, " +"allowing for up to 8 GiB tar entries. The GNU large file metadata support " +"permits 95-bit tar entry sizes and negative timestamps, and 63-bit UID, GID " +"and device numbers." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb.pod +msgid "" +"The first member is named B<debian-binary> and contains a series of lines, " +"separated by newlines. Currently only one line is present, the format " +"version number, B<2.0> at the time this manual page was written. Programs " +"which read new-format archives should be prepared for the minor number to be " +"increased and new lines to be present, and should ignore these if this is " +"the case." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb.pod +msgid "" +"If the major number has changed, an incompatible change has been made and " +"the program should stop. If it has not, then the program should be able to " +"safely continue, unless it encounters an unexpected member in the archive " +"(except at the end), as described below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb.pod +msgid "" +"The second required member is named B<control.tar>. It is a tar archive " +"containing the package control information, either not compressed (supported " +"since dpkg 1.17.6), or compressed with gzip (with B<.gz> extension) or xz " +"(with B<.xz> extension, supported since 1.17.6), as a series of plain files, " +"of which the file B<control> is mandatory and contains the core control " +"information, the B<conffiles>, B<triggers>, B<shlibs> and B<symbols> files " +"contain optional control information, and the B<preinst>, B<postinst>, " +"B<prerm> and B<postrm> files are optional maintainer scripts. The control " +"tarball may optionally contain an entry for ‘B<.>’, the current directory." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb.pod +msgid "" +"The third, last required member is named B<data.tar>. It contains the " +"filesystem as a tar archive, either not compressed (supported since dpkg " +"1.10.24), or compressed with gzip (with B<.gz> extension), xz (with B<.xz> " +"extension, supported since dpkg 1.15.6), bzip2 (with B<.bz2> extension, " +"supported since dpkg 1.10.24) or lzma (with B<.lzma> extension, supported " +"since dpkg 1.13.25)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb.pod +msgid "" +"These members must occur in this exact order. Current implementations should " +"ignore any additional members after B<data.tar>. Further members may be " +"defined in the future, and (if possible) will be placed after these " +"three. Any additional members that may need to be inserted after " +"B<debian-binary> and before B<control.tar> or B<data.tar> and which should " +"be safely ignored by older programs, will have names starting with an " +"underscore, ‘B<_>’." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb.pod +msgid "" +"Those new members which won't be able to be safely ignored will be inserted " +"before B<data.tar> with names starting with something other than " +"underscores, or will (more likely) cause the major version number to be " +"increased." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =head1 +#: deb.pod +msgid "MEDIA TYPE" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =head2 +#: deb.pod +msgid "Current" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb.pod +msgid "application/vnd.debian.binary-package" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =head2 +#: deb.pod +msgid "Deprecated" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb.pod +msgid "application/x-debian-package" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb.pod +msgid "application/x-deb" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb.pod +msgid "" +"B<deb-old>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<deb-control>(5), B<deb-conffiles>(5), " +"B<deb-triggers>(5), B<deb-shlibs>(5), B<deb-symbols>(5), B<deb-preinst>(5), " +"B<deb-postinst>(5), B<deb-prerm>(5), B<deb-postrm>(5)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb822.pod +msgid "deb822 - Debian RFC822 control data format" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb822.pod +msgid "" +"The package management system manipulates data represented in a common " +"format, known as I<control data>, stored in I<control files>. Control files " +"are used for source packages, binary packages and the B<.changes> files " +"which control the installation of uploaded files (B<dpkg>'s internal " +"databases are in a similar format)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =head1 +#: deb822.pod +msgid "SYNTAX" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb822.pod +msgid "" +"A control file consists of one or more paragraphs of fields (the paragraphs " +"are also sometimes referred to as stanzas). The paragraphs are separated by " +"empty lines. Parsers may accept lines consisting solely of U+0020 B<SPACE> " +"and U+0009 B<TAB> as paragraph separators, but control files should use " +"empty lines. Some control files allow only one paragraph; others allow " +"several, in which case each paragraph usually refers to a different " +"package. (For example, in source packages, the first paragraph refers to " +"the source package, and later paragraphs refer to binary packages generated " +"from the source.) The ordering of the paragraphs in control files is " +"significant." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb822.pod +msgid "" +"Each paragraph consists of a series of data fields. Each field consists of " +"the field name followed by a colon (U+003A ‘B<:>’), and then the data/value " +"associated with that field. The field name is composed of US-ASCII " +"characters excluding control characters, space, and colon (i.e., characters " +"in the ranges U+0021 ‘B<!>’ through U+0039 ‘B<9>’, and U+003B ‘B<;>’ through " +"U+007E ‘B<~>’, inclusive). Field names must not begin with the comment " +"character (U+0023 ‘B<#>’), nor with the hyphen character (U+002D ‘B<->’)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb822.pod +msgid "" +"The field ends at the end of the line or at the end of the last continuation " +"line (see below). Horizontal whitespace (U+0020 B<SPACE> and U+0009 B<TAB>) " +"may occur immediately before or after the value and is ignored there; it is " +"conventional to put a single space after the colon. For example, a field " +"might be:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: verbatim +#: deb822.pod +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" Package: dpkg\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb822.pod +msgid "the field name is B<Package> and the field value B<dpkg>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb822.pod +msgid "" +"Empty field values are only permitted in source package control files " +"(I<debian/control>). Such fields are ignored." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb822.pod +msgid "" +"A paragraph must not contain more than one instance of a particular field " +"name." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb822.pod +msgid "There are three types of fields:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb822.pod +msgid "B<simple>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb822.pod +msgid "" +"The field, including its value, must be a single line. Folding of the field " +"is not permitted. This is the default field type if the definition of the " +"field does not specify a different type." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb822.pod +msgid "B<folded>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb822.pod +msgid "" +"The value of a folded field is a logical line that may span several lines. " +"The lines after the first are called continuation lines and must start with " +"a U+0020 B<SPACE> or a U+0009 B<TAB>. Whitespace, including any newlines, " +"is not significant in the field values of folded fields." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb822.pod +msgid "" +"This folding method is similar to RFC5322, allowing control files that " +"contain only one paragraph and no multiline fields to be read by parsers " +"written for RFC5322." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: deb822.pod +msgid "B<multiline>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb822.pod +msgid "" +"The value of a multiline field may comprise multiple continuation lines. " +"The first line of the value, the part on the same line as the field name, " +"often has special significance or may have to be empty. Other lines are " +"added following the same syntax as the continuation lines of the folded " +"fields. Whitespace, including newlines, is significant in the values of " +"multiline fields." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb822.pod +msgid "" +"Whitespace must not appear inside names (of packages, architectures, files " +"or anything else) or version numbers, or between the characters of " +"multi-character version relationships." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb822.pod +msgid "" +"The presence and purpose of a field, and the syntax of its value may differ " +"between types of control files." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb822.pod +msgid "" +"Field names are not case-sensitive, but it is usual to capitalize the field " +"names using mixed case as shown below. Field values are case-sensitive " +"unless the description of the field says otherwise." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb822.pod +msgid "" +"Paragraph separators (empty lines) and lines consisting only of U+0020 " +"B<SPACE> and U+0009 B<TAB>, are not allowed within field values or between " +"fields. Empty lines in field values are usually escaped by representing " +"them by a U+0020 B<SPACE> followed by a dot (U+002E ‘B<.>’)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb822.pod +msgid "" +"Lines starting with U+0023 ‘B<#>’, without any preceding whitespace are " +"comments lines that are only permitted in source package control files " +"(I<debian/control>) and in B<deb-origin>(5) files. These comment lines are " +"ignored, even between two continuation lines. They do not end logical " +"lines." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb822.pod +msgid "All control files must be encoded in UTF-8." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: deb822.pod +msgid "B<RFC822>, B<RFC5322>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "dpkg-architecture - set and determine the architecture for package building" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "B<dpkg-architecture> [I<option>...] [I<command>]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-architecture> provides a facility to determine and set the build and " +"host architecture for package building." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "" +"The build architecture is always determined by either the B<DEB_BUILD_ARCH> " +"variable if set (and B<--force> not being specified) or by an external call " +"to B<dpkg>(1), and cannot be set at the command line." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "" +"You can specify the host architecture by providing one or both of the " +"options B<--host-arch> and B<--host-type>, otherwise the B<DEB_HOST_ARCH> " +"variable is used if set (and B<--force> not being specified). The default is " +"determined by an external call to B<gcc>(1), or the same as the build " +"architecture if B<CC> or gcc are both not available. One out of " +"B<--host-arch> and B<--host-type> is sufficient, the value of the other will " +"be set to a usable default. Indeed, it is often better to only specify one, " +"because B<dpkg-architecture> will warn you if your choice does not match the " +"default." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =head1 +#: dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-buildflags.pod dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-divert.pod +#: dpkg-query.pod dpkg-source.pod dpkg-split.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod +#: dpkg-trigger.pod dpkg-vendor.pod dselect.pod start-stop-daemon.pod +#: update-alternatives.pod +msgid "COMMANDS" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "B<-l>, B<--list>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "" +"Print the environment variables, one each line, in the format " +"I<VARIABLE=value>. This is the default action." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "B<-e>, B<--equal> I<architecture>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "" +"Check for equality of architecture (since dpkg 1.13.13). It compares the " +"current or specified Debian host architecture against I<architecture>, to " +"check if they are equal. This action will not expand the architecture " +"wildcards. Command finishes with an exit status of 0 if matched, 1 if not " +"matched." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "B<-i>, B<--is> I<architecture-wildcard>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "" +"Check for identity of architecture (since dpkg 1.13.13). It compares the " +"current or specified Debian host architecture against " +"I<architecture-wildcard> after having expanded it as an architecture " +"wildcard, to check if they match. Command finishes with an exit status of 0 " +"if matched, 1 if not matched." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "B<-q>, B<--query> I<variable-name>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "Print the value of a single variable." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "B<-s>, B<--print-set>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "" +"Print an export command. This can be used to set the environment variables " +"using the POSIX shell or make B<eval>, depending on the output format." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "B<-u>, B<--print-unset>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "Print a similar command to B<--print-set> but to unset all variables." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "B<-c>, B<--command> I<command-string>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "" +"Execute a I<command-string> in an environment which has all variables set to " +"the determined value." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "B<-L>, B<--list-known>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "" +"Print a list of valid architecture names. Possibly restricted by one or " +"more of the matching options B<--match-wildcard>, B<--match-bits> or " +"B<--match-endian> (since dpkg 1.17.14)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod +#: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-distaddfile.pod dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod +#: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod +#: dpkg-gensymbols.pod dpkg-name.pod dpkg-parsechangelog.pod dpkg-query.pod +#: dpkg-realpath.pod dpkg-scanpackages.pod dpkg-shlibdeps.pod dpkg-source.pod +#: dpkg-split.pod dpkg-trigger.pod dpkg.pod dselect.pod +msgid "B<-?>, B<--help>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-buildflags.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-distaddfile.pod dpkg-divert.pod +#: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod +#: dpkg-gencontrol.pod dpkg-gensymbols.pod dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod +#: dpkg-name.pod dpkg-parsechangelog.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg-realpath.pod +#: dpkg-scanpackages.pod dpkg-scansources.pod dpkg-shlibdeps.pod dpkg-split.pod +#: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg-trigger.pod dpkg-vendor.pod +#: update-alternatives.pod +msgid "Show the usage message and exit." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-buildflags.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-distaddfile.pod dpkg-divert.pod +#: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod +#: dpkg-gencontrol.pod dpkg-gensymbols.pod dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod +#: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg-realpath.pod +#: dpkg-scanpackages.pod dpkg-scansources.pod dpkg-shlibdeps.pod +#: dpkg-source.pod dpkg-split.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg-trigger.pod +#: dpkg-vendor.pod dpkg.pod dselect.pod update-alternatives.pod +msgid "B<--version>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-buildflags.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-distaddfile.pod dpkg-divert.pod +#: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod +#: dpkg-gencontrol.pod dpkg-gensymbols.pod dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod +#: dpkg-name.pod dpkg-parsechangelog.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg-realpath.pod +#: dpkg-scanpackages.pod dpkg-scansources.pod dpkg-shlibdeps.pod +#: dpkg-source.pod dpkg-split.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg-trigger.pod +#: dpkg-vendor.pod update-alternatives.pod +msgid "Show the version and exit." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =head1 +#: dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod +#: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-distaddfile.pod dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod +#: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod +#: dpkg-gensymbols.pod dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod dpkg-name.pod +#: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg-realpath.pod +#: dpkg-scanpackages.pod dpkg-scansources.pod dpkg-shlibdeps.pod +#: dpkg-source.pod dpkg-split.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg-trigger.pod +#: dpkg-vendor.pod dpkg.pod dselect.pod start-stop-daemon.pod +#: update-alternatives.pod +msgid "OPTIONS" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "B<-a>, B<--host-arch> I<architecture>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "Set the host Debian architecture." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "B<-t>, B<--host-type> I<gnu-system-type>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "Set the host GNU system type." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "B<-A>, B<--target-arch> I<architecture>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "Set the target Debian architecture (since dpkg 1.17.14)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "B<-T>, B<--target-type> I<gnu-system-type>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "Set the target GNU system type (since dpkg 1.17.14)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "B<-W>, B<--match-wildcard> I<architecture-wildcard>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "" +"Restrict the architectures listed by B<--list-known> to ones matching the " +"specified architecture wildcard (since dpkg 1.17.14)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "B<-B>, B<--match-bits> I<architecture-bits>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "" +"Restrict the architectures listed by B<--list-known> to ones with the " +"specified CPU bits (since dpkg 1.17.14). Either B<32> or B<64>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "B<-E>, B<--match-endian> I<architecture-endianness>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "" +"Restrict the architectures listed by B<--list-known> to ones with the " +"specified endianness (since dpkg 1.17.14). Either B<little> or B<big>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "B<--print-format> I<format>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "" +"Sets the output format for B<--print-set> and B<--print-unset> (since dpkg " +"1.20.6), to either B<shell> (default) or B<make>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "B<-f>, B<--force>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "" +"Values set by existing environment variables with the same name as used by " +"the scripts are honored (i.e. used by B<dpkg-architecture>), except if this " +"force flag is present. This allows the user to override a value even when " +"the call to B<dpkg-architecture> is buried in some other script (for example " +"B<dpkg-buildpackage>(1))." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =head1 +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "TERMS" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "build machine" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "The machine the package is built on." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "host machine" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "The machine the package is built for." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "target machine" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "" +"The machine the compiler is building for. This is only needed when building " +"a cross-toolchain, one that will be built on the build architecture, to be " +"run on the host architecture, and to build code for the target architecture." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "Debian architecture" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "" +"The Debian architecture string, which specifies the binary tree in the FTP " +"archive. Examples: i386, sparc, hurd-i386." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "Debian architecture tuple" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "" +"A Debian architecture tuple is the fully qualified architecture with all its " +"components spelled out. This differs with Debian architectures in that at " +"least the I<cpu> component does not embed the I<abi>. The current tuple has " +"the form I<abi>-I<libc>-I<os>-I<cpu>. Examples: base-gnu-linux-amd64, " +"eabihf-musl-linux-arm." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "Debian architecture wildcard" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "" +"A Debian architecture wildcard is a special architecture string that will " +"match any real architecture being part of it. The general form is a Debian " +"architecture tuple with four or less elements, and with at least one of them " +"being B<any>. Missing elements of the tuple are prefixed implicitly as " +"B<any>, and thus the following pairs are equivalent:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "B<any>-B<any>-B<any>-B<any> = B<any>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "B<any>-B<any>-I<os>-B<any> = I<os>-B<any>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "B<any>-I<libc>-B<any>-B<any> = I<libc>-B<any>-B<any>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "Examples: linux-any, any-i386, hurd-any, eabi-any-any-arm, musl-any-any." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "GNU system type" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "" +"An architecture specification string consisting of two parts separated by a " +"hyphen: cpu and system. Examples: i586-linux-gnu, sparc-linux-gnu, " +"i686-gnu, x86_64-netbsd." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "multiarch triplet" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "" +"The clarified GNU system type, used for filesystem paths. This triplet does " +"not change even when the baseline ISA gets bumped, so that the resulting " +"paths are stable over time. The only current difference with the GNU system " +"type is that the CPU part for i386 based systems is always i386. Examples: " +"i386-linux-gnu, x86_64-linux-gnu. Example paths: " +"/lib/powerpc64le-linux-gnu/, /usr/lib/i386-kfreebsd-gnu/." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =head1 +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "VARIABLES" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "" +"The following variables are read from the environment (unless B<--force> has " +"been specified) and set by B<dpkg-architecture> (see the B<TERMS> section " +"for a description of the naming scheme):" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_ARCH>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "The Debian architecture of the build machine." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_ARCH_ABI>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "The Debian ABI name of the build machine (since dpkg 1.18.11)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_ARCH_LIBC>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "The Debian libc name of the build machine (since dpkg 1.18.11)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_ARCH_OS>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "The Debian system name of the build machine (since dpkg 1.13.2)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_ARCH_CPU>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "The Debian CPU name of the build machine (since dpkg 1.13.2)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_ARCH_BITS>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "The pointer size of the build machine (in bits; since dpkg 1.15.4)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_ARCH_ENDIAN>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "The endianness of the build machine (little / big; since dpkg 1.15.4)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_GNU_CPU>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "The GNU CPU part of B<DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_GNU_SYSTEM>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "The GNU system part of B<DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "The GNU system type of the build machine." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_MULTIARCH>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "" +"The clarified GNU system type of the build machine, used for filesystem " +"paths (since dpkg 1.16.0)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "B<DEB_HOST_ARCH>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "The Debian architecture of the host machine." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "B<DEB_HOST_ARCH_ABI>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "The Debian ABI name of the host machine (since dpkg 1.18.11)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "B<DEB_HOST_ARCH_LIBC>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "The Debian libc name of the host machine (since dpkg 1.18.11)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "B<DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "The Debian system name of the host machine (since dpkg 1.13.2)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "B<DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "The Debian CPU name of the host machine (since dpkg 1.13.2)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "B<DEB_HOST_ARCH_BITS>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "The pointer size of the host machine (in bits; since dpkg 1.15.4)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "B<DEB_HOST_ARCH_ENDIAN>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "The endianness of the host machine (little / big; since dpkg 1.15.4)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "B<DEB_HOST_GNU_CPU>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "The GNU CPU part of B<DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "B<DEB_HOST_GNU_SYSTEM>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "The GNU system part of B<DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "B<DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "The GNU system type of the host machine." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "B<DEB_HOST_MULTIARCH>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "" +"The clarified GNU system type of the host machine, used for filesystem paths " +"(since dpkg 1.16.0)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_ARCH>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "The Debian architecture of the target machine (since dpkg 1.17.14)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_ARCH_ABI>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "The Debian ABI name of the target machine (since dpkg 1.18.11)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_ARCH_LIBC>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "The Debian libc name of the target machine (since dpkg 1.18.11)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_ARCH_OS>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "The Debian system name of the target machine (since dpkg 1.17.14)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_ARCH_CPU>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "The Debian CPU name of the target machine (since dpkg 1.17.14)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_ARCH_BITS>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "The pointer size of the target machine (in bits; since dpkg 1.17.14)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_ARCH_ENDIAN>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "The endianness of the target machine (little / big; since dpkg 1.17.14)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_GNU_CPU>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "The GNU CPU part of B<DEB_TARGET_GNU_TYPE> (since dpkg 1.17.14)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_GNU_SYSTEM>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "The GNU system part of B<DEB_TARGET_GNU_TYPE> (since dpkg 1.17.14)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_GNU_TYPE>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "The GNU system type of the target machine (since dpkg 1.17.14)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_MULTIARCH>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "" +"The clarified GNU system type of the target machine, used for filesystem " +"paths (since dpkg 1.17.14)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =head2 +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "Architecture tables" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "" +"All these files have to be present for B<dpkg-architecture> to work. Their " +"location can be overridden at runtime with the environment variable " +"B<DPKG_DATADIR>. These tables contain a format B<Version> pseudo-field on " +"their first line to mark their format, so that parsers can check if they " +"understand it, such as \"# Version=1.0\"." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "I<%PKGDATADIR%/cputable>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "" +"Table of known CPU names and mapping to their GNU name. Format version 1.0 " +"(since dpkg 1.13.2)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "I<%PKGDATADIR%/ostable>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "" +"Table of known operating system names and mapping to their GNU name. Format " +"version 2.0 (since dpkg 1.18.11)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "I<%PKGDATADIR%/tupletable>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "" +"Mapping between Debian architecture tuples and Debian architecture names. " +"Format version 1.0 (since dpkg 1.18.11)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "I<%PKGDATADIR%/abitable>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "" +"Table of Debian architecture ABI attribute overrides. Format version 2.0 " +"(since dpkg 1.18.11)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =head2 +#: dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "Packaging support" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "I<%PKGDATADIR%/architecture.mk>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "" +"Makefile snippet that properly sets and exports all the variables that " +"B<dpkg-architecture> outputs (since dpkg 1.16.1)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-buildpackage> accepts the B<-a> option and passes it to " +"B<dpkg-architecture>. Other examples:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: verbatim +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" CC=i386-gnu-gcc dpkg-architecture -c debian/rules build\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: verbatim +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" eval $(dpkg-architecture -u)\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "" +"Check if the current or specified host architecture is equal to an " +"architecture:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: verbatim +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" dpkg-architecture -elinux-alpha\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: verbatim +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" dpkg-architecture -amips -elinux-mips\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "Check if the current or specified host architecture is a Linux system:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: verbatim +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" dpkg-architecture -ilinux-any\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: verbatim +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" dpkg-architecture -ai386 -ilinux-any\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =head2 +#: dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "Usage in debian/rules" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "" +"The environment variables set by B<dpkg-architecture> are passed to " +"I<debian/rules> as make variables (see make documentation). However, you " +"should not rely on them, as this breaks manual invocation of the " +"script. Instead, you should always initialize them using " +"B<dpkg-architecture> with the B<-q> option. Here are some examples, which " +"also show how you can improve the cross compilation support in your package:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "Retrieving the GNU system type and forwarding it to ./configure:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: verbatim +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE ?= $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE)\n" +" DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE ?= $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE)\n" +" [...]\n" +" ifeq ($(DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE), $(DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE))\n" +" confflags += --build=$(DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE)\n" +" else\n" +" confflags += --build=$(DEB_BUILD_GNU_TYPE) \\\n" +" --host=$(DEB_HOST_GNU_TYPE)\n" +" endif\n" +" [...]\n" +" ./configure $(confflags)\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "Doing something only for a specific architecture:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: verbatim +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" DEB_HOST_ARCH ?= $(shell dpkg-architecture -qDEB_HOST_ARCH)\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: verbatim +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" ifeq ($(DEB_HOST_ARCH),alpha)\n" +" [...]\n" +" endif\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "" +"or if you only need to check the CPU or OS type, use the " +"B<DEB_HOST_ARCH_CPU> or B<DEB_HOST_ARCH_OS> variables." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "" +"Note that you can also rely on an external Makefile snippet to properly set " +"all the variables that B<dpkg-architecture> can provide:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: verbatim +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" include %PKGDATADIR%/architecture.mk\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "" +"In any case, you should never use B<dpkg --print-architecture> to get " +"architecture information during a package build." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =head1 +#: dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-buildflags.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-distaddfile.pod dpkg-divert.pod +#: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod +#: dpkg-gencontrol.pod dpkg-gensymbols.pod dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod +#: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod dpkg-name.pod dpkg-parsechangelog.pod +#: dpkg-query.pod dpkg-realpath.pod dpkg-scanpackages.pod dpkg-scansources.pod +#: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod dpkg-source.pod dpkg-split.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod +#: dpkg-trigger.pod dpkg-vendor.pod dpkg.pod dselect.pod +#: update-alternatives.pod +msgid "ENVIRONMENT" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "B<DPKG_DATADIR>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "" +"If set, it will be used as the B<dpkg> data directory, where the " +"architecture tables are located (since dpkg 1.14.17). Defaults to " +"«%PKGDATADIR%»." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-buildflags.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-distaddfile.pod dpkg-divert.pod +#: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod +#: dpkg-gensymbols.pod dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod +#: dpkg-name.pod dpkg-parsechangelog.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg-realpath.pod +#: dpkg-scanpackages.pod dpkg-scansources.pod dpkg-shlibdeps.pod +#: dpkg-source.pod dpkg-split.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg-trigger.pod +#: dpkg-vendor.pod dpkg.pod +msgid "B<DPKG_COLORS>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-buildflags.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-distaddfile.pod dpkg-divert.pod +#: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod +#: dpkg-gensymbols.pod dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod dpkg-name.pod +#: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg-scanpackages.pod +#: dpkg-scansources.pod dpkg-shlibdeps.pod dpkg-source.pod dpkg-split.pod +#: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg-trigger.pod dpkg-vendor.pod dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"Sets the color mode (since dpkg 1.18.5). The currently accepted values are: " +"B<auto> (default), B<always> and B<never>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-buildflags.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod dpkg-distaddfile.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod +#: dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod dpkg-gensymbols.pod +#: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod dpkg-name.pod dpkg-parsechangelog.pod +#: dpkg-scanpackages.pod dpkg-scansources.pod dpkg-shlibdeps.pod +#: dpkg-source.pod dpkg-vendor.pod +msgid "B<DPKG_NLS>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-architecture.pod dpkg-buildflags.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod dpkg-distaddfile.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod +#: dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod dpkg-gensymbols.pod +#: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod dpkg-name.pod dpkg-parsechangelog.pod +#: dpkg-scanpackages.pod dpkg-scansources.pod dpkg-shlibdeps.pod +#: dpkg-source.pod dpkg-vendor.pod +msgid "" +"If set, it will be used to decide whether to activate Native Language " +"Support, also known as internationalization (or i18n) support (since dpkg " +"1.19.0). The accepted values are: B<0> and B<1> (default)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "All long command and option names available only since dpkg 1.17.17." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-architecture.pod +msgid "B<dpkg-buildpackage>(1)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "dpkg-buildflags - returns build flags to use during package build" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "B<dpkg-buildflags> [I<option>...] [I<command>]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-buildflags> is a tool to retrieve compilation flags to use during " +"build of Debian packages." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "" +"The default flags are defined by the vendor but they can be " +"extended/overridden in several ways:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "1." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "system-wide with B<%PKGCONFDIR%/buildflags.conf>;" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "2." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "" +"for the current user with B<$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/dpkg/buildflags.conf> where " +"B<$XDG_CONFIG_HOME> defaults to B<$HOME/.config>;" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "3." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "" +"temporarily by the user with environment variables (see section " +"B<ENVIRONMENT>);" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "4." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "" +"dynamically by the package maintainer with environment variables set via " +"B<debian/rules> (see section B<ENVIRONMENT>)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "The configuration files can contain four types of directives:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "B<SET> I<flag value>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "Override the flag named I<flag> to have the value I<value>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "B<STRIP> I<flag value>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "Strip from the flag named I<flag> all the build flags listed in I<value>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "B<APPEND> I<flag value>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "" +"Extend the flag named I<flag> by appending the options given in I<value>. A " +"space is prepended to the appended value if the flag's current value is " +"non-empty." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "B<PREPEND> I<flag value>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "" +"Extend the flag named I<flag> by prepending the options given in I<value>. " +"A space is appended to the prepended value if the flag's current value is " +"non-empty." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "" +"The configuration files can contain comments on lines starting with a hash " +"(#). Empty lines are also ignored." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "B<--dump>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "" +"Print to standard output all compilation flags and their values. It prints " +"one flag per line separated from its value by an equal sign " +"(“I<flag>=I<value>”). This is the default action." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "B<--list>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "" +"Print the list of flags supported by the current vendor (one per line). See " +"the B<SUPPORTED FLAGS> section for more information about them." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "B<--status>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "" +"Display any information that can be useful to explain the behaviour of " +"B<dpkg-buildflags> (since dpkg 1.16.5): relevant environment variables, " +"current vendor, state of all feature flags. Also print the resulting " +"compiler flags with their origin." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "" +"This is intended to be run from B<debian/rules>, so that the build log keeps " +"a clear trace of the build flags used. This can be useful to diagnose " +"problems related to them." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "B<--export=>I<format>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "" +"Print to standard output commands that can be used to export all the " +"compilation flags for some particular tool. If the I<format> value is not " +"given, B<sh> is assumed. Only compilation flags starting with an upper case " +"character are included, others are assumed to not be suitable for the " +"environment. Supported formats:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "B<sh>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "" +"Shell commands to set and export all the compilation flags in the " +"environment. The flag values are quoted so the output is ready for " +"evaluation by a shell." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "B<cmdline>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "" +"Arguments to pass to a build program's command line to use all the " +"compilation flags (since dpkg 1.17.0). The flag values are quoted in shell " +"syntax." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "B<configure>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "This is a legacy alias for B<cmdline>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "B<make>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "" +"Make directives to set and export all the compilation flags in the " +"environment. Output can be written to a Makefile fragment and evaluated " +"using an B<include> directive." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "B<--get> I<flag>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "" +"Print the value of the flag on standard output. Exits with 0 if the flag is " +"known otherwise exits with 1." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "B<--origin> I<flag>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "" +"Print the origin of the value that is returned by B<--get>. Exits with 0 if " +"the flag is known otherwise exits with 1. The origin can be one of the " +"following values:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "B<vendor>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "the original flag set by the vendor is returned;" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "B<system>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "the flag is set/modified by a system-wide configuration;" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "B<user>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "the flag is set/modified by a user-specific configuration;" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "B<env>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "the flag is set/modified by an environment-specific configuration." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "B<--query>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "" +"Print any information that can be useful to explain the behaviour of the " +"program: current vendor, relevant environment variables, feature areas, " +"state of all feature flags, and the compiler flags with their origin (since " +"dpkg 1.19.0)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "For example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: verbatim +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" Vendor: Debian\n" +" Environment:\n" +" DEB_CFLAGS_SET=-O0 -Wall\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: verbatim +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" Area: qa\n" +" Features:\n" +" bug=no\n" +" canary=no\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: verbatim +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" Area: reproducible\n" +" Features:\n" +" timeless=no\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: verbatim +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" Flag: CFLAGS\n" +" Value: -O0 -Wall\n" +" Origin: env\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: verbatim +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" Flag: CPPFLAGS\n" +" Value: -D_FORTIFY_SOURCE=2\n" +" Origin: vendor\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "B<--query-features> I<area>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "" +"Print the features enabled for a given area (since dpkg 1.16.2). The only " +"currently recognized areas on Debian and derivatives are B<future>, B<qa>, " +"B<reproducible>, B<sanitize> and B<hardening>, see the B<FEATURE AREAS> " +"section for more details. Exits with 0 if the area is known otherwise exits " +"with 1." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "The output is in RFC822 format, with one section per feature. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: verbatim +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" Feature: pie\n" +" Enabled: yes\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: verbatim +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" Feature: stackprotector\n" +" Enabled: yes\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod dpkg-scansources.pod +#: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg-vendor.pod update-alternatives.pod +msgid "B<--help>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =head1 +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "SUPPORTED FLAGS" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "B<CFLAGS>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "" +"Options for the C compiler. The default value set by the vendor includes " +"B<-g> and the default optimization level (B<-O2> usually, or B<-O0> if the " +"B<DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS> environment variable defines I<noopt>)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "B<CPPFLAGS>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "Options for the C preprocessor. Default value: empty." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "B<CXXFLAGS>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "Options for the C++ compiler. Same as B<CFLAGS>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "B<OBJCFLAGS>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "Options for the Objective C compiler. Same as B<CFLAGS>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "B<OBJCXXFLAGS>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "Options for the Objective C++ compiler. Same as B<CXXFLAGS>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "B<GCJFLAGS>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "Options for the GNU Java compiler (gcj). A subset of B<CFLAGS>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "B<DFLAGS>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "Options for the D compiler (ldc or gdc). Since dpkg 1.20.6." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "B<FFLAGS>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "Options for the Fortran 77 compiler. A subset of B<CFLAGS>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "B<FCFLAGS>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "Options for the Fortran 9x compiler. Same as B<FFLAGS>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "B<LDFLAGS>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "" +"Options passed to the compiler when linking executables or shared objects " +"(if the linker is called directly, then B<-Wl> and B<,> have to be stripped " +"from these options). Default value: empty." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "" +"New flags might be added in the future if the need arises (for example to " +"support other languages)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =head1 +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "FEATURE AREAS" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "" +"Each area feature can be enabled and disabled in the B<DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS> " +"and B<DEB_BUILD_MAINT_OPTIONS> environment variable's area value with the " +"‘B<+>’ and ‘B<->’ modifier. For example, to enable the B<hardening> “pie” " +"feature and disable the “fortify” feature you can do this in " +"B<debian/rules>:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: verbatim +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" export DEB_BUILD_MAINT_OPTIONS=hardening=+pie,-fortify\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "" +"The special feature B<all> (valid in any area) can be used to enable or " +"disable all area features at the same time. Thus disabling everything in " +"the B<hardening> area and enabling only “format” and “fortify” can be " +"achieved with:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: verbatim +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" export DEB_BUILD_MAINT_OPTIONS=hardening=-all,+format,+fortify\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =head2 +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "future" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "" +"Several compile-time options (detailed below) can be used to enable features " +"that should be enabled by default, but cannot due to backwards compatibility " +"reasons." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "B<lfs>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "" +"This setting (disabled by default) enables Large File Support on 32-bit " +"architectures where their ABI does not include LFS by default, by adding " +"B<-D_LARGEFILE_SOURCE -D_FILE_OFFSET_BITS=64> to B<CPPFLAGS>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =head2 +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "qa" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "" +"Several compile-time options (detailed below) can be used to help detect " +"problems in the source code or build system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "B<bug>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "" +"This setting (disabled by default) adds any warning option that reliably " +"detects problematic source code. The warnings are fatal. The only currently " +"supported flags are B<CFLAGS> and B<CXXFLAGS> with flags set to " +"B<-Werror=array-bounds>, B<-Werror=clobbered>, " +"B<-Werror=implicit-function-declaration> and " +"B<-Werror=volatile-register-var>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "B<canary>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "" +"This setting (disabled by default) adds dummy canary options to the build " +"flags, so that the build logs can be checked for how the build flags " +"propagate and to allow finding any omission of normal build flag settings. " +"The only currently supported flags are B<CPPFLAGS>, B<CFLAGS>, B<OBJCFLAGS>, " +"B<CXXFLAGS> and B<OBJCXXFLAGS> with flags set to " +"B<-D__DEB_CANARY_>I<flag>_I<random-id>B<__>, and B<LDFLAGS> set to " +"B<-Wl,-z,deb-canary->I<random-id>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =head2 +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "sanitize" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "" +"Several compile-time options (detailed below) can be used to help sanitize a " +"resulting binary against memory corruptions, memory leaks, use after free, " +"threading data races and undefined behavior bugs. B<Note>: these options " +"should B<not> be used for production builds as they can reduce reliability " +"for conformant code, reduce security or even functionality." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "B<address>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "" +"This setting (disabled by default) adds B<-fsanitize=address> to B<LDFLAGS> " +"and B<-fsanitize=address -fno-omit-frame-pointer> to B<CFLAGS> and " +"B<CXXFLAGS>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "B<thread>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "" +"This setting (disabled by default) adds B<-fsanitize=thread> to B<CFLAGS>, " +"B<CXXFLAGS> and B<LDFLAGS>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "B<leak>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "" +"This setting (disabled by default) adds B<-fsanitize=leak> to B<LDFLAGS>. It " +"gets automatically disabled if either the B<address> or the B<thread> " +"features are enabled, as they imply it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "B<undefined>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "" +"This setting (disabled by default) adds B<-fsanitize=undefined> to " +"B<CFLAGS>, B<CXXFLAGS> and B<LDFLAGS>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =head2 +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "hardening" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "" +"Several compile-time options (detailed below) can be used to help harden a " +"resulting binary against memory corruption attacks, or provide additional " +"warning messages during compilation. Except as noted below, these are " +"enabled by default for architectures that support them." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "B<format>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "" +"This setting (enabled by default) adds B<-Wformat -Werror=format-security> " +"to B<CFLAGS>, B<CXXFLAGS>, B<OBJCFLAGS> and B<OBJCXXFLAGS>. This will warn " +"about improper format string uses, and will fail when format functions are " +"used in a way that represent possible security problems. At present, this " +"warns about calls to B<printf> and B<scanf> functions where the format " +"string is not a string literal and there are no format arguments, as in " +"B<printf(foo);> instead of B<printf(\"%s\", foo);> This may be a security " +"hole if the format string came from untrusted input and contains ‘%n’." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "B<fortify>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "" +"This setting (enabled by default) adds B<-D_FORTIFY_SOURCE=2> to " +"B<CPPFLAGS>. During code generation the compiler knows a great deal of " +"information about buffer sizes (where possible), and attempts to replace " +"insecure unlimited length buffer function calls with length-limited " +"ones. This is especially useful for old, crufty code. Additionally, format " +"strings in writable memory that contain ‘%n’ are blocked. If an application " +"depends on such a format string, it will need to be worked around." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "" +"Note that for this option to have any effect, the source must also be " +"compiled with B<-O1> or higher. If the environment variable " +"B<DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS> contains I<noopt>, then B<fortify> support will be " +"disabled, due to new warnings being issued by glibc 2.16 and later." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "B<stackprotector>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "" +"This setting (enabled by default if stackprotectorstrong is not in use) adds " +"B<-fstack-protector --param=ssp-buffer-size=4> to B<CFLAGS>, B<CXXFLAGS>, " +"B<OBJCFLAGS>, B<OBJCXXFLAGS>, B<GCJFLAGS>, B<FFLAGS> and B<FCFLAGS>. This " +"adds safety checks against stack overwrites. This renders many potential " +"code injection attacks into aborting situations. In the best case this turns " +"code injection vulnerabilities into denial of service or into non-issues " +"(depending on the application)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "" +"This feature requires linking against glibc (or another provider of " +"B<__stack_chk_fail>), so needs to be disabled when building with " +"B<-nostdlib> or B<-ffreestanding> or similar." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "B<stackprotectorstrong>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "" +"This setting (enabled by default) adds B<-fstack-protector-strong> to " +"B<CFLAGS>, B<CXXFLAGS>, B<OBJCFLAGS>, B<OBJCXXFLAGS>, B<GCJFLAGS>, B<FFLAGS> " +"and B<FCFLAGS>. This is a stronger variant of B<stackprotector>, but " +"without significant performance penalties." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "Disabling B<stackprotector> will also disable this setting." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "" +"This feature has the same requirements as B<stackprotector>, and in addition " +"also requires gcc 4.9 and later." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "B<relro>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "" +"This setting (enabled by default) adds B<-Wl,-z,relro> to B<LDFLAGS>. " +"During program load, several ELF memory sections need to be written to by " +"the linker. This flags the loader to turn these sections read-only before " +"turning over control to the program. Most notably this prevents GOT " +"overwrite attacks. If this option is disabled, B<bindnow> will become " +"disabled as well." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "B<bindnow>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "" +"This setting (disabled by default) adds B<-Wl,-z,now> to B<LDFLAGS>. During " +"program load, all dynamic symbols are resolved, allowing for the entire PLT " +"to be marked read-only (due to B<relro> above). The option cannot become " +"enabled if B<relro> is not enabled." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "B<pie>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "" +"This setting (with no global default since dpkg 1.18.23, as it is enabled by " +"default now by gcc on the amd64, arm64, armel, armhf, hurd-i386, i386, " +"kfreebsd-amd64, kfreebsd-i386, mips, mipsel, mips64el, powerpc, ppc64, " +"ppc64el, riscv64, s390x, sparc and sparc64 Debian architectures) adds the " +"required options to enable or disable PIE via gcc specs files, if needed, " +"depending on whether gcc injects on that architecture the flags by itself or " +"not. When the setting is enabled and gcc injects the flags, it adds " +"nothing. When the setting is enabled and gcc does not inject the flags, it " +"adds B<-fPIE> (via I<%PKGDATADIR%/pie-compiler.specs>) to B<CFLAGS>, " +"B<CXXFLAGS>, B<OBJCFLAGS>, B<OBJCXXFLAGS>, B<GCJFLAGS>, B<FFLAGS> and " +"B<FCFLAGS>, and B<-fPIE -pie> (via I<%PKGDATADIR%/pie-link.specs>) to " +"B<LDFLAGS>. When the setting is disabled and gcc injects the flags, it adds " +"B<-fno-PIE> (via I<%PKGDATADIR%/no-pie-compile.specs>) to B<CFLAGS>, " +"B<CXXFLAGS>, B<OBJCFLAGS>, B<OBJCXXFLAGS>, B<GCJFLAGS>, B<FFLAGS> and " +"B<FCFLAGS>, and B<-fno-PIE -no-pie> (via I<%PKGDATADIR%/no-pie-link.specs>) " +"to B<LDFLAGS>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "" +"Position Independent Executable are needed to take advantage of Address " +"Space Layout Randomization, supported by some kernel versions. While ASLR " +"can already be enforced for data areas in the stack and heap (brk and mmap), " +"the code areas must be compiled as position-independent. Shared libraries " +"already do this (B<-fPIC>), so they gain ASLR automatically, but binary " +".text regions need to be build PIE to gain ASLR. When this happens, ROP " +"(Return Oriented Programming) attacks are much harder since there are no " +"static locations to bounce off of during a memory corruption attack." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "" +"PIE is not compatible with B<-fPIC>, so in general care must be taken when " +"building shared objects. But because the PIE flags emitted get injected via " +"gcc specs files, it should always be safe to unconditionally set them " +"regardless of the object type being compiled or linked." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "" +"Static libraries can be used by programs or other shared libraries. " +"Depending on the flags used to compile all the objects within a static " +"library, these libraries will be usable by different sets of objects:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "none" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "Cannot be linked into a PIE program, nor a shared library." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "B<-fPIE>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "Can be linked into any program, but not a shared library (recommended)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "B<-fPIC>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "Can be linked into any program and shared library." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "" +"If there is a need to set these flags manually, bypassing the gcc specs " +"injection, there are several things to take into account. Unconditionally " +"and explicitly passing B<-fPIE>, B<-fpie> or B<-pie> to a build-system using " +"libtool is safe as these flags will get stripped when building shared " +"libraries. Otherwise on projects that build both programs and shared " +"libraries you might need to make sure that when building the shared " +"libraries B<-fPIC> is always passed last (so that it overrides any previous " +"B<-PIE>) to compilation flags such as B<CFLAGS>, and B<-shared> is passed " +"last (so that it overrides any previous B<-pie>) to linking flags such as " +"B<LDFLAGS>. B<Note:> This should not be needed with the default gcc specs " +"machinery." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "" +"Additionally, since PIE is implemented via a general register, some register " +"starved architectures (but not including i386 anymore since optimizations " +"implemented in gcc E<gt>= 5) can see performance losses of up to 15% in very " +"text-segment-heavy application workloads; most workloads see less than " +"1%. Architectures with more general registers (e.g. amd64) do not see as " +"high a worst-case penalty." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =head2 +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "reproducible" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "" +"The compile-time options detailed below can be used to help improve build " +"reproducibility or provide additional warning messages during " +"compilation. Except as noted below, these are enabled by default for " +"architectures that support them." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "B<timeless>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "" +"This setting (enabled by default) adds B<-Wdate-time> to B<CPPFLAGS>. This " +"will cause warnings when the B<__TIME__>, B<__DATE__> and B<__TIMESTAMP__> " +"macros are used." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "B<fixfilepath>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "" +"This setting (enabled by default) adds " +"B<-ffile-prefix-map=>I<BUILDPATH>B<=.> to B<CFLAGS>, B<CXXFLAGS>, " +"B<OBJCFLAGS>, B<OBJCXXFLAGS>, B<GCJFLAGS>, B<FFLAGS> and B<FCFLAGS> where " +"B<BUILDPATH> is set to the top-level directory of the package being built. " +"This has the effect of removing the build path from any generated file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "" +"If both B<fixdebugpath> and B<fixfilepath> are set, this option takes " +"precedence, because it is a superset of the former." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "B<fixdebugpath>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "" +"This setting (enabled by default) adds " +"B<-fdebug-prefix-map=>I<BUILDPATH>B<=.> to B<CFLAGS>, B<CXXFLAGS>, " +"B<OBJCFLAGS>, B<OBJCXXFLAGS>, B<GCJFLAGS>, B<FFLAGS> and B<FCFLAGS> where " +"B<BUILDPATH> is set to the top-level directory of the package being built. " +"This has the effect of removing the build path from any generated debug " +"symbols." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "" +"There are 2 sets of environment variables doing the same operations, the " +"first one (DEB_I<flag>_I<op>) should never be used within " +"B<debian/rules>. It's meant for any user that wants to rebuild the source " +"package with different build flags. The second set (DEB_I<flag>_MAINT_I<op>) " +"should only be used in B<debian/rules> by package maintainers to change the " +"resulting build flags." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "B<DEB_>I<flag>B<_SET>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "B<DEB_>I<flag>B<_MAINT_SET>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "This variable can be used to force the value returned for the given I<flag>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "B<DEB_>I<flag>B<_STRIP>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "B<DEB_>I<flag>B<_MAINT_STRIP>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "" +"This variable can be used to provide a space separated list of options that " +"will be stripped from the set of flags returned for the given I<flag>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "B<DEB_>I<flag>B<_APPEND>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "B<DEB_>I<flag>B<_MAINT_APPEND>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "" +"This variable can be used to append supplementary options to the value " +"returned for the given I<flag>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "B<DEB_>I<flag>B<_PREPEND>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "B<DEB_>I<flag>B<_MAINT_PREPEND>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "" +"This variable can be used to prepend supplementary options to the value " +"returned for the given I<flag>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod +msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_MAINT_OPTIONS>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "" +"These variables can be used by a user or maintainer to disable/enable " +"various area features that affect build flags. The " +"B<DEB_BUILD_MAINT_OPTIONS> variable overrides any setting in the " +"B<DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS> feature areas. See the B<FEATURE AREAS> section for " +"details." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod dpkg-vendor.pod +msgid "B<DEB_VENDOR>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "" +"This setting defines the current vendor. If not set, it will discover the " +"current vendor by reading B<%PKGCONFDIR%/origins/default>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_PATH>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "" +"This variable sets the build path (since dpkg 1.18.8) to use in features " +"such as B<fixdebugpath> so that they can be controlled by the caller. This " +"variable is currently Debian and derivatives-specific." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =head2 +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "Configuration files" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "B<%PKGCONFDIR%/buildflags.conf>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "System wide configuration file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "B<$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/dpkg/buildflags.conf> or" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "B<$HOME/.config/dpkg/buildflags.conf>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "User configuration file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "B<%PKGDATADIR%/buildflags.mk>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "" +"Makefile snippet that will load (and optionally export) all flags supported " +"by B<dpkg-buildflags> into variables (since dpkg 1.16.1)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "To pass build flags to a build command in a Makefile:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: verbatim +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" $(MAKE) $(shell dpkg-buildflags --export=cmdline)\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: verbatim +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" ./configure $(shell dpkg-buildflags --export=cmdline)\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "" +"To set build flags in a shell script or shell fragment, B<eval> can be used " +"to interpret the output and to export the flags in the environment:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: verbatim +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" eval \"$(dpkg-buildflags --export=sh)\" && make\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "or to set the positional parameters to pass to a command:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: verbatim +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" eval \"set -- $(dpkg-buildflags --export=cmdline)\"\n" +" for dir in a b c; do (cd $dir && ./configure \"$@\" && make); done\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "" +"You should call B<dpkg-buildflags> or include B<buildflags.mk> from the " +"B<debian/rules> file to obtain the needed build flags to pass to the build " +"system. Note that older versions of B<dpkg-buildpackage> (before dpkg " +"1.16.1) exported these flags automatically. However, you should not rely on " +"this, since this breaks manual invocation of B<debian/rules>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "" +"For packages with autoconf-like build systems, you can pass the relevant " +"options to configure or B<make>(1) directly, as shown above." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "" +"For other build systems, or when you need more fine-grained control about " +"which flags are passed where, you can use B<--get>. Or you can include " +"B<buildflags.mk> instead, which takes care of calling B<dpkg-buildflags> and " +"storing the build flags in make variables." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "" +"If you want to export all buildflags into the environment (where they can be " +"picked up by your build system):" +msgstr "" + +#. type: verbatim +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" DPKG_EXPORT_BUILDFLAGS = 1\n" +" include %PKGDATADIR%/buildflags.mk\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "" +"For some extra control over what is exported, you can manually export the " +"variables (as none are exported by default):" +msgstr "" + +#. type: verbatim +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" include %PKGDATADIR%/buildflags.mk\n" +" export CPPFLAGS CFLAGS LDFLAGS\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +msgid "And you can of course pass the flags to commands manually:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: verbatim +#: dpkg-buildflags.pod +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" include %PKGDATADIR%/buildflags.mk\n" +" build-arch:\n" +" \t$(CC) -o hello hello.c $(CPPFLAGS) $(CFLAGS) $(LDFLAGS)\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "dpkg-buildpackage - build binary or source packages from sources" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "B<dpkg-buildpackage> [I<option>...]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-buildpackage> is a program that automates the process of building a " +"Debian package. It consists of the following steps:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "B<1.>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "" +"It prepares the build environment by setting various environment variables " +"(see B<ENVIRONMENT>), runs the B<init> hook, and calls B<dpkg-source " +"--before-build> (unless B<-T> or B<--target> has been used)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "B<2.>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "" +"It checks that the build-dependencies and build-conflicts are satisfied " +"(unless B<-d> or B<--no-check-builddeps> is specified)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "B<3.>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "" +"If one or more specific targets have been selected with the B<-T> or " +"B<--target> option, it calls those targets and stops here. Otherwise it runs " +"the B<preclean> hook and calls B<fakeroot debian/rules clean> to clean the " +"build-tree (unless B<-nc> or B<--no-pre-clean> is specified)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "B<4.>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "" +"It runs the B<source> hook and calls B<dpkg-source -b> to generate the " +"source package (if a B<source> build has been requested with B<--build> or " +"equivalent options)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "B<5.>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "" +"It runs the B<build> hook and calls B<debian/rules> I<build-target>, then " +"runs the B<binary> hook followed by B<fakeroot debian/rules> " +"I<binary-target> (unless a source-only build has been requested with " +"B<--build=source> or equivalent options). Note that I<build-target> and " +"I<binary-target> are either B<build> and B<binary> (default case, or if an " +"B<any> and B<all> build has been requested with B<--build> or equivalent " +"options), or B<build-arch> and B<binary-arch> (if an B<any> and not B<all> " +"build has been requested with B<--build> or equivalent options), or " +"B<build-indep> and B<binary-indep> (if an B<all> and not B<any> build has " +"been requested with B<--build> or equivalent options)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "B<6.>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "" +"It runs the B<buildinfo> hook and calls B<dpkg-genbuildinfo> to generate a " +"B<.buildinfo> file. Several B<dpkg-buildpackage> options are forwarded to " +"B<dpkg-genbuildinfo>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "B<7.>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "" +"It runs the B<changes> hook and calls B<dpkg-genchanges> to generate a " +"B<.changes> file. The name of the B<.changes> file will depend on the type " +"of build and will be as specific as necessary but not more; for a build that " +"includes B<any> the name will be " +"I<source-name>B<_>I<binary-version>B<_>I<arch>B<.changes>, or otherwise for " +"a build that includes B<all> the name will be " +"I<source-name>B<_>I<binary-version>B<_>B<all.changes>, or otherwise for a " +"build that includes B<source> the name will be " +"I<source-name>B<_>I<source-version>B<_>B<source.changes>. Many " +"B<dpkg-buildpackage> options are forwarded to B<dpkg-genchanges>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "B<8.>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "" +"It runs the B<postclean> hook and if B<-tc> or B<--post-clean> is specified, " +"it will call B<fakeroot debian/rules clean> again." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "B<9.>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "It calls B<dpkg-source --after-build>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "B<10.>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "" +"It runs the B<check> hook and calls a package checker for the B<.changes> " +"file (if a command is specified in B<DEB_CHECK_COMMAND> or with " +"B<--check-command>)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "B<11.>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "" +"It runs the B<sign> hook and calls B<gpg> (as long as it is not an " +"UNRELEASED build, or B<--no-sign> is specified) to sign the B<.dsc> file (if " +"any, unless B<-us> or B<--unsigned-source> is specified), the B<.buildinfo> " +"file (unless B<-ui>, B<--unsigned-buildinfo>, B<-uc> or " +"B<--unsigned-changes> is specified) and the B<.changes> file (unless B<-uc> " +"or B<--unsigned-changes> is specified)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "B<12.>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "It runs the B<done> hook." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "" +"All long options can be specified both on the command line and in the " +"B<dpkg-buildpackage> system and user configuration files. Each line in the " +"configuration file is either an option (exactly the same as the command line " +"option but without leading hyphens) or a comment (if it starts with a " +"‘B<#>’)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod +msgid "B<--build=>I<type>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "" +"Specifies the build I<type> from a comma-separated list of components (since " +"dpkg 1.18.5). Passed to B<dpkg-genchanges>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod +msgid "The allowed values are:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod +msgid "B<source>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "Builds the source package." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "" +"B<Note:> When using this value standalone and if what you want is simply to " +"(re-)build the source package from a clean source tree, using B<dpkg-source> " +"directly is always a better option as it does not require any build " +"dependencies to be installed which are otherwise needed to be able to call " +"the B<clean> target." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod +msgid "B<any>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "Builds the architecture specific binary packages." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod +msgid "B<all>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "Builds the architecture independent binary packages." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "" +"Builds the architecture specific and independent binary packages. This is " +"an alias for B<any,all>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod +msgid "B<full>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "" +"Builds everything. This is an alias for B<source,any,all>, and the same as " +"the default case when no build option is specified." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod +msgid "B<-g>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod +msgid "Equivalent to B<--build=source,all> (since dpkg 1.17.11)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg.pod +msgid "B<-G>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod +msgid "Equivalent to B<--build=source,any> (since dpkg 1.17.11)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod +msgid "B<-b>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod +msgid "Equivalent to B<--build=binary> or B<--build=any,all>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod +msgid "B<-B>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod +msgid "Equivalent to B<--build=any>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod +msgid "B<-A>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod +msgid "Equivalent to B<--build=all>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod +msgid "B<-S>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod +msgid "Equivalent to B<--build=source>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "B<-F>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "" +"Equivalent to B<--build=full>, B<--build=source,binary> or " +"B<--build=source,any,all> (since dpkg 1.15.8)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "B<--target=>I<target>[,...]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "B<--target> I<target>[,...]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "B<-T>, B<--rules-target=>I<target>[,...]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "" +"Calls B<debian/rules> I<target> once per target specified, after having " +"setup the build environment (except for calling B<dpkg-source " +"--before-build>), and stops the package build process here (since dpkg " +"1.15.0, long option since dpkg 1.18.8, multi-target support since dpkg " +"1.18.16). If B<--as-root> is also given, then the command is executed as " +"root (see B<--root-command>). Note that known targets that are required to " +"be run as root do not need this option (i.e. the B<clean>, B<binary>, " +"B<binary-arch> and B<binary-indep> targets)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "B<--as-root>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "" +"Only meaningful together with B<--target> (since dpkg 1.15.0). Requires " +"that the target be run with root rights." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod +msgid "B<-si>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod +msgid "B<-sa>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod +msgid "B<-sd>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod +#: dpkg-gensymbols.pod +msgid "B<-v>I<version>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod +msgid "B<-C>I<changes-description>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "B<-m>, B<--release-by=>I<maintainer-address>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "B<-e>, B<--build-by=>I<maintainer-address>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "Passed unchanged to B<dpkg-genchanges>. See its manual page." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "" +"Specify the Debian architecture we build for (long option since dpkg " +"1.17.17). The architecture of the machine we build on is determined " +"automatically, and is also the default for the host machine." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "" +"Specify the GNU system type we build for (long option since dpkg 1.17.17). " +"It can be used in place of B<--host-arch> or as a complement to override the " +"default GNU system type of the host Debian architecture." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "B<--target-arch> I<architecture>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "" +"Specify the Debian architecture the binaries built will build for (since " +"dpkg 1.17.17). The default value is the host machine." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "B<--target-type> I<gnu-system-type>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "" +"Specify the GNU system type the binaries built will build for (since dpkg " +"1.17.17). It can be used in place of B<--target-arch> or as a complement to " +"override the default GNU system type of the target Debian architecture." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "B<-P>, B<--build-profiles=>I<profile>[B<,>...]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "" +"Specify the profile(s) we build, as a comma-separated list (since dpkg " +"1.17.2, long option since dpkg 1.18.8). The default behavior is to build " +"for no specific profile. Also sets them (as a space separated list) as the " +"B<DEB_BUILD_PROFILES> environment variable which allows, for example, " +"B<debian/rules> files to use this information for conditional builds." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "B<-j>, B<--jobs>[=I<jobs>|B<auto>]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "" +"Number of jobs allowed to be run simultaneously, number of jobs matching the " +"number of online processors if B<auto> is specified (since dpkg 1.17.10), or " +"unlimited number if I<jobs> is not specified, equivalent to the B<make>(1) " +"option of the same name (since dpkg 1.14.7, long option since dpkg 1.18.8). " +"Will add itself to the B<MAKEFLAGS> environment variable, which should cause " +"all subsequent make invocations to inherit the option, thus forcing the " +"parallel setting on the packaging (and possibly the upstream build system if " +"that uses make) regardless of their support for parallel builds, which " +"might cause build failures. Also adds B<parallel=>I<jobs> or B<parallel> to " +"the B<DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS> environment variable which allows debian/rules " +"files to use this information for their own purposes. The B<-j> value will " +"override the B<parallel=>I<jobs> or B<parallel> option in the " +"B<DEB_BUILD_OPTIONS> environment variable. Note that the B<auto> value will " +"get replaced by the actual number of currently active processors, and as " +"such will not get propagated to any child process. If the number of online " +"processors cannot be inferred then the code will fallback to using serial " +"execution (since dpkg 1.18.15), although this should only happen on exotic " +"and unsupported systems." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "B<-J>, B<--jobs-try>[=I<jobs>|B<auto>]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "" +"This option (since dpkg 1.18.2, long option since dpkg 1.18.8) is equivalent " +"to the B<-j> option except that it does not set the B<MAKEFLAGS> environment " +"variable, and as such it is safer to use with any package including those " +"that are not parallel-build safe." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "" +"B<auto> is the default behavior (since dpkg 1.18.11). Setting the number of " +"jobs to 1 will restore a serial behavior." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "B<-D>, B<--check-builddeps>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "" +"Check build dependencies and conflicts; abort if unsatisfied (long option " +"since dpkg 1.18.8). This is the default behavior." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "B<-d>, B<--no-check-builddeps>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "" +"Do not check build dependencies and conflicts (long option since dpkg " +"1.18.8)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "B<--ignore-builtin-builddeps>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "" +"Do not check built-in build dependencies and conflicts (since dpkg 1.18.2). " +"These are the distribution specific implicit build dependencies usually " +"required in a build environment, the so called Build-Essential package set." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "B<--rules-requires-root>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "" +"Do not honor the B<Rules-Requires-Root> field, falling back to its legacy " +"default value (since dpkg 1.19.1)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "B<-nc>, B<--no-pre-clean>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "" +"Do not clean the source tree before building (long option since dpkg " +"1.18.8). Implies B<-b> if nothing else has been selected among B<-F>, " +"B<-g>, B<-G>, B<-B>, B<-A> or B<-S>. Implies B<-d> with B<-S> (since dpkg " +"1.18.0)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "B<--pre-clean>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "" +"Clean the source tree before building (since dpkg 1.18.8). This is the " +"default behavior." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "B<-tc>, B<--post-clean>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "" +"Clean the source tree (using I<gain-root-command> B<debian/rules clean>) " +"after the package has been built (long option since dpkg 1.18.8)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "B<--no-post-clean>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "" +"Do not clean the source tree after the package has been built (since dpkg " +"1.19.1). This is the default behavior." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "B<--sanitize-env>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "" +"Sanitize the build environment (since dpkg 1.20.0). This will reset or " +"remove environment variables, umask, and any other process attributes that " +"might otherwise adversely affect the build of packages. Because the " +"official entry point to build packages is B<debian/rules>, packages cannot " +"rely on these settings being in place, and thus should work even when they " +"are not. What to sanitize is vendor specific." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "B<-r>, B<--root-command=>I<gain-root-command>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "" +"When B<dpkg-buildpackage> needs to execute part of the build process as " +"root, it prefixes the command it executes with I<gain-root-command> if one " +"has been specified (long option since dpkg 1.18.8). Otherwise, if none has " +"been specified, B<fakeroot> will be used by default, if the command is " +"present. I<gain-root-command> should start with the name of a program on " +"the B<PATH> and will get as arguments the name of the real command to run " +"and the arguments it should take. I<gain-root-command> can include " +"parameters (they must be space-separated) but no shell metacharacters. " +"I<gain-root-command> might typically be B<fakeroot>, B<sudo>, B<super> or " +"B<really>. B<su> is not suitable, since it can only invoke the user's shell " +"with B<-c> instead of passing arguments individually to the command to be " +"run." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "B<-R>, B<--rules-file=>I<rules-file>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "" +"Building a Debian package usually involves invoking B<debian/rules> as a " +"command with several standard parameters (since dpkg 1.14.17, long option " +"since dpkg 1.18.8). With this option it's possible to use another program " +"invocation to build the package (it can include space separated " +"parameters). Alternatively it can be used to execute the standard rules " +"file with another make program (for example by using B</usr/local/bin/make " +"-f debian/rules> as I<rules-file>)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "B<--check-command=>I<check-command>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "" +"Command used to check the B<.changes> file itself and any artifact built " +"referenced in the file (since dpkg 1.17.6). The command should take the " +"B<.changes> pathname as an argument. This command will usually be " +"B<lintian>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "B<--check-option=>I<opt>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "" +"Pass option I<opt> to the I<check-command> specified with " +"B<DEB_CHECK_COMMAND> or B<--check-command> (since dpkg 1.17.6). Can be used " +"multiple times." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "B<--hook->I<hook-name>B<=>I<hook-command>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "" +"Set the specified shell code I<hook-command> as the hook I<hook-name>, which " +"will run at the times specified in the run steps (since dpkg 1.17.6). The " +"hooks will always be executed even if the following action is not performed " +"(except for the B<binary> hook). All the hooks will run in the unpacked " +"source directory." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "" +"B<Note:> Hooks can affect the build process, and cause build failures if " +"their commands fail, so watch out for unintended consequences." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "The current I<hook-name> supported are:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "" +"B<init preclean source build binary buildinfo changes postclean check sign " +"done>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "" +"The I<hook-command> supports the following substitution format string, which " +"will get applied to it before execution:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "B<%%>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "A single % character." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "B<%a>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "" +"A boolean value (0 or 1), representing whether the following action is being " +"performed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "B<%p>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "The source package name." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "B<%v>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "The source package version." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "B<%s>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "The source package version (without the epoch)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "B<%u>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "The upstream version." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "B<--buildinfo-option=>I<opt>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "" +"Pass option I<opt> to B<dpkg-genbuildinfo> (since dpkg 1.18.11). Can be " +"used multiple times." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "B<-p>, B<--sign-command=>I<sign-command>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "" +"When B<dpkg-buildpackage> needs to execute GPG to sign a source control " +"(B<.dsc>) file or a B<.changes> file it will run I<sign-command> (searching " +"the B<PATH> if necessary) instead of B<gpg> (long option since dpkg " +"1.18.8). I<sign-command> will get all the arguments that B<gpg> would have " +"gotten. I<sign-command> should not contain spaces or any other shell " +"metacharacters." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "B<-k>, B<--sign-key=>I<key-id>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "" +"Specify a key-ID to use when signing packages (long option since dpkg " +"1.18.8)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "B<-us>, B<--unsigned-source>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "Do not sign the source package (long option since dpkg 1.18.8)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "B<-ui>, B<--unsigned-buildinfo>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "Do not sign the B<.buildinfo> file (since dpkg 1.18.19)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "B<-uc>, B<--unsigned-changes>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "" +"Do not sign the B<.buildinfo> and B<.changes> files (long option since dpkg " +"1.18.8)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "B<--no-sign>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "" +"Do not sign any file, this includes the source package, the B<.buildinfo> " +"file and the B<.changes> file (since dpkg 1.18.20)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "B<--force-sign>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "" +"Force the signing of the resulting files (since dpkg 1.17.0), regardless of " +"B<-us>, B<--unsigned-source>, B<-ui>, B<--unsigned-buildinfo>, B<-uc>, " +"B<--unsigned-changes> or other internal heuristics." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-source.pod +msgid "B<-sn>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-source.pod +msgid "B<-ss>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "B<-sA>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-source.pod +msgid "B<-sk>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-source.pod +msgid "B<-su>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-source.pod +msgid "B<-sr>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "B<-sK>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "B<-sU>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "B<-sR>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "B<-i>, B<--diff-ignore>[=I<regex>]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "B<-I>, B<--tar-ignore>[=I<pattern>]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "B<-z>, B<--compression-level=>I<level>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "B<-Z>, B<--compression=>I<compressor>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "Passed unchanged to B<dpkg-source>. See its manual page." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "B<--source-option=>I<opt>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "" +"Pass option I<opt> to B<dpkg-source> (since dpkg 1.15.6). Can be used " +"multiple times." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "B<--changes-option=>I<opt>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "" +"Pass option I<opt> to B<dpkg-genchanges> (since dpkg 1.15.6). Can be used " +"multiple times." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod +#: dpkg-query.pod dpkg-shlibdeps.pod dpkg-trigger.pod dpkg.pod +msgid "B<--admindir=>I<dir>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "B<--admindir> I<dir>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod dpkg-shlibdeps.pod +msgid "" +"Change the location of the B<dpkg> database (since dpkg 1.14.0). The " +"default location is I<%ADMINDIR%>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =head2 +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg.pod +msgid "External environment" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "B<DEB_CHECK_COMMAND>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "" +"If set, it will be used as the command to check the B<.changes> file (since " +"dpkg 1.17.6). Overridden by the B<--check-command> option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "B<DEB_SIGN_KEYID>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "" +"If set, it will be used to sign the B<.changes> and B<.dsc> files (since " +"dpkg 1.17.2). Overridden by the B<--sign-key> option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "" +"If set, it will contain a space-separated list of options that might affect " +"the build process in I<debian/rules>, and the behavior of some dpkg " +"commands." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "" +"With B<nocheck> the B<DEB_CHECK_COMMAND> variable will be ignored. With " +"B<parallel=>I<N> the parallel jobs will be set to I<N>, overridden by the " +"B<--jobs-try> option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod +msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_PROFILES>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "" +"If set, it will be used as the active build profile(s) for the package being " +"built (since dpkg 1.17.2). It is a space separated list of profile names. " +"Overridden by the B<-P> option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =head2 +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg.pod +msgid "Internal environment" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "" +"Even if B<dpkg-buildpackage> exports some variables, B<debian/rules> should " +"not rely on their presence and should instead use the respective interface " +"to retrieve the needed values, because that file is the main entry point to " +"build packages and running it standalone should be supported." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "B<DEB_BUILD_*>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "B<DEB_HOST_*>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "B<DEB_TARGET_*>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-architecture> is called with the B<-a> and B<-t> parameters " +"forwarded. Any variable that is output by its B<-s> option is integrated in " +"the build environment." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "B<DEB_RULES_REQUIRES_ROOT>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "" +"This variable is set to the value obtained from the B<Rules-Requires-Root> " +"field or from the command-line. When set, it will be a valid value for the " +"B<Rules-Requires-Root> field. It is used to notify B<debian/rules> whether " +"the B<rootless-builds.txt> specification is supported." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "B<DEB_GAIN_ROOT_CMD>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "" +"This variable is set to I<gain-root-command> when the field " +"B<Rules-Requires-Root> is set to a value different to B<no> and " +"B<binary-targets>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-source.pod dpkg-split.pod +msgid "B<SOURCE_DATE_EPOCH>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "" +"This variable is set to the Unix timestamp since the epoch of the latest " +"entry in I<debian/changelog>, if it is not already defined." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/buildpackage.conf>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "System wide configuration file" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "I<$XDG_CONFIG_HOME/dpkg/buildpackage.conf> or" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "I<$HOME/.config/dpkg/buildpackage.conf>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =head2 +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "Compiler flags are no longer exported" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "" +"Between dpkg 1.14.17 and 1.16.1, B<dpkg-buildpackage> exported compiler " +"flags (B<CFLAGS>, B<CXXFLAGS>, B<FFLAGS>, B<CPPFLAGS> and B<LDFLAGS>) with " +"values as returned by B<dpkg-buildflags>. This is no longer the case." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =head2 +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "Default build targets" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-buildpackage> is using the B<build-arch> and B<build-indep> targets " +"since dpkg 1.16.2. Those targets are thus mandatory. But to avoid breakages " +"of existing packages, and ease the transition, if the source package does " +"not build both architecture independent and dependent binary packages (since " +"dpkg 1.18.8) it will fallback to use the B<build> target if B<make -f " +"debian/rules -qn> I<build-target> returns 2 as exit code." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "" +"It should be possible to specify spaces and shell metacharacters and initial " +"arguments for I<gain-root-command> and I<sign-command>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-buildpackage.pod +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-source>(1), B<dpkg-architecture>(1), B<dpkg-buildflags>(1), " +"B<dpkg-genbuildinfo>(1), B<dpkg-genchanges>(1), B<fakeroot>(1), " +"B<lintian>(1), B<gpg>(1)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod +msgid "dpkg-checkbuilddeps - check build dependencies and conflicts" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod +msgid "B<dpkg-checkbuilddeps> [I<option>...] [I<control-file>]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod +msgid "" +"This program checks the installed packages in the system against the build " +"dependencies and build conflicts listed in the control file. If any are not " +"met, it displays them and exits with a nonzero return code." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod +msgid "" +"By default, B<debian/control> is read, but an alternate control filename may " +"be specified on the command line." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod +msgid "" +"Ignore B<Build-Depends-Arch> and B<Build-Conflicts-Arch> lines (since dpkg " +"1.16.4). Use when only arch-indep packages will be built, or combine with " +"B<-B> when only a source package is to be built." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod +msgid "" +"Ignore B<Build-Depends-Indep> and B<Build-Conflicts-Indep> lines. Use when " +"only arch-dep packages will be built, or combine with B<-A> when only a " +"source package is to be built." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod +msgid "B<-I>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod +msgid "" +"Ignore built-in build depends and conflicts (since dpkg 1.18.2). These are " +"implicit dependencies that are usually required on a specific distribution, " +"the so called Build-Essential package set." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod +msgid "B<-d> I<build-depends-string>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod +msgid "B<-c> I<build-conflicts-string>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod +msgid "" +"Use the given build dependencies/conflicts instead of those contained in the " +"I<debian/control> file (since dpkg 1.14.17)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod +msgid "B<-a> I<arch>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod +msgid "" +"Check build dependencies/conflicts assuming that the package described in " +"the control file is to be built for the given host architecture instead of " +"the architecture of the current system (since dpkg 1.16.2)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod +msgid "B<-P> I<profile>[B<,>...]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod +msgid "" +"Check build dependencies/conflicts assuming that the package described in " +"the control file is to be built for the given build profile(s) (since dpkg " +"1.17.2). The argument is a comma-separated list of profile names." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-checkbuilddeps.pod +msgid "" +"If set, it will be used as the active build profile(s) for the package being " +"built. It is a space separated list of profile names. Overridden by the " +"B<-P> option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-deb.pod +msgid "dpkg-deb - Debian package archive (.deb) manipulation tool" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-deb.pod +msgid "B<dpkg-deb> [I<option>...] I<command>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-deb.pod +msgid "B<dpkg-deb> packs, unpacks and provides information about Debian archives." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-deb.pod +msgid "Use B<dpkg> to install and remove packages from your system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-deb.pod +msgid "" +"You can also invoke B<dpkg-deb> by calling B<dpkg> with whatever options you " +"want to pass to B<dpkg-deb>. B<dpkg> will spot that you wanted B<dpkg-deb> " +"and run it for you." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-deb.pod +msgid "" +"For most commands taking an input archive argument, the archive can be read " +"from standard input if the archive name is given as a single minus character " +"(«B<->»); otherwise lack of support will be documented in their respective " +"command description." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-deb.pod +msgid "B<-b>, B<--build> I<binary-directory> [I<archive>|I<directory>]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-deb.pod +msgid "" +"Creates a debian archive from the filesystem tree stored in " +"I<binary-directory>. I<binary-directory> must have a B<DEBIAN> subdirectory, " +"which contains the control information files such as the control file " +"itself. This directory will I<not> appear in the binary package's filesystem " +"archive, but instead the files in it will be put in the binary package's " +"control information area." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-deb.pod +msgid "" +"Unless you specify B<--nocheck>, B<dpkg-deb> will read B<DEBIAN/control> and " +"parse it. It will check the file for syntax errors and other problems, and " +"display the name of the binary package being built. B<dpkg-deb> will also " +"check the permissions of the maintainer scripts and other files found in the " +"B<DEBIAN> control information directory." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-deb.pod +msgid "" +"If no I<archive> is specified then B<dpkg-deb> will write the package into " +"the file I<binary-directory>B<.deb>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-deb.pod +msgid "If the archive to be created already exists it will be overwritten." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-deb.pod +msgid "" +"If the second argument is a directory then B<dpkg-deb> will write to the " +"file I<directory>B</>I<package>B<_>I<version>B<_>I<arch>B<.deb.> When a " +"target directory is specified, rather than a file, the B<--nocheck> option " +"may not be used (since B<dpkg-deb> needs to read and parse the package " +"control file to determine which filename to use)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-deb.pod +msgid "B<-I>, B<--info> I<archive> [I<control-file-name>...]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-deb.pod +msgid "Provides information about a binary package archive." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-deb.pod +msgid "" +"If no I<control-file-name>s are specified then it will print a summary of " +"the contents of the package as well as its control file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-deb.pod +msgid "" +"If any I<control-file-name>s are specified then B<dpkg-deb> will print them " +"in the order they were specified; if any of the components weren't present " +"it will print an error message to stderr about each one and exit with status " +"2." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-deb.pod +msgid "B<-W>, B<--show> I<archive>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-deb.pod +msgid "" +"Provides information about a binary package archive in the format specified " +"by the B<--showformat> argument. The default format displays the package's " +"name and version on one line, separated by a tabulator." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-deb.pod +msgid "B<-f>, B<--field> I<archive> [I<control-field-name>...]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-deb.pod +msgid "Extracts control file information from a binary package archive." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-deb.pod +msgid "" +"If no I<control-field-name>s are specified then it will print the whole " +"control file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-deb.pod +msgid "" +"If any are specified then B<dpkg-deb> will print their contents, in the " +"order in which they appear in the control file. If more than one " +"I<control-field-name> is specified then B<dpkg-deb> will precede each with " +"its field name (and a colon and space)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-deb.pod +msgid "No errors are reported for fields requested but not found." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg.pod +msgid "B<-c>, B<--contents> I<archive>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-deb.pod +msgid "" +"Lists the contents of the filesystem tree archive portion of the package " +"archive. It is currently produced in the format generated by B<tar>'s " +"verbose listing." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg.pod +msgid "B<-x>, B<--extract> I<archive directory>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-deb.pod +msgid "" +"Extracts the filesystem tree from a package archive into the specified " +"directory." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-deb.pod +msgid "" +"Note that extracting a package to the root directory will I<not> result in a " +"correct installation! Use B<dpkg> to install packages." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-deb.pod +msgid "" +"I<directory> (but not its parents) will be created if necessary, and its " +"permissions modified to match the contents of the package." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg.pod +msgid "B<-X>, B<--vextract> I<archive directory>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-deb.pod +msgid "" +"Is like B<--extract> (B<-x>) with B<--verbose> (B<-v>) which prints a " +"listing of the files extracted as it goes." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-deb.pod +msgid "B<-R>, B<--raw-extract> I<archive directory>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-deb.pod +msgid "" +"Extracts the filesystem tree from a package archive into a specified " +"directory, and the control information files into a B<DEBIAN> subdirectory " +"of the specified directory (since dpkg 1.16.1)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-deb.pod +msgid "The target directory (but not its parents) will be created if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-deb.pod +msgid "" +"The input archive is not (currently) processed sequentially, so reading it " +"from standard input («B<->») is B<not> supported." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg.pod +msgid "B<--ctrl-tarfile> I<archive>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-deb.pod +msgid "" +"Extracts the control data from a binary package and sends it to standard " +"output in B<tar> format (since dpkg 1.17.14). Together with B<tar>(1) this " +"can be used to extract a particular control file from a package archive. " +"The input archive will always be processed sequentially." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg.pod +msgid "B<--fsys-tarfile> I<archive>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-deb.pod +msgid "" +"Extracts the filesystem tree data from a binary package and sends it to " +"standard output in B<tar> format. Together with B<tar>(1) this can be used " +"to extract a particular file from a package archive. The input archive will " +"always be processed sequentially." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg.pod +msgid "B<-e>, B<--control> I<archive> [I<directory>]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-deb.pod +msgid "" +"Extracts the control information files from a package archive into the " +"specified directory." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-deb.pod +msgid "" +"If no directory is specified then a subdirectory B<DEBIAN> in the current " +"directory is used." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-deb.pod +msgid "B<--showformat=>I<format>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-deb.pod +msgid "" +"This option is used to specify the format of the output B<--show> will " +"produce. The format is a string that will be output for each package listed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-deb.pod +msgid "" +"The string may reference any status field using the “${I<field-name>}” form, " +"a list of the valid fields can be easily produced using B<-I> on the same " +"package. A complete explanation of the formatting options (including escape " +"sequences and field tabbing) can be found in the explanation of the " +"B<--showformat> option in B<dpkg-query>(1)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-deb.pod +msgid "The default for this field is “${Package}\\t${Version}\\n”." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-deb.pod +msgid "B<-z>I<compress-level>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-deb.pod +msgid "" +"Specify which compression level to use on the compressor backend, when " +"building a package (default is 9 for gzip, 6 for xz). The accepted values " +"are 0-9 with: 0 being mapped to compressor none for gzip. Before dpkg " +"1.16.2 level 0 was equivalent to compressor none for all compressors." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-deb.pod +msgid "B<-S>I<compress-strategy>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-deb.pod +msgid "" +"Specify which compression strategy to use on the compressor backend, when " +"building a package (since dpkg 1.16.2). Allowed values are B<none> (since " +"dpkg 1.16.4), B<filtered>, B<huffman>, B<rle> and B<fixed> for gzip (since " +"dpkg 1.17.0) and B<extreme> for xz." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-deb.pod +msgid "B<-Z>I<compress-type>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-deb.pod +msgid "" +"Specify which compression type to use when building a package. Allowed " +"values are B<gzip>, B<xz> (since dpkg 1.15.6), and B<none> (default is " +"B<xz>)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-deb.pod +msgid "B<--[no-]uniform-compression>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-deb.pod +msgid "" +"Specify that the same compression parameters should be used for all archive " +"members (i.e. B<control.tar> and B<data.tar>; since dpkg 1.17.6). Otherwise " +"only the B<data.tar> member will use those parameters. The only supported " +"compression types allowed to be uniformly used are B<none>, B<gzip> and " +"B<xz>. The B<--no-uniform-compression> option disables uniform compression " +"(since dpkg 1.19.0). Uniform compression is the default (since dpkg " +"1.19.0)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-deb.pod +msgid "B<--root-owner-group>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-deb.pod +msgid "" +"Set the owner and group for each entry in the filesystem tree data to root " +"with id 0 (since dpkg 1.19.0)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-deb.pod +msgid "" +"B<Note>: This option can be useful for rootless builds (see " +"I<rootless-builds.txt>), but should B<not> be used when the entries have an " +"owner or group that is not root. Support for these will be added later in " +"the form of a meta manifest." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-deb.pod +msgid "B<--deb-format=>I<format>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-deb.pod +msgid "" +"Set the archive format version used when building (since dpkg 1.17.0). " +"Allowed values are B<2.0> for the new format, and B<0.939000> for the old " +"one (default is B<2.0>)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-deb.pod +msgid "" +"The old archive format is less easily parsed by non-Debian tools and is now " +"obsolete; its only use is when building packages to be parsed by versions of " +"dpkg older than 0.93.76 (September 1995), which was released as i386 a.out " +"only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-deb.pod +msgid "B<--nocheck>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-deb.pod +msgid "" +"Inhibits B<dpkg-deb --build>'s usual checks on the proposed contents of an " +"archive. You can build any archive you want, no matter how broken, this way." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-deb.pod start-stop-daemon.pod +msgid "B<-v>, B<--verbose>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-deb.pod +msgid "" +"Enables verbose output (since dpkg 1.16.1). This currently only affects " +"B<--extract> making it behave like B<--vextract>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-deb.pod +msgid "B<-D>, B<--debug>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-deb.pod +msgid "Enables debugging output. This is not very interesting." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =head1 +#: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg-split.pod +#: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg-trigger.pod dpkg.pod dselect.pod +#: start-stop-daemon.pod update-alternatives.pod +msgid "EXIT STATUS" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg-split.pod +#: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg-trigger.pod dpkg.pod dselect.pod +#: start-stop-daemon.pod update-alternatives.pod +msgid "B<0>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod update-alternatives.pod +msgid "The requested action was successfully performed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg-split.pod +#: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg-trigger.pod dpkg.pod dselect.pod +#: start-stop-daemon.pod update-alternatives.pod +msgid "B<2>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-query.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod +#: dpkg-trigger.pod dpkg.pod dselect.pod +msgid "" +"Fatal or unrecoverable error due to invalid command-line usage, or " +"interactions with the system, such as accesses to the database, memory " +"allocations, etc." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-deb.pod dpkg.pod +msgid "B<TMPDIR>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-deb.pod +msgid "" +"If set, B<dpkg-deb> will use it as the directory in which to create " +"temporary files and directories." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-deb.pod +msgid "" +"If set, it will be used as the timestamp (as seconds since the epoch) in the " +"B<deb>(5)'s B<ar>(5) container and used to clamp the mtime in the B<tar>(5) " +"file entries." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-deb.pod +msgid "" +"Do not attempt to use just B<dpkg-deb> to install software! You must use " +"B<dpkg> proper to ensure that all the files are correctly placed and the " +"package's scripts run and its status and contents recorded." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-deb.pod +msgid "B<dpkg-deb -I> I<package1>B<.deb> I<package2>B<.deb> does the wrong thing." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-deb.pod +msgid "" +"There is no authentication on B<.deb> files; in fact, there isn't even a " +"straightforward checksum. (Higher level tools like APT support " +"authenticating B<.deb> packages retrieved from a given repository, and most " +"packages nowadays provide an md5sum control file generated by " +"debian/rules. Though this is not directly supported by the lower level " +"tools.)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-deb.pod +msgid "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-distaddfile.pod +msgid "dpkg-distaddfile - add entries to debian/files" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-distaddfile.pod +msgid "B<dpkg-distaddfile> [I<option>...] I<filename section priority>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-distaddfile.pod +msgid "B<dpkg-distaddfile> adds an entry for a named file to B<debian/files>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-distaddfile.pod +msgid "" +"It takes three non-option arguments, the filename and the section and " +"priority for the B<.changes> file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-distaddfile.pod +msgid "" +"The filename should be specified relative to the directory where " +"B<dpkg-genchanges> will expect to find the files, usually B<..>, rather than " +"being a pathname relative to the current directory when B<dpkg-distaddfile> " +"is run." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-distaddfile.pod dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod +#: dpkg-gencontrol.pod +msgid "B<-f>I<files-list-file>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-distaddfile.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod +msgid "" +"Read or write the list of files to be uploaded here, rather than using " +"B<debian/files>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-distaddfile.pod +msgid "" +"The list of generated files which are part of the upload being prepared. " +"B<dpkg-distaddfile> can be used to add additional files." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-distaddfile.pod +msgid "B<deb-src-files>(5)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-divert.pod +msgid "dpkg-divert - override a package's version of a file" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-divert.pod +msgid "B<dpkg-divert> [I<option>...] I<command>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-divert.pod +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-divert> is the utility used to set up and update the list of " +"diversions." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-divert.pod +msgid "" +"File I<diversions> are a way of forcing B<dpkg>(1) not to install a file " +"into its location, but to a I<diverted> location. Diversions can be used " +"through the Debian package scripts to move a file away when it causes a " +"conflict. System administrators can also use it to override some package's " +"configuration file, or whenever some files (which aren't marked as " +"“conffiles”) need to be preserved by B<dpkg>, when installing a newer " +"version of a package which contains those files." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-divert.pod +msgid "[B<--add>] I<file>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-divert.pod +msgid "" +"Add a diversion for I<file>. The file is currently not renamed, see " +"B<--rename>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-divert.pod +msgid "B<--remove> I<file>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-divert.pod +msgid "" +"Remove a diversion for I<file>. The file is currently not renamed, see " +"B<--rename>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-divert.pod +msgid "B<--list> I<glob-pattern>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-divert.pod +msgid "List diversions matching I<glob-pattern>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-divert.pod +msgid "B<--listpackage> I<file>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-divert.pod +msgid "" +"Print the name of the package that diverts I<file> (since dpkg 1.15.0). " +"Prints LOCAL if I<file> is locally diverted and nothing if I<file> is not " +"diverted." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-divert.pod +msgid "B<--truename> I<file>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-divert.pod +msgid "Print the real name for a diverted file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod dselect.pod update-alternatives.pod +msgid "B<--admindir> I<directory>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-divert.pod +msgid "" +"Set the administrative directory to I<directory>. Defaults to " +"«I<%ADMINDIR%>»." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-realpath.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod +#: update-alternatives.pod +msgid "B<--instdir> I<directory>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-divert.pod +msgid "" +"Set the installation directory, which refers to the directory where packages " +"get installed (since dpkg 1.19.2). Defaults to «I</>»." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-realpath.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod +#: update-alternatives.pod +msgid "B<--root> I<directory>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod +msgid "" +"Set the root directory to B<directory>, which sets the installation " +"directory to «I<directory>» and the administrative directory to " +"«I<directory>B<%ADMINDIR%>» (since dpkg 1.19.2)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-divert.pod +msgid "B<--divert> I<divert-to>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-divert.pod +msgid "" +"I<divert-to> is the location where the versions of I<file>, as provided by " +"other packages, will be diverted." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-divert.pod +msgid "B<--local>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-divert.pod +msgid "" +"Specifies that all packages' versions of this file are diverted. This " +"means, that there are no exceptions, and whatever package is installed, the " +"file is diverted. This can be used by an admin to install a locally modified " +"version." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-divert.pod +msgid "B<--package> I<package>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-divert.pod +msgid "" +"I<package> is the name of a package whose copy of I<file> will not be " +"diverted. i.e. I<file> will be diverted for all packages except I<package>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod update-alternatives.pod +msgid "B<--quiet>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-divert.pod +msgid "Quiet mode, i.e. no verbose output." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-divert.pod +msgid "B<--rename>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-divert.pod +msgid "" +"Actually move the file aside (or back). B<dpkg-divert> will abort operation " +"in case the destination file already exists. This is the common behavior " +"used for diversions of files from the non-B<Essential> package set (see " +"B<--no-rename> for more details)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-divert.pod +msgid "B<--no-rename>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-divert.pod +msgid "" +"Specifies that the file should not be renamed while adding or removing the " +"diversion into the database (since dpkg 1.19.1). This is intended for " +"diversions of files from the B<Essential> package set, where the temporary " +"disappearance of the original file is not acceptable, as it can render the " +"system non-functional. This is the default behavior, but that will change " +"in the dpkg 1.20.x cycle." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-divert.pod +msgid "B<--test>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-divert.pod +msgid "Test mode, i.e. don't actually perform any changes, just demonstrate." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod dpkg-realpath.pod +#: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg.pod +msgid "B<DPKG_ROOT>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod +msgid "" +"If set and the B<--instdir> or B<--root> options have not been specified, it " +"will be used as the filesystem root directory (since dpkg 1.19.2)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod dpkg-query.pod +#: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg-trigger.pod dpkg.pod update-alternatives.pod +msgid "B<DPKG_ADMINDIR>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-divert.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod +msgid "" +"If set and the B<--admindir> or B<--root> options have not been specified, " +"it will be used as the B<dpkg> data directory." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-divert.pod dpkg.pod +msgid "B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_PACKAGE>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-divert.pod +msgid "" +"If set and the B<--local> and B<--package> options have not been specified, " +"B<dpkg-divert> will use it as the package name." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-divert.pod +msgid "I<%ADMINDIR%/diversions>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-divert.pod +msgid "" +"File which contains the current list of diversions of the system. It is " +"located in the B<dpkg> administration directory, along with other files " +"important to B<dpkg>, such as I<status> or I<available>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-divert.pod +msgid "" +"B<Note:> B<dpkg-divert> preserves the old copy of this file, with extension " +"I<-old>, before replacing it with the new one." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-divert.pod +msgid "" +"When adding, default is B<--local> and B<--divert> " +"I<original>B<.distrib>. When removing, B<--package> or B<--local> and " +"B<--divert> must match if specified." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-divert.pod +msgid "Directories can't be diverted with B<dpkg-divert>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-divert.pod +msgid "" +"Care should be taken when diverting shared libraries, B<ldconfig>(8) " +"creates a symbolic link based on the DT_SONAME field embedded in the " +"library. Because B<ldconfig> doesn't honour diverts (only B<dpkg> does), " +"the symlink may end up pointing at the diverted library, if a diverted " +"library has the same SONAME as the undiverted one." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-divert.pod +msgid "" +"To divert all copies of a I</usr/bin/example> to I</usr/bin/example.foo>, " +"i.e. directs all packages providing I</usr/bin/example> to install it as " +"I</usr/bin/example.foo>, performing the rename if required:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: verbatim +#: dpkg-divert.pod +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" dpkg-divert --divert /usr/bin/example.foo --rename /usr/bin/example\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-divert.pod +msgid "To remove that diversion:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: verbatim +#: dpkg-divert.pod +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" dpkg-divert --rename --remove /usr/bin/example\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-divert.pod +msgid "" +"To divert any package trying to install I</usr/bin/example> to " +"I</usr/bin/example.foo>, except your own I<wibble> package:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: verbatim +#: dpkg-divert.pod +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" dpkg-divert --package wibble --divert /usr/bin/example.foo \\\n" +" --rename /usr/bin/example\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: verbatim +#: dpkg-divert.pod +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" dpkg-divert --package wibble --rename --remove /usr/bin/example\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod +msgid "dpkg-fsys-usrunmess - undoes the merged-/usr-via-aliased-dirs mess" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod +msgid "B<dpkg-fsys-usrunmess> [B<option>...]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-fsys-usrunmess> is a tool to fix up filesystems that have been " +"installed anew with recent installers with unfortunate defaults or migrated " +"to the broken merged /usr via aliased directories layout, which is B<not> " +"supported by dpkg. See the dpkg FAQ." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod +msgid "The program will perform the following overall actions:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod +msgid "Check whether the system needs to be switched, otherwise do nothing," +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod +msgid "Check for dpkg database consistency and otherwise abort." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod +msgid "Get the list of files and alternatives that need to be restored." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod +msgid "" +"Create a shadow hierarchy under F</.usrunmess>, by creating the directories " +"symlinks or hardlinking or copying the files as needed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod +msgid "Prompt for confirmation before proceeding, if requested on the command-line." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod +msgid "Lock the dpkg database." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod +msgid "" +"Mark all packages as half-configured to force running maintainer scripts " +"that might need to recreate files." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod +msgid "" +"Replace the aliased directories with the shadow ones, by creating a backup " +"of the old symlinked directories and renaming the shadow ones over." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod +msgid "Relabel MAC information for directories and symlinks if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod +msgid "Remove backup symlinks." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod +msgid "Remove old moved objects, but defer directory removal." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod +msgid "Remove old deferred directories that are not referenced by dpkg-query." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod +msgid "Remove shadow root directory." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod +msgid "" +"Register a B<policy-rc.d> to disallow service actions, which means that " +"services might need to be restarted afterwards, ideally via a reboot." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod +msgid "Reconfigure all packages." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod +msgid "Unregister the B<policy-rc.d> and restore the alternatives state." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod +msgid "" +"B<Note>: When running the program from some shells such as L<bash(1)> or " +"L<zsh(1)>, after executing it, you might need to request the shell to forget " +"all remembered executable locations with for example C<hash -r>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod +msgid "" +"B<Note>: Some directories might linger after the migration in case they " +"contain untracked files. A list is printed once the script has finished for " +"further investigation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod +msgid "" +"B<Warning>: Note that this operation has the potential to render the system " +"unusable or broken in case of a sudden crash or reboot, unexpected state of " +"the system, or possible bugs in the script. Be prepared with recovery media " +"and consider doing backups beforehand." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod +msgid "B<-p>, B<--prompt>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod +msgid "" +"Prompt at the time of no return, so that the debug output or the shadow " +"hierarchy can be evaluated before proceeding." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod +msgid "B<-n>, B<--no-act>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod +msgid "B<--dry-run>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod +msgid "" +"This option enables the dry-run mode, where no destructive action takes " +"place, only the preparatory part." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod +msgid "B<DPKG_USRUNMESS_NOACT>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod +msgid "This setting defines whether to enable dry-run mode." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-fsys-usrunmess.pod +msgid "L<https://wiki.debian.org/Teams/Dpkg/FAQ#Q:_Does_dpkg_support_merged-.2Fusr-via-aliased-dirs.3F>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod +msgid "dpkg-genbuildinfo - generate Debian .buildinfo files" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod +msgid "B<dpkg-genbuildinfo> [I<option>...]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-genbuildinfo> reads information from an unpacked and built Debian " +"source tree and from the files it has generated and generates a Debian " +"control file describing the build environment and the build artifacts " +"(B<.buildinfo> file)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod +msgid "This command was introduced in dpkg 1.18.11." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod +msgid "Specifies the build I<type> from a comma-separated list of components." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod +msgid "" +"Generate build information including unqualified build dependencies " +"(B<Build-Depends>) and architecture specific build dependencies " +"(B<Build-Depends-Arch>)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod +msgid "" +"Generate build information including unqualified build dependencies " +"(B<Build-Depends>) and architecture independent build dependencies " +"(B<Build-Depends-Indep>)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod +msgid "" +"Effectively ignored; generate build information with just the unqualified " +"build dependencies (B<Build-Depends>)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod +msgid "" +"Generate build information with all three types of build dependencies. This " +"is an alias for B<any,all>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod +msgid "" +"Generate build information with all three types of build dependencies. This " +"is an alias for B<any,all,source>, and the same as the default case when no " +"build option is specified." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod +msgid "B<-c>I<controlfile>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod +msgid "" +"Specifies the main source control file to read information from. The default " +"is B<debian/control>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "B<-l>I<changelog-file>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod +msgid "" +"Specifies the changelog file to read information from. The default is " +"B<debian/changelog>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod +msgid "" +"Specifies where is the list of files that have been produced by the build, " +"rather than using B<debian/files>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "B<-F>I<changelog-format>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "" +"Specifies the format of the changelog. See B<dpkg-parsechangelog>(1) for " +"information about alternative formats." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod +#: dpkg-gensymbols.pod dpkg-shlibdeps.pod +msgid "B<-O>[I<filename>]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod +msgid "" +"Print the buildinfo file to standard output (or I<filename> if specified) " +"rather than to " +"I<dir>B</>I<source-name>B<_>I<binary-version>B<_>I<arch>B<.buildinfo> (where " +"I<dir> is B<..> by default or I<upload-files-dir> if B<-u> was used)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod +msgid "B<-u>I<upload-files-dir>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod +msgid "" +"Look for the files to be uploaded in I<upload-files-dir> rather than B<..> " +"(B<dpkg-genbuildinfo> needs to find these files so that it can include their " +"sizes and checksums in the B<.buildinfo> file)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod +msgid "B<--always-include-kernel>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod +msgid "By default, the B<Build-Kernel-Version> field will not be written out." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod +msgid "" +"Specify this option (since dpkg 1.19.0) to always write a " +"B<Build-Kernel-Version> field when generating the B<.buildinfo>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod +msgid "B<--always-include-path>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod +msgid "" +"By default, the B<Build-Path> field will only be written if the current " +"directory starts with an allowed pattern." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod +msgid "" +"On Debian and derivatives the pattern matches on B</build/> at the start of " +"the pathname." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod +msgid "" +"Specify this option to always write a B<Build-Path> field when generating " +"the B<.buildinfo>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod +msgid "" +"Change the location of the B<dpkg> database. The default location is " +"I</var/lib/dpkg>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gensymbols.pod +msgid "B<-q>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-genbuildinfo> might produce informative messages on standard error. " +"B<-q> suppresses these messages." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod +msgid "" +"This variable can be used to enable or disable various features that affect " +"the information included in the .buildinfo file, via the B<buildinfo> option " +"(since dpkg 1.18.19). This option contains a comma-separated list of " +"features, prefixed with the ‘B<+>’ or ‘B<->’ modifiers, to denote whether to " +"enable or disable them. The special feature “B<all>” can be used to enable " +"or disable all other features. The feature “B<path>” controls whether to " +"unconditionally include the B<Build-Path> field." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod +msgid "" +"The list of generated files. B<dpkg-genbuildinfo> reads the data here when " +"producing a B<.buildinfo> file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-genbuildinfo.pod +msgid "B<deb-buildinfo>(5)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-genchanges.pod +msgid "dpkg-genchanges - generate Debian .changes files" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-genchanges.pod +msgid "B<dpkg-genchanges> [I<option>...]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-genchanges.pod +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-genchanges> reads information from an unpacked and built Debian " +"source tree and from the files it has generated and generates a Debian " +"upload control file (B<.changes> file)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-genchanges.pod +msgid "" +"Specifies the build I<type> from a comma-separated list of components (since " +"dpkg 1.18.5)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-genchanges.pod +msgid "Upload the source package." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-genchanges.pod +msgid "Upload the architecture specific binary packages." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-genchanges.pod +msgid "Upload the architecture independent binary packages." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-genchanges.pod +msgid "" +"Upload the architecture specific and independent binary packages. This is " +"an alias for B<any,all>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-genchanges.pod +msgid "" +"Upload everything. This is alias for B<source,any,all>, and the same as the " +"default case when no build option is specified." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-genchanges.pod +msgid "" +"The B<-s>I<x> options control whether the original source archive is " +"included in the upload if any source is being generated (i.e. B<-b> or " +"B<-B> haven't been used)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-genchanges.pod +msgid "" +"By default, or if specified, the original source will be included only if " +"the upstream version number (the version without epoch and without Debian " +"revision) differs from the upstream version number of the previous changelog " +"entry." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-genchanges.pod +msgid "Forces the inclusion of the original source." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-genchanges.pod +msgid "Forces the exclusion of the original source and includes only the diff." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-genchanges.pod +msgid "" +"Causes changelog information from all versions strictly later than " +"I<version> to be used." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-genchanges.pod +msgid "" +"Read the description of the changes from the file I<changes-description> " +"rather than using the information from the source tree's changelog file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-genchanges.pod +msgid "B<-m>I<maintainer-address>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-genchanges.pod +msgid "" +"Use I<maintainer-address> as the name and email address of the maintainer " +"for this package, rather than using the information from the source tree's " +"control file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-genchanges.pod +msgid "B<-e>I<maintainer-address>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-genchanges.pod +msgid "" +"Use I<maintainer-address> as the name and email address of the maintainer " +"for this upload, rather than using the information from the source tree's " +"changelog." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod dpkg-source.pod +msgid "B<-V>I<name>B<=>I<value>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-source.pod +msgid "" +"Set an output substitution variable. See B<deb-substvars>(5) for a " +"discussion of output substitution." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod dpkg-shlibdeps.pod dpkg-source.pod +msgid "B<-T>I<substvars-file>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-genchanges.pod +msgid "" +"Read substitution variables in I<substvars-file>; the default is " +"B<debian/substvars>. No variable substitution is done on any of the fields " +"that are output, except for the contents extracted from each binary package " +"B<Description> field (since dpkg 1.19.0), however the special variable " +"I<Format> will override the field of the same name. This option can be used " +"multiple times to read substitution variables from multiple files (since " +"dpkg 1.15.6)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod dpkg-source.pod +msgid "B<-D>I<field>B<=>I<value>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod dpkg-source.pod +msgid "Override or add an output control file field." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod dpkg-source.pod +msgid "B<-U>I<field>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-genchanges.pod dpkg-gencontrol.pod dpkg-source.pod +msgid "Remove an output control file field." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-genchanges.pod +msgid "" +"Read the list of files to be uploaded here, rather than using " +"B<debian/files>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-genchanges.pod +msgid "" +"Look for the files to be uploaded in I<upload-files-dir> rather than B<..> " +"(B<dpkg-genchanges> needs to find these files so that it can include their " +"sizes and checksums in the B<.changes> file)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-genchanges.pod +msgid "" +"Usually B<dpkg-genchanges> will produce informative messages on standard " +"error, for example about how many of the package's source files are being " +"uploaded. B<-q> suppresses these messages." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-genchanges.pod +msgid "" +"Print the changes file to standard output (the default) or to I<filename> if " +"specified (since dpkg 1.18.5)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-genchanges.pod +msgid "" +"The list of generated files which are part of the upload being prepared. " +"B<dpkg-genchanges> reads the data here when producing a B<.changes> file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-genchanges.pod +msgid "" +"B<deb-substvars>(5), B<deb-src-control>(5), B<deb-src-files>(5), " +"B<deb-changelog>(5), B<deb-changes>(5)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-gencontrol.pod +msgid "dpkg-gencontrol - generate Debian control files" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-gencontrol.pod +msgid "B<dpkg-gencontrol> [I<option>...]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-gencontrol.pod +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-gencontrol> reads information from an unpacked Debian source tree and " +"generates a binary package control file (which defaults to " +"debian/tmp/DEBIAN/control); during this process it will simplify the " +"relation fields." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-gencontrol.pod +msgid "" +"Thus B<Pre-Depends>, B<Depends>, B<Recommends> and B<Suggests> are " +"simplified in this order by removing dependencies which are known to be true " +"according to the stronger dependencies already parsed. It will also remove " +"any self-dependency (in fact it will remove any dependency which evaluates " +"to true given the current version of the package as installed). Logically it " +"keeps the intersection of multiple dependencies on the same package. The " +"order of dependencies is preserved as best as possible: if any dependency " +"must be discarded due to another dependency appearing further in the field, " +"the superseding dependency will take the place of the discarded one." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-gencontrol.pod +msgid "" +"The other relation fields (B<Enhances>, B<Conflicts>, B<Breaks>, B<Replaces> " +"and B<Provides>) are also simplified individually by computing the union of " +"the various dependencies when a package is listed multiple times in the " +"field." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-gencontrol.pod +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-gencontrol> also adds an entry for the binary package to " +"B<debian/files>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-gencontrol.pod +msgid "Sets the version number of the binary package which will be generated." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-gencontrol.pod +msgid "" +"Set an output substitution variable. See B<deb-substvars>(5) for discussion " +"of output substitution." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-gencontrol.pod +msgid "" +"Read substitution variables in I<substvars-file>; the default is " +"B<debian/substvars>. This option can be used multiple times to read " +"substitution variables from multiple files (since dpkg 1.15.6)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-gencontrol.pod dpkg-source.pod +msgid "B<-c>I<control-file>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-gencontrol.pod dpkg-gensymbols.pod +msgid "B<-p>I<package>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-gencontrol.pod +msgid "" +"Generate information for the binary package I<package>. If the source " +"control file lists only one binary package then this option may be omitted; " +"otherwise it is essential to select which binary package's information to " +"generate." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-gencontrol.pod +msgid "B<-n>I<filename>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-gencontrol.pod +msgid "" +"Assume the filename of the package will be I<filename> instead of the normal " +"package_version_arch.deb filename." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-gencontrol.pod +msgid "B<-is>, B<-ip>, B<-isp>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-gencontrol.pod +msgid "" +"These options are ignored for compatibility with older versions of the dpkg " +"build scripts but are now deprecated. Previously they were used to tell " +"B<dpkg-gencontrol> to include the Section and Priority fields in the control " +"file. This is now the default behaviour. If you want to get the old " +"behaviour you can use the B<-U> option to delete the fields from the control " +"file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-gencontrol.pod dpkg-gensymbols.pod +msgid "B<-P>I<package-build-dir>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-gencontrol.pod +msgid "" +"Scan I<package-build-dir> instead of B<debian/tmp>. This value is used to " +"find the default value of the B<Installed-Size> substitution variable and " +"control file field, and for the default location of the output file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-gencontrol.pod +msgid "" +"Print the control file to standard output (or I<filename> if specified, " +"since dpkg 1.17.2), rather than to B<debian/tmp/DEBIAN/control> (or " +"I<package-build-dir>B</DEBIAN/control> if B<-P> was used)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-gencontrol.pod +msgid "" +"The main source control information file, giving version-independent " +"information about the source package and the binary packages it can produce." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-gencontrol.pod +msgid "" +"The list of generated files which are part of the upload being prepared. " +"B<dpkg-gencontrol> adds the presumed filenames of binary packages whose " +"control files it generates here." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-gencontrol.pod +msgid "" +"B<deb-substvars>(5), B<deb-src-control>(5), B<deb-changelog>(5), " +"B<deb-control>(5)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-gensymbols.pod +msgid "" +"dpkg-gensymbols - generate symbols files (shared library dependency " +"information)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-gensymbols.pod +msgid "B<dpkg-gensymbols> [I<option>...]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-gensymbols.pod +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-gensymbols> scans a temporary build tree (debian/tmp by default) " +"looking for libraries and generates a I<symbols> file describing them. This " +"file, if non-empty, is then installed in the DEBIAN subdirectory of the " +"build tree so that it ends up included in the control information of the " +"package." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-gensymbols.pod +msgid "" +"When generating those files, it uses as input some symbols files provided by " +"the maintainer. It looks for the following files (and uses the first that is " +"found):" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-gensymbols.pod +msgid "debian/I<package>.symbols.I<arch>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-gensymbols.pod +msgid "debian/symbols.I<arch>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-gensymbols.pod +msgid "debian/I<package>.symbols" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-gensymbols.pod +msgid "debian/symbols" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-gensymbols.pod +msgid "" +"The main interest of those files is to provide the minimal version " +"associated to each symbol provided by the libraries. Usually it corresponds " +"to the first version of that package that provided the symbol, but it can be " +"manually incremented by the maintainer if the ABI of the symbol is extended " +"without breaking backwards compatibility. It's the responsibility of the " +"maintainer to keep those files up-to-date and accurate, but " +"B<dpkg-gensymbols> helps with that." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-gensymbols.pod +msgid "" +"When the generated symbols files differ from the maintainer supplied one, " +"B<dpkg-gensymbols> will print a diff between the two versions. Furthermore " +"if the difference is too significant, it will even fail (you can customize " +"how much difference you can tolerate, see the B<-c> option)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =head1 +#: dpkg-gensymbols.pod +msgid "MAINTAINING SYMBOLS FILES" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-gensymbols.pod +msgid "" +"The base interchange format of the symbols file is described in " +"B<deb-symbols>(5), which is used by the symbols files included in binary " +"packages. These are generated from template symbols files with a format " +"based on the former, described in B<deb-src-symbols>(5) and included in " +"source packages." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-gensymbols.pod +msgid "" +"The symbols files are really useful only if they reflect the evolution of " +"the package through several releases. Thus the maintainer has to update them " +"every time that a new symbol is added so that its associated minimal version " +"matches reality." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-gensymbols.pod +msgid "" +"The diffs contained in the build logs can be used as a starting point, but " +"the maintainer, additionally, has to make sure that the behaviour of those " +"symbols has not changed in a way that would make anything using those " +"symbols and linking against the new version, stop working with the old " +"version." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-gensymbols.pod +msgid "" +"In most cases, the diff applies directly to the debian/I<package>.symbols " +"file. That said, further tweaks are usually needed: it's recommended for " +"example to drop the Debian revision from the minimal version so that " +"backports with a lower version number but the same upstream version still " +"satisfy the generated dependencies. If the Debian revision can't be dropped " +"because the symbol really got added by the Debian specific change, then one " +"should suffix the version with ‘B<~>’." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-gensymbols.pod +msgid "" +"Before applying any patch to the symbols file, the maintainer should " +"double-check that it's sane. Public symbols are not supposed to disappear, " +"so the patch should ideally only add new lines." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-gensymbols.pod +msgid "Note that you can put comments in symbols files." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-gensymbols.pod +msgid "" +"Do not forget to check if old symbol versions need to be increased. There " +"is no way B<dpkg-gensymbols> can warn about this. Blindly applying the diff " +"or assuming there is nothing to change if there is no diff, without checking " +"for such changes, can lead to packages with loose dependencies that claim " +"they can work with older packages they cannot work with. This will introduce " +"hard to find bugs with (partial) upgrades." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =head2 +#: dpkg-gensymbols.pod +msgid "Good library management" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-gensymbols.pod +msgid "A well-maintained library has the following features:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-gensymbols.pod +msgid "" +"its API is stable (public symbols are never dropped, only new public symbols " +"are added) and changes in incompatible ways only when the SONAME changes;" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-gensymbols.pod +msgid "" +"ideally, it uses symbol versioning to achieve ABI stability despite internal " +"changes and API extension;" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-gensymbols.pod +msgid "" +"it doesn't export private symbols (such symbols can be tagged optional as " +"workaround)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-gensymbols.pod +msgid "" +"While maintaining the symbols file, it's easy to notice appearance and " +"disappearance of symbols. But it's more difficult to catch incompatible API " +"and ABI change. Thus the maintainer should read thoroughly the upstream " +"changelog looking for cases where the rules of good library management have " +"been broken. If potential problems are discovered, the upstream author " +"should be notified as an upstream fix is always better than a Debian " +"specific work-around." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-gensymbols.pod +msgid "Scan I<package-build-dir> instead of debian/tmp." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-gensymbols.pod +msgid "" +"Define the package name. Required if more than one binary package is listed " +"in debian/control (or if there's no debian/control file)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-gensymbols.pod +msgid "" +"Define the package version. Defaults to the version extracted from " +"debian/changelog. Required if called outside of a source package tree." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-gensymbols.pod +msgid "B<-e>I<library-file>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-gensymbols.pod +msgid "" +"Only analyze libraries explicitly listed instead of finding all public " +"libraries. You can use shell patterns used for pathname expansions (see the " +"B<File::Glob>(3perl) manual page for details) in I<library-file> to match " +"multiple libraries with a single argument (otherwise you need multiple " +"B<-e>)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-gensymbols.pod dpkg-shlibdeps.pod +msgid "B<-l>I<directory>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-gensymbols.pod +msgid "" +"Prepend I<directory> to the list of directories to search for private shared " +"libraries (since dpkg 1.19.1). This option can be used multiple times." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-gensymbols.pod dpkg-shlibdeps.pod +msgid "" +"B<Note:> Use this option instead of setting B<LD_LIBRARY_PATH>, as that " +"environment variable is used to control the run-time linker and abusing it " +"to set the shared library paths at build-time can be problematic when " +"cross-compiling for example." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-gensymbols.pod +msgid "B<-I>I<filename>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-gensymbols.pod +msgid "" +"Use I<filename> as reference file to generate the symbols file that is " +"integrated in the package itself." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-gensymbols.pod +msgid "" +"Print the generated symbols file to standard output or to I<filename> if " +"specified, rather than to B<debian/tmp/DEBIAN/symbols> (or " +"I<package-build-dir>B</DEBIAN/symbols> if B<-P> was used). If I<filename> is " +"pre-existing, its contents are used as basis for the generated symbols " +"file. You can use this feature to update a symbols file so that it matches " +"a newer upstream version of your library." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-gensymbols.pod +msgid "B<-t>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-gensymbols.pod +msgid "" +"Write the symbol file in template mode rather than the format compatible " +"with B<deb-symbols>(5). The main difference is that in the template mode " +"symbol names and tags are written in their original form contrary to the " +"post-processed symbol names with tags stripped in the compatibility mode. " +"Moreover, some symbols might be omitted when writing a standard " +"B<deb-symbols>(5) file (according to the tag processing rules) while all " +"symbols are always written to the symbol file template." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-gensymbols.pod +msgid "B<-c>I<[0-4]>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-gensymbols.pod +msgid "" +"Define the checks to do when comparing the generated symbols file with the " +"template file used as starting point. By default the level is 1. Increasing " +"levels do more checks and include all checks of lower levels. Level 0 never " +"fails. Level 1 fails if some symbols have disappeared. Level 2 fails if some " +"new symbols have been introduced. Level 3 fails if some libraries have " +"disappeared. Level 4 fails if some libraries have been introduced." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-gensymbols.pod +msgid "" +"This value can be overridden by the environment variable " +"B<DPKG_GENSYMBOLS_CHECK_LEVEL>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-gensymbols.pod +msgid "" +"Keep quiet and never generate a diff between generated symbols file and the " +"template file used as starting point or show any warnings about new/lost " +"libraries or new/lost symbols. This option only disables informational " +"output but not the checks themselves (see B<-c> option)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-gensymbols.pod +msgid "B<-a>I<arch>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-gensymbols.pod +msgid "" +"Assume I<arch> as host architecture when processing symbol files. Use this " +"option to generate a symbol file or diff for any architecture provided its " +"binaries are already available." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-gensymbols.pod +msgid "B<-d>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-gensymbols.pod +msgid "" +"Enable debug mode. Numerous messages are displayed to explain what " +"B<dpkg-gensymbols> does." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-gensymbols.pod +msgid "B<-V>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-gensymbols.pod +msgid "" +"Enable verbose mode. The generated symbols file contains deprecated symbols " +"as comments. Furthermore in template mode, pattern symbols are followed by " +"comments listing real symbols that have matched the pattern." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-gensymbols.pod +msgid "B<DPKG_GENSYMBOLS_CHECK_LEVEL>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-gensymbols.pod +msgid "" +"Overrides the command check level, even if the B<-c> command-line argument " +"was given (note that this goes against the common convention of command-line " +"arguments having precedence over environment variables)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-gensymbols.pod +msgid "" +"L<https://people.redhat.com/drepper/symbol-versioning>, " +"L<https://people.redhat.com/drepper/goodpractice.pdf>, " +"L<https://people.redhat.com/drepper/dsohowto.pdf>, B<deb-src-symbol>(5), " +"B<deb-symbols>(5), B<dpkg-shlibdeps>(1)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod +msgid "" +"dpkg-maintscript-helper - works around known dpkg limitations in maintainer " +"scripts" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-maintscript-helper> I<command> [I<parameter>...] B<--> " +"I<maint-script-parameter>..." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =head1 +#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod +msgid "COMMANDS AND PARAMETERS" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod +msgid "B<supports> I<command>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod +msgid "B<rm_conffile> I<conffile> [I<prior-version> [I<package>]]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod +msgid "" +"B<mv_conffile> I<old-conffile> I<new-conffile> [I<prior-version> " +"[I<package>]]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod +msgid "B<symlink_to_dir> I<pathname> I<old-target> [I<prior-version> [I<package>]]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod +msgid "B<dir_to_symlink> I<pathname> I<new-target> [I<prior-version> [I<package>]]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod +msgid "" +"This program is designed to be run within maintainer scripts to achieve some " +"tasks that B<dpkg> can't (yet) handle natively either because of design " +"decisions or due to current limitations." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod +msgid "" +"Many of those tasks require coordinated actions from several maintainer " +"scripts (B<preinst>, B<postinst>, B<prerm>, B<postrm>). To avoid mistakes " +"the same call simply needs to be put in all scripts and the program will " +"automatically adapt its behaviour based on the environment variable " +"B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_NAME> and on the maintainer scripts arguments that you " +"have to forward after a double hyphen." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =head1 +#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod +msgid "COMMON PARAMETERS" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod +msgid "I<prior-version>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod +msgid "" +"Defines the latest version of the package whose upgrade should trigger the " +"operation. It is important to calculate I<prior-version> correctly so that " +"the operations are correctly performed even if the user rebuilt the package " +"with a local version. If I<prior-version> is empty or omitted, then the " +"operation is tried on every upgrade (note: it's safer to give the version " +"and have the operation tried only once)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod +msgid "" +"If the conffile has not been shipped for several versions, and you are now " +"modifying the maintainer scripts to clean up the obsolete file, " +"I<prior-version> should be based on the version of the package that you are " +"now preparing, not the first version of the package that lacked the " +"conffile. This applies to all other actions in the same way." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod +msgid "" +"For example, for a conffile removed in version B<2.0-1> of a package, " +"I<prior-version> should be set to B<2.0-1~>. This will cause the conffile to " +"be removed even if the user rebuilt the previous version B<1.0-1> as " +"B<1.0-1local1>. Or a package switching a path from a symlink (shipped in " +"version B<1.0-1>) to a directory (shipped in version B<2.0-1>), but only " +"performing the actual switch in the maintainer scripts in version B<3.0-1>, " +"should set I<prior-version> to B<3.0-1~>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod +msgid "I<package>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod +msgid "" +"The package name owning the pathname(s). When the package is “Multi-Arch: " +"same” this parameter must include the architecture qualifier, otherwise it " +"should B<not> usually include the architecture qualifier (as it would " +"disallow cross-grades, or switching from being architecture specific to " +"architecture B<all> or vice versa). If the parameter is empty or omitted, " +"the B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_PACKAGE> and B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_ARCH> environment " +"variables (as set by B<dpkg> when running the maintainer scripts) will be " +"used to generate an arch-qualified package name." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod +msgid "B<-->" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod +msgid "" +"All the parameters of the maintainer scripts have to be forwarded to the " +"program after B<-->." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =head1 +#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod +msgid "CONFFILE RELATED TASKS" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod +msgid "" +"When upgrading a package, B<dpkg> will not automatically remove a conffile " +"(a configuration file for which B<dpkg> should preserve user changes) if it " +"is not present in the newer version. There are two principal reasons for " +"this; the first is that the conffile could've been dropped by accident and " +"the next version could restore it, users wouldn't want their changes thrown " +"away. The second is to allow packages to transition files from a " +"dpkg-maintained conffile to a file maintained by the package's maintainer " +"scripts, usually with a tool like debconf or ucf." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod +msgid "" +"This means that if a package is intended to rename or remove a conffile, it " +"must explicitly do so and B<dpkg-maintscript-helper> can be used to " +"implement graceful deletion and moving of conffiles within maintainer " +"scripts." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =head2 +#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod +msgid "Removing a conffile" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod +msgid "" +"Note: This can be replaced in most cases by the C<remove-on-upgrade> flag in " +"F<DEBIAN/conffiles> (since dpkg 1.20.6), see L<deb-conffiles(5)>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod +msgid "" +"If a conffile is completely removed, it should be removed from disk, unless " +"the user has modified it. If there are local modifications, they should be " +"preserved. If the package upgrades aborts, the newly obsolete conffile " +"should not disappear." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod +msgid "" +"All of this is implemented by putting the following shell snippet in the " +"B<preinst>, B<postinst> and B<postrm> maintainer scripts:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: verbatim +#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"Z<>\n" +" dpkg-maintscript-helper rm_conffile \\\n" +" I<conffile> I<prior-version> I<package> -- \"$@\"\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod +msgid "I<conffile> is the filename of the conffile to remove." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod +msgid "" +"Current implementation: in the B<preinst>, it checks if the conffile was " +"modified and renames it either to I<conffile>B<.dpkg-remove> (if not " +"modified) or to I<conffile>B<.dpkg-backup> (if modified). In the " +"B<postinst>, the latter file is renamed to I<conffile>B<.dpkg-bak> and kept " +"for reference as it contains user modifications but the former will be " +"removed. If the package upgrade aborts, the B<postrm> reinstalls the " +"original conffile. During purge, the B<postrm> will also delete the " +"B<.dpkg-bak> file kept up to now." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =head2 +#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod +msgid "Renaming a conffile" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod +msgid "" +"If a conffile is moved from one location to another, you need to make sure " +"you move across any changes the user has made. This may seem a simple change " +"to the B<preinst> script at first, however that will result in the user " +"being prompted by B<dpkg> to approve the conffile edits even though they are " +"not responsible of them." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod +msgid "" +"Graceful renaming can be implemented by putting the following shell snippet " +"in the B<preinst>, B<postinst> and B<postrm> maintainer scripts:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: verbatim +#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"Z<>\n" +" dpkg-maintscript-helper mv_conffile \\\n" +" I<old-conffile> I<new-conffile> I<prior-version> I<package> -- \"$@\"\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod +msgid "" +"I<old-conffile> and I<new-conffile> are the old and new name of the conffile " +"to rename." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod +msgid "" +"Current implementation: the B<preinst> checks if the conffile has been " +"modified, if yes it's left on place otherwise it's renamed to " +"I<old-conffile>B<.dpkg-remove>. On configuration, the B<postinst> removes " +"I<old-conffile>B<.dpkg-remove> and renames I<old-conffile> to " +"I<new-conffile> if I<old-conffile> is still available. On " +"abort-upgrade/abort-install, the B<postrm> renames " +"I<old-conffile>B<.dpkg-remove> back to I<old-conffile> if required." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =head1 +#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod +msgid "SYMLINK AND DIRECTORY SWITCHES" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod +msgid "" +"When upgrading a package, B<dpkg> will not automatically switch a symlink to " +"a directory or vice-versa. Downgrades are not supported and the path will be " +"left as is." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =head2 +#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod +msgid "Switching a symlink to directory" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod +msgid "" +"If a symlink is switched to a real directory, you need to make sure before " +"unpacking that the symlink is removed. This may seem a simple change to the " +"B<preinst> script at first, however that will result in some problems in " +"case of admin local customization of the symlink or when downgrading the " +"package." +msgstr "" + +#. type: verbatim +#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"Z<>\n" +" dpkg-maintscript-helper symlink_to_dir \\\n" +" I<pathname> I<old-target> I<prior-version> I<package> -- \"$@\"\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod +msgid "" +"I<pathname> is the absolute name of the old symlink (the path will be a " +"directory at the end of the installation) and I<old-target> is the target " +"name of the former symlink at I<pathname>. It can either be absolute or " +"relative to the directory containing I<pathname>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod +msgid "" +"Current implementation: the B<preinst> checks if the symlink exists and " +"points to I<old-target>, if not then it's left in place, otherwise it's " +"renamed to I<pathname>B<.dpkg-backup>. On configuration, the B<postinst> " +"removes I<pathname>B<.dpkg-backup> if I<pathname>B<.dpkg-backup> is still a " +"symlink. On abort-upgrade/abort-install, the B<postrm> renames " +"I<pathname>B<.dpkg-backup> back to I<pathname> if required." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =head2 +#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod +msgid "Switching a directory to symlink" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod +msgid "" +"If a real directory is switched to a symlink, you need to make sure before " +"unpacking that the directory is removed. This may seem a simple change to " +"the B<preinst> script at first, however that will result in some problems in " +"case the directory contains conffiles, pathnames owned by other packages, " +"locally created pathnames, or when downgrading the package." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod +msgid "" +"Graceful switching can be implemented by putting the following shell snippet " +"in the B<preinst>, B<postinst> and B<postrm> maintainer scripts:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: verbatim +#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"Z<>\n" +" dpkg-maintscript-helper dir_to_symlink \\\n" +" I<pathname> I<new-target> I<prior-version> I<package> -- \"$@\"\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod +msgid "" +"I<pathname> is the absolute name of the old directory (the path will be a " +"symlink at the end of the installation) and I<new-target> is the target of " +"the new symlink at I<pathname>. It can either be absolute or relative to the " +"directory containing I<pathname>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod +msgid "" +"Current implementation: the B<preinst> checks if the directory exists, does " +"not contain conffiles, pathnames owned by other packages, or locally created " +"pathnames, if not then it's left in place, otherwise it's renamed to " +"I<pathname>B<.dpkg-backup>, and an empty staging directory named I<pathname> " +"is created, marked with a file so that dpkg can track it. On configuration, " +"the B<postinst> finishes the switch if I<pathname>B<.dpkg-backup> is still a " +"directory and I<pathname> is the staging directory; it removes the staging " +"directory mark file, moves the newly created files inside the staging " +"directory to the symlink target I<new-target>/, replaces the now empty " +"staging directory I<pathname> with a symlink to I<new-target>, and removes " +"I<pathname>B<.dpkg-backup>. On abort-upgrade/abort-install, the B<postrm> " +"renames I<pathname>B<.dpkg-backup> back to I<pathname> if required." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =head1 +#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod +msgid "INTEGRATION IN PACKAGES" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod +msgid "" +"When using a packaging helper, please check if it has native " +"B<dpkg-maintscript-helper> integration, which might make your life " +"easier. See for example B<dh_installdeb>(1)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod +msgid "" +"Given that B<dpkg-maintscript-helper> is used in the B<preinst>, using it " +"unconditionally requires a pre-dependency to ensure that the required " +"version of B<dpkg> has been unpacked before. The required version depends on " +"the command used, for B<rm_conffile> and B<mv_conffile> it is 1.15.7.2, for " +"B<symlink_to_dir> and B<dir_to_symlink> it is 1.17.14:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: verbatim +#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" Pre-Depends: dpkg (>= 1.17.14)\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod +msgid "" +"But in many cases the operation done by the program is not critical for the " +"package, and instead of using a pre-dependency we can call the program only " +"if we know that the required command is supported by the currently installed " +"B<dpkg>:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: verbatim +#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"Z<>\n" +" if dpkg-maintscript-helper supports I<command>; then\n" +" dpkg-maintscript-helper I<command> ...\n" +" fi\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod +msgid "" +"The command B<supports> will return 0 on success, 1 otherwise. The " +"B<supports> command will check if the environment variables as set by dpkg " +"and required by the script are present, and will consider it a failure in " +"case the environment is not sufficient." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod +msgid "If set, it will be used as the filesystem root directory." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod +msgid "If set, it will be used as the B<dpkg> data directory." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod +msgid "" +"Sets the color mode (since dpkg 1.19.1). The currently accepted values are: " +"B<auto> (default), B<always> and B<never>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-maintscript-helper.pod +msgid "B<dh_installdeb>(1)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod +msgid "dpkg-mergechangelogs - 3-way merge of debian/changelog files" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod +msgid "B<dpkg-mergechangelogs> [I<option>...] I<old> I<new-a> I<new-b> [I<out>]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod +msgid "" +"This program will use the 3 provided versions of the Debian changelog to " +"generate a merged changelog file. The resulting changelog is stored in the " +"file I<out> or output to the standard output if that parameter is not given." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod +msgid "" +"Each entry is identified by its version number and they are assumed to be " +"not conflicting, they are simply merged in the right order (by decreasing " +"version number). When B<--merge-prereleases> is used, the part of the " +"version number after the last tilde is dropped so that 1.0-1~exp1 and " +"1.0-1~exp5 are considered to be the same entry. When the same version is " +"available in both I<new-a> and I<new-b>, a standard line-based 3-way merge " +"is attempted (provided that the module Algorithm::Merge is available — it's " +"part of the package libalgorithm-merge-perl — otherwise you get a global " +"conflict on the content of the entry)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod +msgid "B<-m>, B<--merge-prereleases>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod +msgid "" +"Drop the part after the last tilde in the version number when doing version " +"comparison to identify if two entries are supposed to be the same or not." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod +msgid "" +"This is useful when you keep using the same changelog entry but you increase " +"its version number regularly. For instance, you might have 2.3-1~exp1, " +"2.3-1~exp2, ... until the official release 2.3-1 and they are all the same " +"changelog entry that has evolved over time." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =head1 +#: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod +msgid "LIMITATIONS" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod +msgid "" +"Anything that is not parsed by Dpkg::Changelog is lost during the merge. " +"This might include stuff like comments which were not supposed to be there, " +"etc." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =head1 +#: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod +msgid "INTEGRATION WITH GIT" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod +msgid "" +"If you want to use this program to merge Debian changelog files in a git " +"repository, you have first to register a new merge driver in B<.git/config> " +"or B<~/.gitconfig>:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: verbatim +#: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" [merge \"dpkg-mergechangelogs\"]\n" +" name = debian/changelog merge driver\n" +" driver = dpkg-mergechangelogs -m %O %A %B %A\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod +msgid "" +"Then you have to setup the merge attribute for the debian/changelog file " +"either in B<.gitattributes> in the repository itself, or in " +"B<.git/info/attributes>:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: verbatim +#: dpkg-mergechangelogs.pod +#, no-wrap +msgid " debian/changelog merge=dpkg-mergechangelogs\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-name.pod +msgid "dpkg-name - rename Debian packages to full package names" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-name.pod +msgid "B<dpkg-name> [I<option>...] [B<-->] I<file>..." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-name.pod +msgid "" +"This manual page documents the B<dpkg-name> program which provides an easy " +"way to rename B<Debian> packages into their full package names. A full " +"package name consists of " +"I<package>B<_>I<version>B<_>I<architecture>B<.>I<package-type> as specified " +"in the control file of the package. The I<version> part of the filename " +"consists of the upstream version information optionally followed by a hyphen " +"and the revision information. The I<package-type> part comes from that field " +"if present or fallbacks to B<deb>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-name.pod +msgid "B<-a>, B<--no-architecture>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-name.pod +msgid "The destination filename will not have the architecture information." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-name.pod +msgid "B<-k>, B<--symlink>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-name.pod +msgid "Create a symlink, instead of moving." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-name.pod +msgid "B<-o>, B<--overwrite>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-name.pod +msgid "" +"Existing files will be overwritten if they have the same name as the " +"destination filename." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-name.pod +msgid "B<-s>, B<--subdir> [I<dir>]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-name.pod +msgid "" +"Files will be moved into a subdirectory. If the directory given as argument " +"exists the files will be moved into that directory otherwise the name of the " +"target directory is extracted from the section field in the control part of " +"the package. The target directory will be " +"«unstable/binary-I<architecture>/I<section>». If the section is not found " +"in the control, then B<no-section> is assumed, and in this case, as well as " +"for sections B<non-free> and B<contrib> the target directory is " +"«I<section>/binary-I<architecture>». The section field is not required so a " +"lot of packages will find their way to the B<no-section> area." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-name.pod +msgid "B<Warning:> I<Use this option with care, it is messy.>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-name.pod +msgid "B<-c>, B<--create-dir>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-name.pod +msgid "" +"This option can used together with the B<-s> option. If a target directory " +"isn't found it will be created automatically." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-name.pod +msgid "B<Warning:> I<Use this option with care.>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-name.pod +msgid "B<-v>, B<--version>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-name.pod +msgid "" +"Some packages don't follow the name structure " +"I<package>B<_>I<version>B<_>I<architecture>B<.deb>. Packages renamed by " +"B<dpkg-name> will follow this structure. Generally this will have no impact " +"on how packages are installed by B<dselect>(1)/B<dpkg>(1), but other " +"installation tools might depend on this naming structure." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-name.pod +msgid "B<dpkg-name bar-foo.deb>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-name.pod +msgid "" +"The file B<bar-foo.deb> will be renamed to bar-foo_1.0-2_i386.deb or " +"something similar (depending on whatever information is in the control part " +"of B<bar-foo.deb>)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-name.pod +msgid "B<find /root/debian/ -name '*.deb' | xargs -n 1 dpkg-name -a>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-name.pod +msgid "" +"All files with the extension B<deb> in the directory /root/debian and its " +"subdirectory's will be renamed by B<dpkg-name> if required into names with " +"no architecture information." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-name.pod +msgid "B<find -name '*.deb' | xargs -n 1 dpkg-name -a -o -s -c>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-name.pod +msgid "" +"B<Don't do this.> Your archive will be messed up completely because a lot of " +"packages don't come with section information. B<Don't do this.>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-name.pod +msgid "B<dpkg-deb --build debian-tmp && dpkg-name -o -s .. debian-tmp.deb>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-name.pod +msgid "This can be used when building new packages." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-name.pod +msgid "" +"B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<find>(1), " +"B<xargs>(1)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod +msgid "dpkg-parsechangelog - parse Debian changelog files" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod +msgid "B<dpkg-parsechangelog> [I<option>...]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-parsechangelog> reads and parses the changelog of an unpacked Debian " +"source tree and outputs the information in it to standard output in a " +"machine-readable form." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod +msgid "B<-l>, B<--file> I<changelog-file>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod +msgid "" +"Specifies the changelog file to read information from. A ‘-’ can be used to " +"specify reading from standard input. The default is B<debian/changelog>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod +msgid "B<-F> I<changelog-format>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod +msgid "" +"Specifies the format of the changelog. By default the format is read from a " +"special line near the bottom of the changelog or failing that defaults to " +"the B<debian> standard format. See also B<CHANGELOG FORMATS>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod +msgid "B<-L> I<libdir>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod +msgid "" +"Obsolete option without effect (since dpkg 1.18.8). Setting the perl " +"environment variables B<PERL5LIB> or B<PERLLIB> has a similar effect when " +"looking for the parser perl modules." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod +msgid "B<-S>, B<--show-field> I<field>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod +msgid "" +"Specifies the name of the field to show (since dpkg 1.17.0). The field name " +"is not printed, only its value." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =head2 +#: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod +msgid "Parser Options" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod +msgid "" +"The following options can be used to influence the output of the changelog " +"parser, e.g. the range of entries or the format of the output." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod +msgid "B<--format> I<output-format>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod +msgid "" +"Set the output format. Currently supported values are B<dpkg> and " +"B<rfc822>. B<dpkg> is the classic output format (from before this option " +"existed) and the default. It consists of one paragraph in Debian control " +"format (see B<deb-control>(5)). If more than one entry is requested, then " +"most fields are taken from the first entry (usually the most recent entry), " +"except otherwise stated:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod +msgid "B<Source:> I<pkg-name>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod +msgid "B<Version:> I<version>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod +msgid "B<Distribution:> I<target-distribution>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod +msgid "B<Urgency:> I<urgency>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod +msgid "" +"The highest urgency of all included entries is used, followed by the " +"concatenated (space-separated) comments from all the versions requested." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod +msgid "B<Maintainer:> I<author>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod +msgid "B<Date:> I<date>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod +msgid "" +"The date of the entry as a string, as it appears in the changelog. With a " +"B<strptime>(3) format \"B<%a, %d %b %Y %T %z>\", but where the day of the " +"week might not actually correspond to the real day obtained from the rest of " +"the date string. If you need a more accurate representation of the date, " +"use the B<Timestamp> field, but take into account it might not be possible " +"to map it back to the exact value in this field." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod +msgid "B<Timestamp:> I<timestamp>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod +msgid "" +"The date of the entry as a timestamp in seconds since the epoch (since dpkg " +"1.18.8)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod +msgid "B<Closes:> I<bug-number>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod +msgid "The Closes fields of all included entries are merged." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod +msgid "B<Changes:> I<changelog-entries>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod +msgid "" +"The text of all changelog entries is concatenated. To make this field a " +"valid Debian control format multiline field empty lines are replaced with a " +"single full stop and all lines is intended by one space character. The exact " +"content depends on the changelog format." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod +msgid "" +"The B<Version>, B<Distribution>, B<Urgency>, B<Maintainer> and B<Changes> " +"fields are mandatory." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod +msgid "There might be additional user-defined fields present." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod +msgid "" +"The B<rfc822> format uses the same fields but outputs a separate paragraph " +"for each changelog entry so that all metadata for each entry is preserved." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod +msgid "B<--reverse>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod +msgid "Include all changes in reverse order (since dpkg 1.19.1)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod +msgid "" +"B<Note:> For the B<dpkg> format the first entry will be the most ancient " +"entry." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod update-alternatives.pod +msgid "B<--all>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod +msgid "" +"Include all changes. B<Note:> Other options have no effect when this is in " +"use." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod +msgid "B<-s>, B<--since> I<version>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod +msgid "B<-v> I<version>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod +msgid "Include all changes later than I<version>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod +msgid "B<-u>, B<--until> I<version>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod +msgid "Include all changes earlier than I<version>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod +msgid "B<-f>, B<--from> I<version>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod +msgid "Include all changes equal or later than I<version>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod +msgid "B<-t>, B<--to> I<version>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod +msgid "Include all changes up to or equal than I<version>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod +msgid "B<-c>, B<--count> I<number>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod +msgid "B<-n> I<number>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod +msgid "" +"Include I<number> entries from the top (or the tail if I<number> is lower " +"than 0)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod +msgid "B<-o>, B<--offset> I<number>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod +msgid "" +"Change the starting point for B<--count>, counted from the top (or the tail " +"if I<number> is lower than 0)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =head1 +#: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod +msgid "CHANGELOG FORMATS" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod +msgid "" +"It is possible to use a different format to the standard one, by providing a " +"parser for that alternative format." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod +msgid "" +"In order to have B<dpkg-parsechangelog> run the new parser, a line must be " +"included within the last 40 lines of the changelog file, matching the Perl " +"regular expression: “B<\\schangelog-format:\\s+([0-9a-z]+)\\W>”. The part " +"in parentheses should be the name of the format. For example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod +msgid "@@@ changelog-format: I<otherformat> @@@" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod +msgid "" +"Changelog format names are non-empty strings of lowercase alphanumerics " +"(“a-z0-9”)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod +msgid "" +"If such a line exists then B<dpkg-parsechangelog> will look for the parser " +"as a B<Dpkg::Changelog::>I<Otherformat> perl module; it is an error for it " +"not being present. The parser name in the perl module will be automatically " +"capitalized. The default changelog format is B<debian>, and a parser for it " +"is provided by default." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod +msgid "" +"The parser should be derived from the Dpkg::Changelog class and implement " +"the required documented interface." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod +msgid "" +"If the changelog format which is being parsed always or almost always leaves " +"a blank line between individual change notes, these blank lines should be " +"stripped out, so as to make the resulting output compact." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod +msgid "" +"If the changelog format does not contain date or package name information " +"this information should be omitted from the output. The parser should not " +"attempt to synthesize it or find it from other sources." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod +msgid "" +"If the changelog does not have the expected format the parser should error " +"out, rather than trying to muddle through and possibly generating incorrect " +"output." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod +msgid "A changelog parser may not interact with the user at all." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod +msgid "" +"All B<Parser Options> except for B<-v> are only supported since dpkg " +"1.14.16." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod +msgid "" +"Short option parsing with non-bundled values available only since dpkg " +"1.18.0." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod +msgid "" +"The changelog file, used to obtain version-dependent information about the " +"source package, such as the urgency and distribution of an upload, the " +"changes made since a particular release, and the source version number " +"itself." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-parsechangelog.pod +msgid "B<deb-changelog>(5)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-query.pod +msgid "dpkg-query - a tool to query the dpkg database" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-query.pod +msgid "B<dpkg-query> [I<option>...] I<command>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-query.pod +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-query> is a tool to show information about packages listed in the " +"B<dpkg> database." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-query.pod +msgid "B<-l>, B<--list> [I<package-name-pattern>...]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-query.pod +msgid "" +"List all known packages matching one or more patterns, regardless of their " +"status, which includes any real or virtual package referenced in any " +"dependency relationship field (such as B<Breaks>, B<Enhances>, etc.). If no " +"I<package-name-pattern> is given, list all packages in I<%ADMINDIR%/status>, " +"excluding the ones marked as not-installed (i.e. those which have been " +"previously purged). Normal shell wildcard characters are allowed in " +"I<package-name-pattern>. Please note you will probably have to quote " +"I<package-name-pattern> to prevent the shell from performing filename " +"expansion. For example this will list all package names starting with " +"“libc6”:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: verbatim +#: dpkg-query.pod +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" dpkg-query -l 'libc6*'\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-query.pod +msgid "" +"The first three columns of the output show the desired action, the package " +"status, and errors, in that order." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-query.pod +msgid "Desired action:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-query.pod +msgid "u = Unknown" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-query.pod +msgid "i = Install" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-query.pod +msgid "h = Hold" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-query.pod +msgid "r = Remove" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-query.pod +msgid "p = Purge" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-query.pod +msgid "Package status:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-query.pod +msgid "n = Not-installed" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-query.pod +msgid "c = Config-files" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-query.pod +msgid "H = Half-installed" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-query.pod +msgid "U = Unpacked" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-query.pod +msgid "F = Half-configured" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-query.pod +msgid "W = Triggers-awaiting" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-query.pod +msgid "t = Triggers-pending" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-query.pod +msgid "i = Installed" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-query.pod +msgid "Error flags:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-query.pod +msgid "E<lt>emptyE<gt> = (none)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-query.pod +msgid "R = Reinst-required" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-query.pod +msgid "" +"An uppercase status or error letter indicates the package is likely to cause " +"severe problems. Please refer to B<dpkg>(1) for information about the above " +"states and flags." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-query.pod +msgid "" +"The output format of this option is not configurable, but varies " +"automatically to fit the terminal width. It is intended for human readers, " +"and is not easily machine-readable. See B<-W> (B<--show>) and " +"B<--showformat> for a way to configure the output format." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-query.pod +msgid "B<-W>, B<--show> [I<package-name-pattern>...]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-query.pod +msgid "" +"Just like the B<--list> option this will list all packages matching the " +"given pattern. However the output can be customized using the " +"B<--showformat> option. The default output format gives one line per " +"matching package, each line having the name (extended with the architecture " +"qualifier for B<Multi-Arch> B<same> packages) and installed version of the " +"package, separated by a tab." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-query.pod +msgid "B<-s>, B<--status> [I<package-name>...]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-query.pod +msgid "" +"Report status of specified package. This just displays the entry in the " +"installed package status database. If no I<package-name> is specified it " +"will display all package entries in the status database (since dpkg " +"1.19.1). When multiple I<package-name> entries are listed, the requested " +"status entries are separated by an empty line, with the same order as " +"specified on the argument list." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-query.pod dpkg.pod +msgid "B<-L>, B<--listfiles> I<package-name>..." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-query.pod +msgid "" +"List files installed to your system from I<package-name>. When multiple " +"I<package-name> are listed, the requested lists of files are separated by an " +"empty line, with the same order as specified on the argument list. However, " +"note that files created by package-specific installation-scripts are not " +"listed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-query.pod +msgid "B<--control-list> I<package-name>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-query.pod +msgid "" +"List control files installed to your system from I<package-name> (since dpkg " +"1.16.5). These can be used as input arguments to B<--control-show>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-query.pod +msgid "B<--control-show> I<package-name> I<control-file>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-query.pod +msgid "" +"Print the I<control-file> installed to your system from I<package-name> to " +"the standard output (since dpkg 1.16.5)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-query.pod +msgid "B<-c>, B<--control-path> I<package-name> [I<control-file>]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-query.pod +msgid "" +"List paths for control files installed to your system from I<package-name> " +"(since dpkg 1.15.4). If I<control-file> is specified then only list the " +"path for that control file if it is present." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-query.pod +msgid "" +"B<Warning>: this command is deprecated as it gives direct access to the " +"internal dpkg database, please switch to use B<--control-list> and " +"B<--control-show> instead for all cases where those commands might give the " +"same end result. Although, as long as there is still at least one case where " +"this command is needed (i.e. when having to remove a damaging postrm " +"maintainer script), and while there is no good solution for that, this " +"command will not get removed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-query.pod dpkg.pod +msgid "B<-S>, B<--search> I<filename-search-pattern>..." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-query.pod +msgid "" +"Search for packages that own files corresponding to the given pattern. " +"Standard shell wildcard characters can be used in the pattern, where " +"asterisk (B<*>) and question mark (B<?>) will match a slash, and backslash " +"(B<\\>) will be used as an escape character." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-query.pod +msgid "" +"If the first character in the I<filename-search-pattern> is none of " +"‘B<*[?/>’ then it will be considered a substring match and will be " +"implicitly surrounded by ‘B<*>’ (as in B<*>I<filename-search-pattern>B<*>). " +"If the subsequent string contains any of ‘B<*[?\\>’, then it will handled " +"like a glob pattern, otherwise any trailing ‘B</>’ or ‘B</.>’ will be " +"removed and a literal path lookup will be performed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-query.pod +msgid "" +"This command will not list extra files created by maintainer scripts, nor " +"will it list alternatives." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-query.pod +msgid "B<-p>, B<--print-avail> [I<package-name>...]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-query.pod +msgid "" +"Display details about packages, as found in I<%ADMINDIR%/available>. If no " +"I<package-name> is specified, it will display all package entries in the " +"I<available> database (since dpkg 1.19.1). When multiple I<package-name> " +"are listed, the requested I<available> entries are separated by an empty " +"line, with the same order as specified on the argument list." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-query.pod +msgid "" +"Users of APT-based frontends should use B<apt show> I<package-name> instead " +"as the I<available> file is only kept up-to-date when using B<dselect>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-query.pod dpkg-trigger.pod +msgid "" +"Change the location of the B<dpkg> database. The default location is " +"I<%ADMINDIR%>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-query.pod +msgid "B<--load-avail>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-query.pod +msgid "" +"Also load the available file when using the B<--show> and B<--list> " +"commands, which now default to only querying the status file (since dpkg " +"1.16.2)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-query.pod dpkg.pod +msgid "B<--no-pager>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-query.pod dpkg.pod +msgid "Disables the use of any pager when showing information (since dpkg 1.19.2)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-query.pod +msgid "B<-f>, B<--showformat=>I<format>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-query.pod +msgid "" +"This option is used to specify the format of the output B<--show> will " +"produce (short option since dpkg 1.13.1). The format is a string that will " +"be output for each package listed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-query.pod +msgid "In the format string, “B<\\>” introduces escapes:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-query.pod +msgid "B<\\n> newline" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-query.pod +msgid "B<\\r> carriage return" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-query.pod +msgid "B<\\t> tab" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-query.pod +msgid "" +"“B<\\>” before any other character suppresses any special meaning of the " +"following character, which is useful for “B<\\>” and “B<$>”." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-query.pod +msgid "" +"Package information can be included by inserting variable references to " +"package fields using the syntax “B<${>I<field>[B<;>I<width>]B<}>”. Fields " +"are printed right-aligned unless the width is negative in which case left " +"alignment will be used. The following I<field>s are recognized but they are " +"not necessarily available in the status file (only internal fields or fields " +"stored in the binary package end up in it):" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-query.pod +msgid "B<Architecture>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-query.pod +msgid "B<Bugs>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-query.pod +msgid "B<Conffiles> (internal)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-query.pod +msgid "B<Config-Version> (internal)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-query.pod +msgid "B<Conflicts>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-query.pod +msgid "B<Breaks>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-query.pod +msgid "B<Depends>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-query.pod +msgid "B<Description>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-query.pod +msgid "B<Enhances>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-query.pod +msgid "B<Protected>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-query.pod +msgid "B<Essential>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-query.pod +msgid "B<Filename> (internal, front-end related)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-query.pod +msgid "B<Homepage>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-query.pod +msgid "B<MD5sum> (internal, front-end related)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-query.pod +msgid "B<MSDOS-Filename> (internal, front-end related)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-query.pod +msgid "B<Maintainer>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-query.pod +msgid "B<Origin>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-query.pod +msgid "B<Package>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-query.pod +msgid "B<Pre-Depends>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-query.pod +msgid "B<Priority>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-query.pod +msgid "B<Provides>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-query.pod +msgid "B<Recommends>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-query.pod +msgid "B<Replaces>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-query.pod +msgid "B<Revision> (obsolete)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-query.pod +msgid "B<Section>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-query.pod +msgid "B<Size> (internal, front-end related)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-query.pod +msgid "B<Source>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-query.pod +msgid "B<Status> (internal)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-query.pod +msgid "B<Suggests>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-query.pod +msgid "B<Tag> (usually not in .deb but in repository Packages files)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-query.pod +msgid "B<Triggers-Awaited> (internal)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-query.pod +msgid "B<Triggers-Pending> (internal)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-query.pod +msgid "B<Version>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-query.pod +msgid "" +"The following are virtual fields, generated by B<dpkg-query> from values " +"from other fields (note that these do not use valid names for fields in " +"control files):" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-query.pod +msgid "B<binary:Package>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-query.pod +msgid "" +"It contains the binary package name with a possible architecture qualifier " +"like “libc6:amd64” (since dpkg 1.16.2). An architecture qualifier will be " +"present to make the package name unambiguous, for example if the package has " +"a B<Multi-Arch> field with a value of B<same> or the package is of a foreign " +"architecture." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-query.pod +msgid "B<binary:Synopsis>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-query.pod +msgid "It contains the package short description (since dpkg 1.19.1)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-query.pod +msgid "B<binary:Summary>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-query.pod +msgid "This is an alias for B<binary:Synopsis> (since dpkg 1.16.2)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-query.pod +msgid "B<db:Status-Abbrev>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-query.pod +msgid "" +"It contains the abbreviated package status (as three characters), such as " +"“ii ” or “iHR” (since dpkg 1.16.2). See the B<--list> command description " +"for more details." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-query.pod +msgid "B<db:Status-Want>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-query.pod +msgid "" +"It contains the package wanted status, part of the Status field (since dpkg " +"1.17.11)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-query.pod +msgid "B<db:Status-Status>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-query.pod +msgid "" +"It contains the package status word, part of the Status field (since dpkg " +"1.17.11)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-query.pod +msgid "B<db:Status-Eflag>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-query.pod +msgid "" +"It contains the package status error flag, part of the Status field (since " +"dpkg 1.17.11)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-query.pod +msgid "B<db-fsys:Files>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-query.pod +msgid "" +"It contains the list of the package filesystem entries separated by newlines " +"(since dpkg 1.19.3)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-query.pod +msgid "B<db-fsys:Last-Modified>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-query.pod +msgid "" +"It contains the timestamp in seconds of the last time the package filesystem " +"entries were modified (since dpkg 1.19.3)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-query.pod +msgid "B<source:Package>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-query.pod +msgid "" +"It contains the source package name for this binary package (since dpkg " +"1.16.2)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-query.pod +msgid "" +"It contains the source package version for this binary package (since dpkg " +"1.16.2)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-query.pod +msgid "" +"It contains the source package upstream version for this binary package " +"(since dpkg 1.18.16)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-query.pod +msgid "" +"The default format string is “B<${binary:Package}\\t${Version}\\n>”. " +"Actually, all other fields found in the status file (i.e. user defined " +"fields) can be requested, too. They will be printed as-is, though, no " +"conversion nor error checking is done on them. To get the name of the " +"B<dpkg> maintainer and the installed version, you could run:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: verbatim +#: dpkg-query.pod +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" dpkg-query -f='${binary:Package} ${Version}\\t${Maintainer}\\n' \\\n" +" -W dpkg\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-query.pod +msgid "The requested query was successfully performed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-query.pod dpkg-split.pod dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg-trigger.pod +#: dpkg.pod start-stop-daemon.pod +msgid "B<1>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-query.pod +msgid "" +"The requested query failed either fully or partially, due to no file or " +"package being found (except for B<--control-path>, B<--control-list> and " +"B<--control-show> were such errors are fatal)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-query.pod dpkg.pod +msgid "B<SHELL>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-query.pod +msgid "" +"Sets the program to execute when spawning a command via a shell (since dpkg " +"1.19.2)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-query.pod dpkg.pod +msgid "B<PAGER>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-query.pod dpkg.pod +msgid "B<DPKG_PAGER>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-query.pod +msgid "" +"Sets the pager command to use (since dpkg 1.19.1), which will be executed " +"with «B<$SHELL -c>». If B<SHELL> is not set, «B<sh>» will be used instead. " +"The B<DPKG_PAGER> overrides the B<PAGER> environment variable (since dpkg " +"1.19.2)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-query.pod dpkg-trigger.pod +msgid "" +"If set and the B<--admindir> option has not been specified, it will be used " +"as the B<dpkg> data directory." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-query.pod dpkg.pod +msgid "B<LESS>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-query.pod +msgid "" +"Defined by B<dpkg-query> to “B<-FRSXMQ>”, if not already set, when spawning " +"a pager (since dpkg 1.19.2). To change the default behavior, this variable " +"can be preset to some other value including an empty string, or the B<PAGER> " +"or B<DPKG_PAGER> variables can be set to disable specific options with " +"«B<-+>», for example B<DPKG_PAGER=\"less -+F\">." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-realpath.pod +msgid "dpkg-realpath - print the resolved pathname with DPKG_ROOT support" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-realpath.pod +msgid "B<dpkg-realpath> [I<option>...] I<pathname>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-realpath.pod +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-realpath> is a tool (since dpkg 1.20.1) to resolve a pathname, that " +"takes the L<dpkg(1)> root directory into account, either implicitly from the " +"B<DPKG_ROOT> environment variable or from the command-line B<--root> or " +"B<--instdir> options, and returns an absolute I<pathname> relative to the " +"root directory. The root directory must not be prefixed to the I<pathname> " +"to be resolved." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-realpath.pod +msgid "" +"This is intended to be used by other B<dpkg> helpers, or by maintainer " +"scripts instead of using L<realpath(1)> or L<readlink(1)> to canonicalize " +"pathnames, as these latter commands do not support canonicalization relative " +"to a different root than F</>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-realpath.pod +msgid "B<-z>, B<--zero>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-realpath.pod +msgid "" +"Use a NUL byte to end output lines instead of a new line character (since " +"dpkg 1.20.6)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-realpath.pod +msgid "" +"Set the root directory to I<directory>, which is the base directory that " +"pathnames get canonicalized against. Defaults to «B</>»." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-realpath.pod +msgid "" +"If set and the B<--instdir> or B<--root> options have not been specified, it " +"will be used as the filesystem root directory." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-realpath.pod +msgid "" +"Sets the color mode. The currently accepted values are: B<auto> (default), " +"B<always> and B<never>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-realpath.pod +msgid "L<realpath(1)>, L<readlink(1)>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-scanpackages.pod +msgid "dpkg-scanpackages - create Packages index files" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-scanpackages.pod +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-scanpackages> [I<option>...] I<binary-path> [I<override-file> " +"[I<path-prefix>]] B<E<gt>> I<Packages>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-scanpackages.pod +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-scanpackages> sorts through a tree of Debian binary packages and " +"creates a Packages file, used by B<apt>(8), B<dselect>(1), etc, to tell the " +"user what packages are available for installation. These Packages files are " +"the same as those found on Debian archive sites and CD-ROMs. You might use " +"B<dpkg-scanpackages> yourself if making a directory of local packages to " +"install on a cluster of machines." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-scanpackages.pod +msgid "" +"B<Note:> If you want to access the generated Packages file with B<apt>(8) " +"you will probably need to compress the file with B<xz>(1) (generating a " +"Packages.xz file), B<bzip2>(1) (generating a Packages.bz2 file) or " +"B<gzip>(1) (generating a Packages.gz file). B<apt>(8) ignores " +"uncompressed Packages files except on local access (i.e. B<file://> " +"sources)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-scanpackages.pod +msgid "" +"I<binary-path> is the name of the tree of the binary packages to process " +"(for example, B<contrib/binary-i386>). It is best to make this relative to " +"the root of the Debian archive, because every Filename field in the new " +"Packages file will start with this string." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-scanpackages.pod +msgid "" +"I<override-file> is the name of a file to read which contains information " +"about how the package fits into the distribution (the file can be compressed " +"since dpkg 1.15.5); see B<deb-override>(5)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-scanpackages.pod +msgid "I<path-prefix> is an optional string to be prepended to the Filename fields." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-scanpackages.pod +msgid "" +"If more than one version of a package is found only the newest one is " +"included in the output. If they have the same version and only differ in " +"architecture only the first one found is used." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-scanpackages.pod +msgid "B<-t>, B<--type> I<type>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-scanpackages.pod +msgid "Scan for *.I<type> packages, instead of *.deb." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-scanpackages.pod dpkg-scansources.pod +msgid "B<-e>, B<--extra-override> I<file>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-scanpackages.pod +msgid "" +"Scan I<file> to find supplementary overrides (the file can be compressed " +"since dpkg 1.15.5). See B<deb-extra-override>(5) for more information on " +"its format." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-scanpackages.pod +msgid "B<-a>, B<--arch> I<arch>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-scanpackages.pod +msgid "" +"Use a pattern consisting of I<*_all.deb> and I<*_arch.deb> instead of " +"scanning for all debs." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-scanpackages.pod +msgid "B<-h>, B<--hash> I<hash-list>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-scanpackages.pod +msgid "" +"Only generate file hashes for the comma-specified list specified (since dpkg " +"1.17.14). The default is to generate all currently supported hashes. " +"Supported values: B<md5>, B<sha1>, B<sha256>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-scanpackages.pod +msgid "B<-m>, B<--multiversion>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-scanpackages.pod +msgid "Include all found packages in the output." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-scanpackages.pod +msgid "B<-M>, B<--medium> I<id-string>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-scanpackages.pod +msgid "" +"Add an B<X-Medium> field containing the value I<id-string> (since dpkg " +"1.15.5). This field is required if you want to generate B<Packages.cd> " +"files for use by the multicd access method of dselect." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =head1 +#: dpkg-scanpackages.pod dpkg-shlibdeps.pod dpkg-source.pod +#: update-alternatives.pod +msgid "DIAGNOSTICS" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-scanpackages.pod +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-scanpackages> outputs the usual self-explanatory errors. It also " +"warns about packages that are in the wrong subdirectory, are duplicated, " +"have a Filename field in their control file, are missing from the override " +"file, or have maintainer substitutions which do not take effect." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-scanpackages.pod +msgid "" +"B<dpkg>(1), B<dselect>(1), B<deb-override>(5), B<deb-extra-override>(5), " +"B<dpkg-scansources>(1)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-scansources.pod +msgid "dpkg-scansources - create Sources index files" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-scansources.pod +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-scansources> [I<option>...] I<binary-dir> [I<override-file> " +"[I<path-prefix>]] B<E<gt>> I<Sources>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-scansources.pod +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-scansources> scans the given I<binary-dir> for I<.dsc> files. These " +"are used to create a Debian source index, which is output to stdout." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-scansources.pod +msgid "" +"The I<override-file>, if given, is used to set priorities in the resulting " +"index records and to override the maintainer field given in the I<.dsc> " +"files. The file can be compressed (since dpkg 1.15.5). See " +"B<deb-override>(5) for the format of this file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-scansources.pod +msgid "" +"B<Note:> Since the override file is indexed by binary, not source packages, " +"there's a bit of a problem here. The current implementation uses the highest " +"priority of all the binary packages produced by a I<.dsc> file for the " +"priority of the source package, and the override entry for the first binary " +"package listed in the I<.dsc> file to modify maintainer information. This " +"might change." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-scansources.pod +msgid "" +"The I<path-prefix>, if given, is prepended to the directory field in the " +"generated source index. You generally use this to make the directory fields " +"contain the path from the top of the Debian archive hierarchy." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-scansources.pod +msgid "" +"B<Note:> If you want to access the generated Sources file with B<apt>(8) " +"you will probably need to compress the file with B<gzip>(1) (generating a " +"Sources.gz file). B<apt>(8) ignores uncompressed Sources files except on " +"local access (i.e. B<file://> sources)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-scansources.pod +msgid "B<-n>, B<--no-sort>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-scansources.pod +msgid "" +"Don't sort the index records. Normally they are sorted by source package " +"name." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-scansources.pod +msgid "" +"Scan I<file> to find supplementary overrides (since dpkg 1.15.4; the file " +"can be compressed since dpkg 1.15.5). See B<deb-extra-override>(5) for " +"more information on its format." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-scansources.pod +msgid "B<-s>, B<--source-override> I<file>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-scansources.pod +msgid "" +"Use I<file> as the source override file (the file can be compressed since " +"dpkg 1.15.5). The default is the name of the override file you specified " +"with I<.src> appended." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-scansources.pod +msgid "" +"The source override file is in a different format from the binary override " +"file. It contains only two whitespace separated fields, the first is the " +"source package name and the second is the section. Blank lines and comment " +"lines are ignored in the normal manner. If a package appears in both files " +"the source override takes precedence for setting the section." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-scansources.pod update-alternatives.pod +msgid "B<--debug>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-scansources.pod +msgid "Turn debugging on." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-scansources.pod +msgid "B<deb-override>(5), B<deb-extra-override>(5), B<dpkg-scanpackages>(1)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod +msgid "dpkg-shlibdeps - generate shared library substvar dependencies" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod +msgid "B<dpkg-shlibdeps> [I<option>...] [B<-e>] I<executable> [I<option>...]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-shlibdeps> calculates shared library dependencies for executables " +"named in its arguments. The dependencies are added to the substitution " +"variables file B<debian/substvars> as variable names " +"B<shlibs:>I<dependency-field> where I<dependency-field> is a dependency " +"field name. Any other variables starting with B<shlibs:> are removed from " +"the file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-shlibdeps> has two possible sources of information to generate " +"dependency information. Either I<symbols> files or I<shlibs> files. For each " +"binary that B<dpkg-shlibdeps> analyzes, it finds out the list of libraries " +"that it's linked with. Then, for each library, it looks up either the " +"I<symbols> file, or the I<shlibs> file (if the former doesn't exist or if " +"debian/shlibs.local contains the relevant dependency). Both files are " +"supposed to be provided by the library package and should thus be available " +"as %ADMINDIR%/info/I<package>.I<symbols> or " +"%ADMINDIR%/info/I<package>.I<shlibs>. The package name is identified in two " +"steps: find the library file on the system (looking in the same directories " +"that B<ld.so> would use), then use B<dpkg -S> I<library-file> to lookup the " +"package providing the library." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =head2 +#: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod +msgid "Symbols files" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod +msgid "" +"Symbols files contain finer-grained dependency information by providing the " +"minimum dependency for each symbol that the library exports. The script " +"tries to find a symbols file associated to a library package in the " +"following places (first match is used):" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod +msgid "debian/*/DEBIAN/symbols" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod +msgid "" +"Shared library information generated by the current build process that also " +"invoked B<dpkg-shlibdeps>. They are generated by B<dpkg-gensymbols>(1). " +"They are only used if the library is found in a package's build tree. The " +"symbols file in that build tree takes precedence over symbols files from " +"other binary packages." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod +msgid "%PKGCONFDIR%/symbols/I<package>.symbols.I<arch>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod +msgid "%PKGCONFDIR%/symbols/I<package>.symbols" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod +msgid "" +"Per-system overriding shared library dependency information. I<arch> is the " +"architecture of the current system (obtained by B<dpkg-architecture " +"-qDEB_HOST_ARCH>)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod +msgid "Output from “B<dpkg-query --control-path> I<package> symbols”" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod +msgid "" +"Package-provided shared library dependency information. Unless overridden " +"by B<--admindir>, those files are located in %ADMINDIR%." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod +msgid "" +"While scanning the symbols used by all binaries, B<dpkg-shlibdeps> remembers " +"the (biggest) minimal version needed for each library. At the end of the " +"process, it is able to write out the minimal dependency for every library " +"used (provided that the information of the I<symbols> files are accurate)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod +msgid "" +"As a safe-guard measure, a symbols file can provide a " +"B<Build-Depends-Package> meta-information field and B<dpkg-shlibdeps> will " +"extract the minimal version required by the corresponding package in the " +"B<Build-Depends> field and use this version if it's higher than the minimal " +"version computed by scanning symbols." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =head2 +#: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod +msgid "Shlibs files" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod +msgid "" +"Shlibs files associate directly a library to a dependency (without looking " +"at the symbols). It's thus often stronger than really needed but very safe " +"and easy to handle." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod +msgid "" +"The dependencies for a library are looked up in several places. The first " +"file providing information for the library of interest is used:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod +msgid "debian/shlibs.local" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod +msgid "Package-local overriding shared library dependency information." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod +msgid "%PKGCONFDIR%/shlibs.override" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod +msgid "Per-system overriding shared library dependency information." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod +msgid "debian/*/DEBIAN/shlibs" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod +msgid "" +"Shared library information generated by the current build process that also " +"invoked B<dpkg-shlibdeps>. They are only used if the library is found in a " +"package's build tree. The shlibs file in that build tree takes precedence " +"over shlibs files from other binary packages." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod +msgid "Output from “B<dpkg-query --control-path> I<package> shlibs”" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod +msgid "%PKGCONFDIR%/shlibs.default" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod +msgid "Per-system default shared library dependency information." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod +msgid "" +"The extracted dependencies are then directly used (except if they are " +"filtered out because they have been identified as duplicate, or as weaker " +"than another dependency)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-shlibdeps> interprets non-option arguments as executable names, just " +"as if they'd been supplied as B<-e>I<executable>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod +msgid "B<-e>I<executable>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod +msgid "" +"Include dependencies appropriate for the shared libraries required by " +"I<executable>. This option can be used multiple times." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod +msgid "" +"Prepend I<directory> to the list of directories to search for private shared " +"libraries (since dpkg 1.17.0). This option can be used multiple times." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod +msgid "B<-d>I<dependency-field>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod +msgid "" +"Add dependencies to be added to the control file dependency field " +"I<dependency-field>. (The dependencies for this field are placed in the " +"variable B<shlibs:>I<dependency-field>.)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod +msgid "" +"The B<-d>I<dependency-field> option takes effect for all executables after " +"the option, until the next B<-d>I<dependency-field>. The default " +"I<dependency-field> is B<Depends>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod +msgid "" +"If the same dependency entry (or set of alternatives) appears in more than " +"one of the recognized dependency field names B<Pre-Depends>, B<Depends>, " +"B<Recommends>, B<Enhances> or B<Suggests> then B<dpkg-shlibdeps> will " +"automatically remove the dependency from all fields except the one " +"representing the most important dependencies." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod +msgid "B<-p>I<varname-prefix>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod +msgid "" +"Start substitution variables with I<varname-prefix>B<:> instead of " +"B<shlibs:>. Likewise, any existing substitution variables starting with " +"I<varname-prefix>B<:> (rather than B<shlibs:>) are removed from the " +"substitution variables file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod +msgid "" +"Print substitution variable settings to standard output (or I<filename> if " +"specified, since dpkg 1.17.2), rather than being added to the substitution " +"variables file (B<debian/substvars> by default)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod +msgid "B<-t>I<type>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod +msgid "" +"Prefer shared library dependency information tagged for the given package " +"type. If no tagged information is available, falls back to untagged " +"information. The default package type is B<deb>. Shared library dependency " +"information is tagged for a given type by prefixing it with the name of the " +"type, a colon, and whitespace." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod +msgid "B<-L>I<local-shlibs-file>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod +msgid "" +"Read overriding shared library dependency information from " +"I<local-shlibs-file> instead of B<debian/shlibs.local>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod +msgid "" +"Write substitution variables in I<substvars-file>; the default is " +"B<debian/substvars>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod +msgid "B<-v>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod +msgid "" +"Enable verbose mode (since dpkg 1.14.8). Numerous messages are displayed to " +"explain what B<dpkg-shlibdeps> does." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod +msgid "B<-x>I<package>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod +msgid "" +"Exclude the package from the generated dependencies (since dpkg 1.14.8). " +"This is useful to avoid self-dependencies for packages which provide ELF " +"binaries (executables or library plugins) using a library contained in the " +"same package. This option can be used multiple times to exclude several " +"packages." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod +msgid "B<-S>I<package-build-dir>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod +msgid "" +"Look into I<package-build-dir> first when trying to find a library (since " +"dpkg 1.14.15). This is useful when the source package builds multiple " +"flavors of the same library and you want to ensure that you get the " +"dependency from a given binary package. You can use this option multiple " +"times: directories will be tried in the same order before directories of " +"other binary packages." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod +msgid "B<-I>I<package-build-dir>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod +msgid "" +"Ignore I<package-build-dir> when looking for shlibs, symbols, and shared " +"library files (since dpkg 1.18.5). You can use this option multiple times." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod +msgid "B<--ignore-missing-info>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod +msgid "" +"Do not fail if dependency information can't be found for a shared library " +"(since dpkg 1.14.8). Usage of this option is discouraged, all libraries " +"should provide dependency information (either with shlibs files, or with " +"symbols files) even if they are not yet used by other packages." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod +msgid "B<--warnings=>I<value>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod +msgid "" +"I<value> is a bit field defining the set of warnings that can be emitted by " +"B<dpkg-shlibdeps> (since dpkg 1.14.17). Bit 0 (value=1) enables the warning " +"“symbol I<sym> used by I<binary> found in none of the libraries”, bit 1 " +"(value=2) enables the warning “package could avoid a useless dependency” and " +"bit 2 (value=4) enables the warning “I<binary> should not be linked against " +"I<library>”. The default I<value> is 3: the first two warnings are active " +"by default, the last one is not. Set I<value> to 7 if you want all warnings " +"to be active." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =head2 +#: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod +msgid "Warnings" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod +msgid "" +"Since B<dpkg-shlibdeps> analyzes the set of symbols used by each binary of " +"the generated package, it is able to emit warnings in several cases. They " +"inform you of things that can be improved in the package. In most cases, " +"those improvements concern the upstream sources directly. By order of " +"decreasing importance, here are the various warnings that you can encounter:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod +msgid "B<symbol> I<sym> B<used by> I<binary> B<found in none of the libraries.>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod +msgid "" +"The indicated symbol has not been found in the libraries linked with the " +"binary. The I<binary> is most likely a library and it needs to be linked " +"with an additional library during the build process (option B<-l>I<library> " +"of the linker)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod +msgid "" +"I<binary> B<contains an unresolvable reference to symbol> I<sym>B<: it's " +"probably a plugin>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod +msgid "" +"The indicated symbol has not been found in the libraries linked with the " +"binary. The I<binary> is most likely a plugin and the symbol is probably " +"provided by the program that loads this plugin. In theory a plugin doesn't " +"have any SONAME but this binary does have one and as such it could not be " +"clearly identified as such. However the fact that the binary is stored in a " +"non-public directory is a strong indication that's it's not a normal shared " +"library. If the binary is really a plugin, then disregard this warning. But " +"there's always the possibility that it's a real library and that programs " +"linking to it are using an RPATH so that the dynamic loader finds it. In " +"that case, the library is broken and needs to be fixed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod +msgid "" +"B<package could avoid a useless dependency if> I<binary> B<was not linked " +"against> I<library> B<(it uses none of the library's symbols)>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod +msgid "" +"None of the I<binaries> that are linked with I<library> use any of the " +"symbols provided by the library. By fixing all the binaries, you would avoid " +"the dependency associated to this library (unless the same dependency is " +"also generated by another library that is really used)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod +msgid "" +"B<package could avoid a useless dependency if> I<binaries> B<were not linked " +"against> I<library> B<(they use none of the library's symbols)>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod +msgid "Exactly the same as the above warning, but for multiple binaries." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod +msgid "" +"I<binary> B<should not be linked against> I<library> B<(it uses none of the " +"library's symbols)>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod +msgid "" +"The I<binary> is linked to a library that it doesn't need. It's not a " +"problem but some small performance improvements in binary load time can be " +"obtained by not linking this library to this binary. This warning checks the " +"same information as the previous one but does it for each binary instead of " +"doing the check globally on all binaries analyzed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =head2 +#: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod +msgid "Errors" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-shlibdeps> will fail if it can't find a public library used by a " +"binary or if this library has no associated dependency information (either " +"shlibs file or symbols file). A public library has a SONAME and is versioned " +"(libsomething.so.I<X>). A private library (like a plugin) should not have a " +"SONAME and doesn't need to be versioned." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod +msgid "" +"B<couldn't find library> I<library-soname> B<needed by> I<binary> B<(its " +"RPATH is '>I<rpath>B<')>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod +msgid "" +"The I<binary> uses a library called I<library-soname> but B<dpkg-shlibdeps> " +"has been unable to find the library. B<dpkg-shlibdeps> creates a list of " +"directories to check as following: directories listed in the RPATH of the " +"binary, directories added by the B<-l> option, directories listed in the " +"B<LD_LIBRARY_PATH> environment variable, cross multiarch directories " +"(ex. /lib/arm64-linux-gnu, /usr/lib/arm64-linux-gnu), standard public " +"directories (/lib, /usr/lib), directories listed in /etc/ld.so.conf, and " +"obsolete multilib directories (/lib32, /usr/lib32, /lib64, /usr/lib64). " +"Then it checks those directories in the package's build tree of the binary " +"being analyzed, in the packages' build trees indicated with the B<-S> " +"command-line option, in other packages' build trees that contains a " +"DEBIAN/shlibs or DEBIAN/symbols file and finally in the root directory. If " +"the library is not found in any of those directories, then you get this " +"error." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod +msgid "" +"If the library not found is in a private directory of the same package, then " +"you want to add the directory with B<-l>. If it's in another binary package " +"being built, you want to make sure that the shlibs/symbols file of this " +"package is already created and that B<-l> contains the appropriate directory " +"if it also is in a private directory." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod +msgid "" +"B<no dependency information found for> I<library-file> B<(used by> " +"I<binary>B<).>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod +msgid "" +"The library needed by I<binary> has been found by B<dpkg-shlibdeps> in " +"I<library-file> but B<dpkg-shlibdeps> has been unable to find any dependency " +"information for that library. To find out the dependency, it has tried to " +"map the library to a Debian package with the help of B<dpkg -S> " +"I<library-file>. Then it checked the corresponding shlibs and symbols files " +"in %ADMINDIR%/info/, and in the various package's build trees " +"(debian/*/DEBIAN/)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod +msgid "" +"This failure can be caused by a bad or missing shlibs or symbols file in the " +"package of the library. It might also happen if the library is built within " +"the same source package and if the shlibs files has not yet been created (in " +"which case you must fix debian/rules to create the shlibs before calling " +"B<dpkg-shlibdeps>). Bad RPATH can also lead to the library being found under " +"a non-canonical name (example: " +"/usr/lib/openoffice.org/../lib/libssl.so.0.9.8 instead of " +"/usr/lib/libssl.so.0.9.8) that's not associated to any package, " +"B<dpkg-shlibdeps> tries to work around this by trying to fallback on a " +"canonical name (using B<realpath>(3)) but it might not always work. It's " +"always best to clean up the RPATH of the binary to avoid problems." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod +msgid "" +"Calling B<dpkg-shlibdeps> in verbose mode (B<-v>) will provide much more " +"information about where it tried to find the dependency information. This " +"might be useful if you don't understand why it's giving you this error." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-shlibdeps.pod +msgid "B<deb-shlibs>(5), B<deb-symbols>(5), B<dpkg-gensymbols>(1)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "dpkg-source - Debian source package (.dsc) manipulation tool" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "B<dpkg-source> [I<option>...] I<command>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "B<dpkg-source> packs and unpacks Debian source archives." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "" +"None of these commands allow multiple options to be combined into one, and " +"they do not allow the value for an option to be specified in a separate " +"argument." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "B<-x>, B<--extract> I<filename>.dsc [I<output-directory>]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "" +"Extract a source package (B<--extract> since dpkg 1.17.14). One non-option " +"argument must be supplied, the name of the Debian source control file " +"(B<.dsc>). An optional second non-option argument may be supplied to " +"specify the directory to extract the source package to, this must not " +"exist. If no output directory is specified, the source package is extracted " +"into a directory named I<source>-I<version> under the current working " +"directory." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-source> will read the names of the other file(s) making up the source " +"package from the control file; they are assumed to be in the same directory " +"as the B<.dsc>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "" +"The files in the extracted package will have their permissions and " +"ownerships set to those which would have been expected if the files and " +"directories had simply been created - directories and executable files will " +"be 0777 and plain files will be 0666, both modified by the extractors' " +"umask; if the parent directory is setgid then the extracted directories will " +"be too, and all the files and directories will inherit its group ownership." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "" +"If the source package uses a non-standard format (currently this means all " +"formats except “1.0”), its name will be stored in B<debian/source/format> so " +"that the following builds of the source package use the same format by " +"default." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "B<-b>, B<--build> I<directory> [I<format-specific-parameters>]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "" +"Build a source package (B<--build> since dpkg 1.17.14). The first " +"non-option argument is taken as the name of the directory containing the " +"debianized source tree (i.e. with a debian sub-directory and maybe changes " +"to the original files). Depending on the source package format used to " +"build the package, additional parameters might be accepted." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-source> will build the source package with the first format found in " +"this ordered list: the format indicated with the I<--format> command line " +"option, the format indicated in B<debian/source/format>, “1.0”. The " +"fallback to “1.0” is deprecated and will be removed at some point in the " +"future, you should always document the desired source format in " +"B<debian/source/format>. See section B<SOURCE PACKAGE FORMATS> for an " +"extensive description of the various source package formats." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "B<--print-format> I<directory>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "" +"Print the source format that would be used to build the source package if " +"B<dpkg-source --build> I<directory> was called (in the same conditions and " +"with the same parameters; since dpkg 1.15.5)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "B<--before-build> I<directory>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "" +"Run the corresponding hook of the source package format (since dpkg " +"1.15.8). This hook is called before any build of the package " +"(B<dpkg-buildpackage> calls it very early even before B<debian/rules " +"clean>). This command is idempotent and can be called multiple times. Not " +"all source formats implement something in this hook, and those that do " +"usually prepare the source tree for the build for example by ensuring that " +"the Debian patches are applied." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "B<--after-build> I<directory>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "" +"Run the corresponding hook of the source package format (since dpkg " +"1.15.8). This hook is called after any build of the package " +"(B<dpkg-buildpackage> calls it last). This command is idempotent and can be " +"called multiple times. Not all source formats implement something in this " +"hook, and those that do usually use it to undo what B<--before-build> has " +"done." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "B<--commit> [I<directory>] ..." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "" +"Record changes in the source tree unpacked in I<directory> (since dpkg " +"1.16.1). This command can take supplementary parameters depending on the " +"source format. It will error out for formats where this operation doesn't " +"mean anything." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "" +"Show the usage message and exit. The format specific build and extract " +"options can be shown by using the B<--format> option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =head2 +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "Generic build options" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "" +"Specifies the main source control file to read information from. The default " +"is B<debian/control>. If given with relative pathname this is interpreted " +"starting at the source tree's top level directory." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "" +"Specifies the changelog file to read information from. The default is " +"B<debian/changelog>. If given with relative pathname this is interpreted " +"starting at the source tree's top level directory." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "B<--format=>I<value>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "" +"Use the given format for building the source package (since dpkg 1.14.17). " +"It does override any format given in B<debian/source/format>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "" +"Read substitution variables in I<substvars-file>; the default is to not read " +"any file. This option can be used multiple times to read substitution " +"variables from multiple files (since dpkg 1.15.6)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "B<-Z>I<compression>, B<--compression>=I<compression>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "" +"Specify the compression to use for created tarballs and diff files " +"(B<--compression> since dpkg 1.15.5). Note that this option will not cause " +"existing tarballs to be recompressed, it only affects new files. Supported " +"values are: I<gzip>, I<bzip2>, I<lzma> and I<xz>. The default is I<xz> for " +"formats 2.0 and newer, and I<gzip> for format 1.0. I<xz> is only supported " +"since dpkg 1.15.5." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "B<-z>I<level>, B<--compression-level>=I<level>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "" +"Compression level to use (B<--compression-level> since dpkg 1.15.5). As " +"with B<-Z> it only affects newly created files. Supported values are: I<1> " +"to I<9>, I<best>, and I<fast>. The default is I<9> for gzip and bzip2, I<6> " +"for xz and lzma." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "B<-i>[I<regex>], B<--diff-ignore>[=I<regex>]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "" +"You may specify a perl regular expression to match files you want filtered " +"out of the list of files for the diff (B<--diff-ignore> since dpkg 1.15.6). " +"(This list is generated by a find command.) (If the source package is being " +"built as a version 3 source package using a VCS, this can be used to ignore " +"uncommitted changes on specific files. Using -i.* will ignore all of them.)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "" +"The B<-i> option by itself enables this setting with a default regex " +"(preserving any modification to the default regex done by a previous use of " +"B<--extend-diff-ignore>) that will filter out control files and directories " +"of the most common revision control systems, backup and swap files and " +"Libtool build output directories. There can only be one active regex, of " +"multiple B<-i> options only the last one will take effect." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "" +"This is very helpful in cutting out extraneous files that get included in " +"the diff, e.g. if you maintain your source in a revision control system and " +"want to use a checkout to build a source package without including the " +"additional files and directories that it will usually contain (e.g. CVS/, " +".cvsignore, .svn/). The default regex is already very exhaustive, but if you " +"need to replace it, please note that by default it can match any part of a " +"path, so if you want to match the begin of a filename or only full " +"filenames, you will need to provide the necessary anchors (e.g. ‘(^|/)’, " +"‘($|/)’) yourself." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "B<--extend-diff-ignore>=I<regex>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "" +"The perl regular expression specified will extend the default value used by " +"B<--diff-ignore> and its current value, if set (since dpkg 1.15.6). It does " +"this by concatenating “B<|>I<regex>” to the existing value. This option is " +"convenient to use in B<debian/source/options> to exclude some auto-generated " +"files from the automatic patch generation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "B<-I>[I<file-pattern>], B<--tar-ignore>[=I<file-pattern>]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "" +"If this option is specified, the pattern will be passed to B<tar>(1)'s " +"B<--exclude> option when it is called to generate a .orig.tar or .tar file " +"(B<--tar-ignore> since dpkg 1.15.6). For example, B<-I>CVS will make tar " +"skip over CVS directories when generating a .tar.gz file. The option may be " +"repeated multiple times to list multiple patterns to exclude." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "" +"B<-I> by itself adds default B<--exclude> options that will filter out " +"control files and directories of the most common revision control systems, " +"backup and swap files and Libtool build output directories." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "" +"B<Note:> While they have similar purposes, B<-i> and B<-I> have very " +"different syntax and semantics. B<-i> can only be specified once and takes a " +"perl compatible regular expression which is matched against the full " +"relative path of each file. B<-I> can specified multiple times and takes a " +"filename pattern with shell wildcards. The pattern is applied to the full " +"relative path but also to each part of the path individually. The exact " +"semantic of tar's B<--exclude> option is somewhat complicated, see " +"L<https://www.gnu.org/software/tar/manual/tar.html#wildcards> for a full " +"documentation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "" +"The default regex and patterns for both options can be seen in the output of " +"the B<--help> command." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =head2 +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "Generic extract options" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "B<--no-copy>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "" +"Do not copy original tarballs near the extracted source package (since dpkg " +"1.14.17)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "B<--no-check>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "Do not check signatures and checksums before unpacking (since dpkg 1.14.17)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "B<--no-overwrite-dir>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "" +"Do not overwrite the extraction directory if it already exists (since dpkg " +"1.18.8)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "B<--require-valid-signature>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "" +"Refuse to unpack the source package if it doesn't contain an OpenPGP " +"signature that can be verified (since dpkg 1.15.0) either with the user's " +"I<trustedkeys.gpg> keyring, one of the vendor-specific keyrings, or one of " +"the official Debian keyrings (I</usr/share/keyrings/debian-keyring.gpg>, " +"I</usr/share/keyrings/debian-nonupload.gpg> and " +"I</usr/share/keyrings/debian-maintainers.gpg>)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "B<--require-strong-checksums>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "" +"Refuse to unpack the source package if it does not contain any strong " +"checksums (since dpkg 1.18.7). Currently the only known checksum considered " +"strong is B<SHA-256>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "B<--ignore-bad-version>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "" +"Turns the bad source package version check into a non-fatal warning (since " +"dpkg 1.17.7). This option should only be necessary when extracting ancient " +"source packages with broken versions, just for backwards compatibility." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =head1 +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "SOURCE PACKAGE FORMATS" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "" +"If you don't know what source format to use, you should probably pick either " +"“3.0 (quilt)” or “3.0 (native)”. See " +"L<https://wiki.debian.org/Projects/DebSrc3.0> for information on the " +"deployment of those formats within Debian." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =head2 +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "Format: 1.0" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "" +"A source package in this format consists either of a B<.orig.tar.gz> " +"associated to a B<.diff.gz> or a single B<.tar.gz> (in that case the package " +"is said to be I<native>). Optionally the original tarball might be " +"accompanied by a detached upstream signature B<.orig.tar.gz.asc>, extraction " +"supported since dpkg 1.18.5." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "B<Extracting>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "" +"Extracting a native package is a simple extraction of the single tarball in " +"the target directory. Extracting a non-native package is done by first " +"unpacking the B<.orig.tar.gz> and then applying the patch contained in the " +"B<.diff.gz> file. The timestamp of all patched files is reset to the " +"extraction time of the source package (this avoids timestamp skews leading " +"to problems when autogenerated files are patched). The diff can create new " +"files (the whole debian directory is created that way) but cannot remove " +"files (empty files will be left over) and cannot create or change symlinks." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "B<Building>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "" +"Building a native package is just creating a single tarball with the source " +"directory. Building a non-native package involves extracting the original " +"tarball in a separate “.orig” directory and regenerating the B<.diff.gz> by " +"comparing the source package I<directory> with the .orig directory." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "B<Build options (with --build):>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "" +"If a second non-option argument is supplied it should be the name of the " +"original source directory or tarfile or the empty string if the package is a " +"Debian-specific one and so has no debianization diffs. If no second argument " +"is supplied then B<dpkg-source> will look for the original source tarfile " +"I<package>B<_>I<upstream-version>B<.orig.tar.gz> or the original source " +"directory I<directory>B<.orig> depending on the B<-sX> arguments." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "" +"B<-sa>, B<-sp>, B<-sk>, B<-su> and B<-sr> will not overwrite existing " +"tarfiles or directories. If this is desired then B<-sA>, B<-sP>, B<-sK>, " +"B<-sU> and B<-sR> should be used instead." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "" +"Specifies to expect the original source as a tarfile, by default " +"I<package>B<_>I<upstream-version>B<.orig.tar.>I<extension>. It will leave " +"this original source in place as a tarfile, or copy it to the current " +"directory if it isn't already there. The tarball will be unpacked into " +"I<directory>B<.orig> for the generation of the diff." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "B<-sp>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "Like B<-sk> but will remove the directory again afterwards." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "" +"Specifies that the original source is expected as a directory, by default " +"I<package>B<->I<upstream-version>B<.orig> and B<dpkg-source> will create a " +"new original source archive from it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "Like B<-su> but will remove that directory after it has been used." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "" +"Specifies that the original source is available both as a directory and as a " +"tarfile. B<dpkg-source> will use the directory to create the diff, but the " +"tarfile to create the B<.dsc>. This option must be used with care - if the " +"directory and tarfile do not match a bad source archive will be generated." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "" +"Specifies to not look for any original source, and to not generate a diff. " +"The second argument, if supplied, must be the empty string. This is used for " +"Debian-specific packages which do not have a separate upstream source and " +"therefore have no debianization diffs." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "B<-sa> or B<-sA>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "" +"Specifies to look for the original source archive as a tarfile or as a " +"directory - the second argument, if any, may be either, or the empty string " +"(this is equivalent to using B<-sn>). If a tarfile is found it will unpack " +"it to create the diff and remove it afterwards (this is equivalent to " +"B<-sp>); if a directory is found it will pack it to create the original " +"source and remove it afterwards (this is equivalent to B<-sr>); if neither " +"is found it will assume that the package has no debianization diffs, only a " +"straightforward source archive (this is equivalent to B<-sn>). If both are " +"found then B<dpkg-source> will ignore the directory, overwriting it, if " +"B<-sA> was specified (this is equivalent to B<-sP>) or raise an error if " +"B<-sa> was specified. B<-sa> is the default." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "B<--abort-on-upstream-changes>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "" +"The process fails if the generated diff contains changes to files outside of " +"the debian sub-directory (since dpkg 1.15.8). This option is not allowed in " +"B<debian/source/options> but can be used in B<debian/source/local-options>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "B<Extract options (with --extract):>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "In all cases any existing original source tree will be removed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "" +"Used when extracting then the original source (if any) will be left as a " +"tarfile. If it is not already located in the current directory or if an " +"existing but different file is there it will be copied there. (B<This is " +"the default>)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "Unpacks the original source tree." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "" +"Ensures that the original source is neither copied to the current directory " +"nor unpacked. Any original source tree that was in the current directory is " +"still removed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "" +"All the B<-s>I<X> options are mutually exclusive. If you specify more than " +"one only the last one will be used." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "B<--skip-debianization>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "" +"Skips application of the debian diff on top of the upstream sources (since " +"dpkg 1.15.1)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =head2 +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "Format: 2.0" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "" +"Extraction supported since dpkg 1.13.9, building supported since dpkg " +"1.14.8. Also known as wig&pen. This format is not recommended for " +"wide-spread usage, the format “3.0 (quilt)” replaces it. Wig&pen was the " +"first specification of a new-generation source package format." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "" +"The behaviour of this format is the same as the “3.0 (quilt)” format except " +"that it doesn't use an explicit list of patches. All files in " +"B<debian/patches/> matching the perl regular expression B<[\\w-]+> must be " +"valid patches: they are applied at extraction time." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "" +"When building a new source package, any change to the upstream source is " +"stored in a patch named B<zz_debian-diff-auto>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =head2 +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "Format: 3.0 (native)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "" +"Supported since dpkg 1.14.17. This format is an extension of the native " +"package format as defined in the 1.0 format. It supports all compression " +"methods and will ignore by default any VCS specific files and directories as " +"well as many temporary files (see default value associated to B<-I> option " +"in the B<--help> output)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =head2 +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "Format: 3.0 (quilt)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "" +"Supported since dpkg 1.14.17. A source package in this format contains at " +"least an original tarball (B<.orig.tar.>I<ext> where I<ext> can be B<gz>, " +"B<bz2>, B<lzma> and B<xz>) and a debian tarball (B<.debian.tar.>I<ext>). It " +"can also contain additional original tarballs " +"(B<.orig->I<component>B<.tar.>I<ext>). I<component> can only contain " +"alphanumeric (‘a-zA-Z0-9’) characters and hyphens (‘-’). Optionally each " +"original tarball can be accompanied by a detached upstream signature " +"(B<.orig.tar.>I<ext>B<.asc> and B<.orig->I<component>B<.tar.>I<ext>B<.asc>), " +"extraction supported since dpkg 1.17.20, building supported since dpkg " +"1.18.5." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "" +"The main original tarball is extracted first, then all additional original " +"tarballs are extracted in subdirectories named after the I<component> part " +"of their filename (any pre-existing directory is replaced). The debian " +"tarball is extracted on top of the source directory after prior removal of " +"any pre-existing B<debian> directory. Note that the debian tarball must " +"contain a B<debian> sub-directory but it can also contain binary files " +"outside of that directory (see B<--include-binaries> option)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "" +"All patches listed in B<debian/patches/>I<vendor>B<.series> or " +"B<debian/patches/series> are then applied, where I<vendor> will be the " +"lowercase name of the current vendor, or B<debian> if there is no vendor " +"defined. If the former file is used and the latter one doesn't exist (or is " +"a symlink), then the latter is replaced with a symlink to the former. This " +"is meant to simplify usage of B<quilt> to manage the set of patches. " +"Vendor-specific series files are intended to make it possible to serialize " +"multiple development branches based on the vendor, in a declarative way, in " +"preference to open-coding this handling in B<debian/rules>. This is " +"particularly useful when the source would need to be patched conditionally " +"because the affected files do not have built-in conditional occlusion " +"support. Note however that while B<dpkg-source> parses correctly series " +"files with explicit options used for patch application (stored on each line " +"after the patch filename and one or more spaces), it does ignore those " +"options and always expects patches that can be applied with the B<-p1> " +"option of B<patch>. It will thus emit a warning when it encounters such " +"options, and the build is likely to fail." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "" +"Note that B<lintian>(1) will emit unconditional warnings when using vendor " +"series due to a controversial Debian specific ruling, which should not " +"affect any external usage; to silence these, the dpkg lintian profile can be " +"used by passing «B<--profile dpkg>» to B<lintian>(1)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "" +"The timestamp of all patched files is reset to the extraction time of the " +"source package (this avoids timestamp skews leading to problems when " +"autogenerated files are patched)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "" +"Contrary to B<quilt>'s default behaviour, patches are expected to apply " +"without any fuzz. When that is not the case, you should refresh such patches " +"with B<quilt>, or B<dpkg-source> will error out while trying to apply them." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "Similarly to B<quilt>'s default behaviour, the patches can remove files too." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "" +"The file B<.pc/applied-patches> is created if some patches have been applied " +"during the extraction." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "" +"All original tarballs found in the current directory are extracted in a " +"temporary directory by following the same logic as for the unpack, the " +"debian directory is copied over in the temporary directory, and all patches " +"except the automatic patch (B<debian-changes->I<version> or " +"B<debian-changes>, depending on B<--single-debian-patch>) are applied. The " +"temporary directory is compared to the source package directory. When the " +"diff is non-empty, the build fails unless B<--single-debian-patch> or " +"B<--auto-commit> has been used, in which case the diff is stored in the " +"automatic patch. If the automatic patch is created/deleted, it's " +"added/removed from the series file and from the B<quilt> metadata." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "" +"Any change on a binary file is not representable in a diff and will thus " +"lead to a failure unless the maintainer deliberately decided to include that " +"modified binary file in the debian tarball (by listing it in " +"B<debian/source/include-binaries>). The build will also fail if it finds " +"binary files in the debian sub-directory unless they have been allowed " +"through B<debian/source/include-binaries>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "" +"The updated debian directory and the list of modified binaries is then used " +"to generate the debian tarball." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "" +"The automatically generated diff doesn't include changes on VCS specific " +"files as well as many temporary files (see default value associated to B<-i> " +"option in the B<--help> output). In particular, the B<.pc> directory used by " +"B<quilt> is ignored during generation of the automatic patch." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "" +"B<Note:> B<dpkg-source> B<--before-build> (and B<--build>) will ensure that " +"all patches listed in the series file are applied so that a package build " +"always has all patches applied. It does this by finding unapplied patches " +"(they are listed in the B<series> file but not in B<.pc/applied-patches>), " +"and if the first patch in that set can be applied without errors, it will " +"apply them all. The option B<--no-preparation> can be used to disable this " +"behavior." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "B<Recording changes>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "B<--commit> [I<directory>] [I<patch-name>] [I<patch-file>]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "" +"Generates a patch corresponding to the local changes that are not managed by " +"the B<quilt> patch system and integrates it in the patch system under the " +"name I<patch-name>. If the name is missing, it will be asked " +"interactively. If I<patch-file> is given, it is used as the patch " +"corresponding to the local changes to integrate. Once integrated, an editor " +"is launched so that you can edit the meta-information in the patch header." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "" +"Passing I<patch-file> is mainly useful after a build failure that " +"pre-generated this file, and on this ground the given file is removed after " +"integration. Note also that the changes contained in the patch file must " +"already be applied on the tree and that the files modified by the patch must " +"not have supplementary unrecorded changes." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "" +"If the patch generation detects modified binary files, they will be " +"automatically added to B<debian/source/include-binaries> so that they end up " +"in the debian tarball (exactly like B<dpkg-source --include-binaries " +"--build> would do)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "B<Build options>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "B<--allow-version-of-quilt-db=>I<version>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "" +"Allow B<dpkg-source> to build the source package if the version of the " +"B<quilt> metadata is the one specified, even if B<dpkg-source> doesn't know " +"about it (since dpkg 1.15.5.4). Effectively this says that the given " +"version of the B<quilt> metadata is compatible with the version 2 that " +"B<dpkg-source> currently supports. The version of the B<quilt> metadata is " +"stored in B<.pc/.version>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "B<--include-removal>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "" +"Do not ignore removed files and include them in the automatically generated " +"patch." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "B<--include-timestamp>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "Include timestamp in the automatically generated patch." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "B<--include-binaries>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "" +"Add all modified binaries in the debian tarball. Also add them to " +"B<debian/source/include-binaries>: they will be added by default in " +"subsequent builds and this option is thus no more needed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "B<--no-preparation>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "" +"Do not try to prepare the build tree by applying patches which are " +"apparently unapplied (since dpkg 1.14.18)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "B<--single-debian-patch>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "" +"Use B<debian/patches/debian-changes> instead of " +"B<debian/patches/debian-changes->I<version> for the name of the automatic " +"patch generated during build (since dpkg 1.15.5.4). This option is " +"particularly useful when the package is maintained in a VCS and a patch set " +"can't reliably be generated. Instead the current diff with upstream should " +"be stored in a single patch. The option would be put in " +"B<debian/source/local-options> and would be accompanied by a " +"B<debian/source/local-patch-header> file explaining how the Debian changes " +"can be best reviewed, for example in the VCS that is used." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "B<--create-empty-orig>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "" +"Automatically create the main original tarball as empty if it's missing and " +"if there are supplementary original tarballs (since dpkg 1.15.6). This " +"option is meant to be used when the source package is just a bundle of " +"multiple upstream software and where there's no “main” software." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "B<--no-unapply-patches, --unapply-patches>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "" +"By default, B<dpkg-source> will automatically unapply the patches in the " +"B<--after-build> hook if it did apply them during B<--before-build> " +"(B<--unapply-patches> since dpkg 1.15.8, B<--no-unapply-patches> since dpkg " +"1.16.5). Those options allow you to forcefully disable or enable the patch " +"unapplication process. Those options are only allowed in " +"B<debian/source/local-options> so that all generated source packages have " +"the same behavior by default." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "" +"The process fails if an automatic patch has been generated (since dpkg " +"1.15.8). This option can be used to ensure that all changes were properly " +"recorded in separate B<quilt> patches prior to the source package " +"build. This option is not allowed in B<debian/source/options> but can be " +"used in B<debian/source/local-options>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "B<--auto-commit>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "" +"The process doesn't fail if an automatic patch has been generated, instead " +"it's immediately recorded in the B<quilt> series." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "B<Extract options>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "" +"Skips extraction of the debian tarball on top of the upstream sources (since " +"dpkg 1.15.1)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "B<--skip-patches>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "Do not apply patches at the end of the extraction (since dpkg 1.14.18)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =head2 +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "Format: 3.0 (custom)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "" +"Supported since dpkg 1.14.17. This format is special. It doesn't represent " +"a real source package format but can be used to create source packages with " +"arbitrary files." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "" +"All non-option arguments are taken as files to integrate in the generated " +"source package. They must exist and are preferably in the current " +"directory. At least one file must be given." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "B<--target-format=>I<value>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "" +"B<Required>. Defines the real format of the generated source package. The " +"generated .dsc file will contain this value in its B<Format> field and not " +"“3.0 (custom)”." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =head2 +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "Format: 3.0 (git)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "Supported since dpkg 1.14.17. This format is experimental." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "" +"A source package in this format consists of a single bundle of a git " +"repository B<.git> to hold the source of a package. There may also be a " +"B<.gitshallow> file listing revisions for a shallow git clone." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "" +"The bundle is cloned as a git repository to the target directory. If there " +"is a gitshallow file, it is installed as I<.git/shallow> inside the cloned " +"git repository." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "" +"Note that by default the new repository will have the same branch checked " +"out that was checked out in the original source. (Typically “master”, but " +"it could be anything.) Any other branches will be available under " +"I<remotes/origin/>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "" +"Before going any further, some checks are done to ensure that we don't have " +"any non-ignored uncommitted changes." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "" +"B<git-bundle>(1) is used to generate a bundle of the git repository. By " +"default, all branches and tags in the repository are included in the bundle." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "B<--git-ref=>I<ref>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "" +"Allows specifying a git ref to include in the git bundle. Use disables the " +"default behavior of including all branches and tags. May be specified " +"multiple times. The I<ref> can be the name of a branch or tag to include. It " +"may also be any parameter that can be passed to B<git-rev-list>(1). For " +"example, to include only the master branch, use B<--git-ref=>master. To " +"include all tags and branches, except for the private branch, use " +"B<--git-ref=>--all B<--git-ref=>^private" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "B<--git-depth=>I<number>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "" +"Creates a shallow clone with a history truncated to the specified number of " +"revisions." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =head2 +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "Format: 3.0 (bzr)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "" +"Supported since dpkg 1.14.17. This format is experimental. It generates a " +"single tarball containing the bzr repository." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "The tarball is unpacked and then bzr is used to checkout the current branch." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "" +"Then the VCS specific part of the source directory is copied over to a " +"temporary directory. Before this temporary directory is packed in a tarball, " +"various cleanup are done to save space." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =head2 +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "no source format specified in debian/source/format" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "" +"The file B<debian/source/format> should always exist and indicate the " +"desired source format. For backwards compatibility, format “1.0” is assumed " +"when the file doesn't exist but you should not rely on this: at some point " +"in the future B<dpkg-source> will be modified to fail when that file doesn't " +"exist." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "" +"The rationale is that format “1.0” is no longer the recommended format, you " +"should usually pick one of the newer formats (“3.0 (quilt)”, “3.0 (native)”) " +"but B<dpkg-source> will not do this automatically for you. If you want to " +"continue using the old format, you should be explicit about it and put “1.0” " +"in B<debian/source/format>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =head2 +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "the diff modifies the following upstream files" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "" +"When using source format “1.0” it is usually a bad idea to modify upstream " +"files directly as the changes end up hidden and mostly undocumented in the " +".diff.gz file. Instead you should store your changes as patches in the " +"debian directory and apply them at build-time. To avoid this complexity you " +"can also use the format “3.0 (quilt)” that offers this natively." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =head2 +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "cannot represent change to I<file>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "" +"Changes to upstream sources are usually stored with patch files, but not all " +"changes can be represented with patches: they can only alter the content of " +"plain text files. If you try replacing a file with something of a different " +"type (for example replacing a plain file with a symlink or a directory), you " +"will get this error message." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =head2 +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "newly created empty file I<file> will not be represented in diff" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "" +"Empty files can't be created with patch files. Thus this change is not " +"recorded in the source package and you are warned about it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =head2 +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "executable mode I<perms> of I<file> will not be represented in diff" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "" +"Patch files do not record permissions of files and thus executable " +"permissions are not stored in the source package. This warning reminds you " +"of that fact." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =head2 +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "special mode I<perms> of I<file> will not be represented in diff" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "" +"Patch files do not record permissions of files and thus modified permissions " +"are not stored in the source package. This warning reminds you of that fact." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "" +"If set, it will be used as the timestamp (as seconds since the epoch) to " +"clamp the mtime in the B<tar>(5) file entries." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "B<VISUAL>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "B<EDITOR>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "Used by the “2.0” and “3.0 (quilt)” source format modules." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "B<GIT_DIR>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "B<GIT_INDEX_FILE>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "B<GIT_OBJECT_DIRECTORY>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "B<GIT_ALTERNATE_OBJECT_DIRECTORIES>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "B<GIT_WORK_TREE>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "Used by the “3.0 (git)” source format modules." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =head2 +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "debian/source/format" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "" +"This file contains on a single line the format that should be used to build " +"the source package (possible formats are described above). No leading or " +"trailing spaces are allowed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =head2 +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "debian/source/include-binaries" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "" +"This file contains a list of pathnames of binary files (one per line) " +"relative to the source root directory that should be included in the debian " +"tarball. Leading and trailing spaces are stripped. Lines starting with " +"‘B<#>’ are comments and are skipped. Empty lines are ignored." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =head2 +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "debian/source/options" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "" +"This file contains a list of long options that should be automatically " +"prepended to the set of command line options of a B<dpkg-source --build> or " +"B<dpkg-source --print-format> call. Options like B<--compression> and " +"B<--compression-level> are well suited for this file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "" +"Each option should be put on a separate line. Empty lines and lines starting " +"with ‘B<#>’ are ignored. The leading ‘B<-->’ should be stripped and short " +"options are not allowed. Optional spaces are allowed around the ‘B<=>’ " +"symbol and optional quotes are allowed around the value. Here's an example " +"of such a file:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: verbatim +#: dpkg-source.pod +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" # let dpkg-source create a debian.tar.bz2 with maximal compression\n" +" compression = \"bzip2\"\n" +" compression-level = 9\n" +" # use debian/patches/debian-changes as automatic patch\n" +" single-debian-patch\n" +" # ignore changes on config.{sub,guess}\n" +" extend-diff-ignore = \"(^|/)(config.sub|config.guess)$\"\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "" +"B<Note:> B<format> options are not accepted in this file, you should use " +"B<debian/source/format> instead." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =head2 +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "debian/source/local-options" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "" +"Exactly like B<debian/source/options> except that the file is not included " +"in the generated source package. It can be useful to store a preference tied " +"to the maintainer or to the VCS repository where the source package is " +"maintained." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =head2 +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "debian/source/local-patch-header" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =head2 +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "debian/source/patch-header" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "" +"Free form text that is put on top of the automatic patch generated in " +"formats “2.0” or “3.0 (quilt)”. B<local-patch-header> is not included in the " +"generated source package while B<patch-header> is." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =head2 +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "debian/patches/I<vendor>.series" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =head2 +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "debian/patches/series" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "" +"This file lists all patches that have to be applied (in the given order) on " +"top of the upstream source package. Leading and trailing spaces are " +"stripped. The I<vendor> will be the lowercase name of the current vendor, " +"or B<debian> if there is no vendor defined. If the vendor-specific series " +"file does not exist, the vendor-less series file will be used. Lines " +"starting with ‘B<#>’ are comments and are skipped. Empty lines are " +"ignored. Remaining lines start with a patch filename (relative to the " +"B<debian/patches/> directory) up to the first space character or the end of " +"line. Optional B<quilt> options can follow up to the end of line or the " +"first ‘B<#>’ preceded by one or more spaces (which marks the start of a " +"comment up to the end of line)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "" +"The point at which field overriding occurs compared to certain standard " +"output field settings is rather confused." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-source.pod +msgid "B<deb-src-control>(5), B<deb-changelog>(5), B<dsc>(5)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-split.pod +msgid "dpkg-split - Debian package archive split/join tool" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-split.pod +msgid "B<dpkg-split> [I<option>...] I<command>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-split.pod +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-split> splits Debian binary package files into smaller parts and " +"reassembles them again, to support the storage of large package files on " +"small media such as floppy disks." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-split.pod +msgid "" +"It can be operated manually using the B<--split>, B<--join> and B<--info> " +"options." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-split.pod +msgid "" +"It also has an automatic mode, invoked using the B<--auto> option, where it " +"maintains a queue of parts seen but not yet reassembled and reassembles a " +"package file when it has seen all of its parts. The B<--listq> and " +"B<--discard> options allow the management of the queue." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-split.pod +msgid "" +"All splitting, joining and queueing operations produce informative messages " +"on standard output; these may safely be ignored." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-split.pod +msgid "B<-s>, B<--split> I<complete-archive> [I<prefix>]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-split.pod +msgid "Splits a single Debian binary package into several parts." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-split.pod +msgid "" +"The parts are named I<prefix>B<.>I<N>B<of>I<M>B<.deb> where I<N> is the part " +"number, starting at 1, and I<M> is the total number of parts (both in " +"decimal)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-split.pod +msgid "" +"If no I<prefix> is supplied then the I<complete-archive> filename is taken, " +"including directory, with any trailing B<.deb> removed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-split.pod +msgid "B<-j>, B<--join> I<part>..." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-split.pod +msgid "" +"Joins the parts of a package file together, reassembling the original file " +"as it was before it was split." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-split.pod +msgid "" +"The part files given as arguments must be all the parts of exactly the same " +"original binary file. Each part must occur exactly once in the argument " +"list, though the parts to not need to be listed in order." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-split.pod +msgid "" +"The parts must of course all have been generated with the same part size " +"specified at split time, which means that they must usually have been " +"generated by the same invocation of B<dpkg-split --split>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-split.pod +msgid "The parts' filenames are not significant for the reassembly process." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-split.pod +msgid "" +"By default the output file is called " +"I<package>B<_>I<version>B<_>I<arch>B<.deb>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-split.pod +msgid "B<-I>, B<--info> I<part>..." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-split.pod +msgid "" +"Prints information, in a human-readable format, about the part file(s) " +"specified. Arguments which are not binary package parts produce a message " +"saying so instead (but still on standard output)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-split.pod +msgid "B<-a>, B<--auto -o> I<complete-output part>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-split.pod +msgid "Automatically queue parts and reassemble a package if possible." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-split.pod +msgid "" +"The I<part> specified is examined, and compared with other parts of the same " +"package (if any) in the queue of packages file parts." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-split.pod +msgid "" +"If all parts of the package file of which I<part> is a part are available " +"then the package is reassembled and written to I<complete-output> (which " +"should not usually already exist, though this is not an error)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-split.pod +msgid "" +"If not then the I<part> is copied into the queue and I<complete-output> is " +"not created." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-split.pod +msgid "" +"If I<part> is not a split binary package part then B<dpkg-split> will exit " +"with status B<1>; if some other trouble occurs then it will exit with status " +"B<2>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-split.pod +msgid "" +"The B<--output> or B<-o> option must be supplied when using B<--auto>. (If " +"this were not mandatory the calling program would not know what output file " +"to expect.)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-split.pod +msgid "B<-l>, B<--listq>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-split.pod +msgid "Lists the contents of the queue of packages to be reassembled." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-split.pod +msgid "" +"For each package file of which parts are in the queue the output gives the " +"name of the package, the parts in the queue, and the total number of bytes " +"stored in the queue." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-split.pod +msgid "B<-d>, B<--discard> [I<package>...]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-split.pod +msgid "" +"This discards parts from the queue of those waiting for the remaining parts " +"of their packages." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-split.pod +msgid "" +"If no I<package> is specified then the queue is cleared completely; if any " +"are specified then only parts of the relevant package(s) are deleted." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-split.pod +msgid "B<--depotdir> I<directory>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-split.pod +msgid "" +"Specifies an alternative directory for the queue of parts awaiting automatic " +"reassembly. The default is B<%ADMINDIR%>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-split.pod +msgid "B<-S>, B<--partsize> I<kibibytes>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-split.pod +msgid "" +"Specifies the maximum part size when splitting, in kibibytes (1024 " +"bytes). The default is 450 KiB." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-split.pod +msgid "B<-o>, B<--output> I<complete-output>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-split.pod +msgid "Specifies the output file name for a reassembly." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-split.pod +msgid "" +"This overrides the default for a manual reassembly (B<--join>) and is " +"mandatory for an automatic queue-or-reassemble (B<--auto>)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-split.pod +msgid "B<-Q>, B<--npquiet>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-split.pod +msgid "" +"When doing automatic queue-or-reassembly B<dpkg-split> usually prints a " +"message if it is given a I<part> that is not a binary package part. This " +"option suppresses this message, to allow programs such as B<dpkg> to cope " +"with both split and unsplit packages without producing spurious messages." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-split.pod +msgid "B<--msdos>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-split.pod +msgid "Forces the output filenames generated by B<--split> to be MSDOS-compatible." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-split.pod +msgid "" +"This mangles the prefix - either the default derived from the input filename " +"or the one supplied as an argument: alphanumerics are lowercased, plus signs " +"are replaced by B<x>'s and all other characters are discarded." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-split.pod +msgid "" +"The result is then truncated as much as is necessary, and filenames of the " +"form I<prefixN>B<of>I<M>B<.deb> are generated." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-split.pod +msgid "" +"The requested split, merge, or other command succeeded. B<--info> commands " +"count as successful even if the files are not binary package parts." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-split.pod +msgid "" +"Only occurs with B<--auto> and indicates that the I<part> file was not a " +"binary package part." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-split.pod +msgid "" +"Fatal or unrecoverable error due to invalid command-line usage, a file that " +"looked like a package part file but was corrupted, or interactions with the " +"system, such as accesses to the database, memory allocations, etc." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-split.pod +msgid "" +"If set, it will be used as the timestamp (as seconds since the epoch) in the " +"B<deb-split>(5)'s B<ar>(5) container." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-split.pod +msgid "I<%ADMINDIR%/parts>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-split.pod +msgid "The default queue directory for part files awaiting automatic reassembly." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-split.pod +msgid "" +"The filenames used in this directory are in a format internal to " +"B<dpkg-split> and are unlikely to be useful to other programs, and in any " +"case the filename format should not be relied upon." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-split.pod +msgid "" +"Full details of the packages in the queue are impossible to get without " +"digging into the queue directory yourself." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-split.pod +msgid "" +"There is no easy way to test whether a file that may be a binary package " +"part is one." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-split.pod +msgid "B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg>(1)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-statoverride.pod +msgid "dpkg-statoverride - override ownership and mode of files" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-statoverride.pod +msgid "B<dpkg-statoverride> [I<option>...] I<command>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-statoverride.pod +msgid "" +"“B<stat overrides>” are a way to tell B<dpkg>(1) to use a different owner " +"or mode for a path when a package is installed (this applies to any " +"filesystem object that B<dpkg> handles, including directories, devices, " +"etc.). This can be used to force programs that are normally setuid to be " +"install without a setuid flag, or only executable by a certain group." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-statoverride.pod +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-statoverride> is a utility to manage the list of stat overrides. It " +"has three basic functions: adding, removing and listing overrides." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-statoverride.pod +msgid "B<--add> I<user group mode path>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-statoverride.pod +msgid "" +"Add an override for I<path>. I<path> does not need to exist when this " +"command is used; the override will be stored and used later. Users and " +"groups can be specified by their name (for example B<root> or B<nobody>), or " +"by their number by prepending the number with a ‘B<#>’ (for example B<#0> or " +"B<#65534>). The I<mode> needs to be specified in octal." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-statoverride.pod +msgid "" +"If B<--update> is specified and I<path> exists, it is immediately set to the " +"new owner and mode." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-statoverride.pod +msgid "B<--remove> I<path>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-statoverride.pod +msgid "" +"Remove an override for I<path>, the status of I<path> is left unchanged by " +"this command." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-statoverride.pod +msgid "B<--list> [I<glob-pattern>]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-statoverride.pod +msgid "" +"List all overrides. If a glob pattern is specified restrict the output to " +"overrides which match the glob." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg.pod +msgid "B<--force-help>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-statoverride.pod +msgid "Give help about the B<--force->I<thing> options (since dpkg 1.19.5)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-statoverride.pod +msgid "" +"Set the administrative directory to I<directory>. This is where the " +"I<statoverride> file is stored. Defaults to «I<%ADMINDIR%>»." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-statoverride.pod +msgid "" +"Set the installation directory, which refers to the directory where packages " +"get installed (since dpkg 1.19.2). Defaults to «I</>»." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg.pod +msgid "B<--force->I<things>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg.pod +msgid "B<--no-force->I<things>, B<--refuse->I<things>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-statoverride.pod +msgid "" +"Force or refuse (B<no-force> and B<refuse> mean the same thing) to do some " +"things (since dpkg 1.19.5). I<things> is a comma separated list of things " +"specified below. B<--force-help> displays a message describing them. " +"Things marked with (*) are forced by default." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-statoverride.pod +msgid "" +"I<Warning: These options are mostly intended to be used by experts only. " +"Using them without fully understanding their effects may break your whole " +"system.>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg.pod +msgid "B<all>: Turns on (or off) all force options." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"B<statoverride-add>: Overwrite an existing stat override when adding it " +"(since dpkg 1.19.5)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"B<statoverride-remove>: Ignore a missing stat override when removing it " +"(since dpkg 1.19.5)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"B<security-mac>(*): Use platform-specific Mandatory Access Controls (MAC) " +"based security when installing files into the filesystem (since dpkg " +"1.19.5). On Linux systems the implementation uses SELinux." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-statoverride.pod update-alternatives.pod +msgid "B<--force>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-statoverride.pod +msgid "" +"Force an action, even if a sanity check would otherwise prohibit it. This " +"is necessary to override an existing override. This option is deprecated " +"(since dpkg 1.19.5), it is replaced by B<--force-all>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-statoverride.pod +msgid "B<--update>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-statoverride.pod +msgid "" +"Immediately try to change the I<path> to the new owner and mode if it " +"exists." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-statoverride.pod +msgid "Be less verbose about what we do." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-statoverride.pod +msgid "For B<--list>, if there are no overrides or none match the supplied glob." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-statoverride.pod dpkg.pod +msgid "B<DPKG_FORCE>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-statoverride.pod +msgid "" +"If set and none of the B<--force->I<...> options have been specified, it " +"will be used as the force options to use (since dpkg 1.19.5)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-statoverride.pod +msgid "I<%ADMINDIR%/statoverride>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-statoverride.pod +msgid "" +"File which contains the current list of stat overrides of the system. It is " +"located in the B<dpkg> administration directory, along with other files " +"important to B<dpkg>, such as I<status> or I<available>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-statoverride.pod +msgid "" +"B<Note:> B<dpkg-statoverride> preserves the old copy of this file, with " +"extension “-old”, before replacing it with the new one." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-trigger.pod +msgid "dpkg-trigger - a package trigger utility" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-trigger.pod +msgid "B<dpkg-trigger> [I<option>...] I<trigger-name>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-trigger.pod +msgid "B<dpkg-trigger> [I<option>...] I<command>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-trigger.pod +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-trigger> is a tool to explicitly activate triggers and check for its " +"support on the running B<dpkg>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-trigger.pod +msgid "" +"This can be used by maintainer scripts in complex and conditional situations " +"where the file triggers, or the declarative B<activate> triggers control " +"file directive, are insufficiently rich. It can also be used for testing and " +"by system administrators (but note that the triggers won't actually be run " +"by B<dpkg-trigger>)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-trigger.pod +msgid "Unrecognized trigger name syntaxes are an error for B<dpkg-trigger>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-trigger.pod +msgid "B<--check-supported>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-trigger.pod +msgid "" +"Check if the running B<dpkg> supports triggers (usually called from a " +"postinst). Will exit B<0> if a triggers-capable B<dpkg> has run, or B<1> " +"with an error message to stderr if not. Normally, however, it is better just " +"to activate the desired trigger with B<dpkg-trigger>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-trigger.pod +msgid "B<--by-package=>I<package>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-trigger.pod +msgid "" +"Override trigger awaiter (normally set by B<dpkg> through the " +"B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_PACKAGE> environment variable of the maintainer scripts, " +"naming the package to which the script belongs, and this will be used by " +"default)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-trigger.pod +msgid "B<--no-await>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-trigger.pod +msgid "" +"This option arranges that the calling package I<T> (if any) need not await " +"the processing of this trigger; the interested package(s) I<I>, will not be " +"added to I<T>'s trigger processing awaited list and I<T>'s status is " +"unchanged. I<T> may be considered installed even though I<I> may not yet " +"have processed the trigger." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-trigger.pod +msgid "B<--await>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-trigger.pod +msgid "" +"This option does the inverse of B<--no-await> (since dpkg 1.17.21). If the " +"interested package has declared a “noawait” directive, then this option will " +"not be effective. It is currently the default behavior." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-trigger.pod +msgid "B<--no-act>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-trigger.pod +msgid "Just test, do not actually change anything." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-trigger.pod dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"The requested action was successfully performed. Or a check or assertion " +"command returned true." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-trigger.pod dpkg.pod +msgid "A check or assertion command returned false." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-trigger.pod +msgid "B<dpkg>(1), B<deb-triggers>(5), B<%PKGDOCDIR%/triggers.txt.gz>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-vendor.pod +msgid "dpkg-vendor - queries information about distribution vendors" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-vendor.pod +msgid "B<dpkg-vendor> [I<option>...] I<command>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-vendor.pod +msgid "" +"B<dpkg-vendor> is a tool to query information about vendors listed in " +"B<%PKGCONFDIR%/origins>. B<%PKGCONFDIR%/origins/default> contains " +"information about the current vendor." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-vendor.pod +msgid "B<--is> I<vendor>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-vendor.pod +msgid "" +"Exits with B<0> if the current vendor is I<vendor>. Otherwise exits with " +"B<1>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-vendor.pod +msgid "B<--derives-from> I<vendor>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-vendor.pod +msgid "" +"Exits with B<0> if the current vendor distribution is a derivative of " +"I<vendor>, otherwise exits with B<1>. It uses the B<Parent> field to browse " +"all ancestors of the current vendor." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-vendor.pod +msgid "B<--query> I<field>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-vendor.pod +msgid "" +"Print on standard output the value of the vendor-specific I<field> for the " +"current vendor." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg-vendor.pod +msgid "B<--vendor> I<vendor>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-vendor.pod +msgid "" +"Assumes the current vendor is I<vendor> instead of discovering it with the " +"B<DEB_VENDOR> environment variable or B<%PKGCONFDIR%/origins/default>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-vendor.pod +msgid "" +"This setting defines the current vendor. If not set, it will discover the " +"current vendor by reading B<%PKGCONFDIR%/origins/default>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg-vendor.pod +msgid "B<deb-origin>(5)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.cfg.pod +msgid "dpkg.cfg - dpkg configuration file" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.cfg.pod +msgid "" +"This file contains default options for dpkg. Each line contains a single " +"option which is exactly the same as a normal command line option for dpkg " +"except for the leading hyphens which are not used here. Quotes surrounding " +"option values are stripped. Comments are allowed by starting a line with a " +"hash sign (‘B<#>’)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg.cfg.pod dpkg.pod +msgid "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg.d/[0-9a-zA-Z_-]*>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg.cfg.pod dpkg.pod +msgid "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.cfg.pod +msgid "I<~/.dpkg.cfg>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "dpkg - package manager for Debian" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "B<dpkg> [I<option>...] I<action>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =head1 +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "WARNING" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"This manual is intended for users wishing to understand B<dpkg>'s command " +"line options and package states in more detail than that provided by B<dpkg " +"--help>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"It should I<not> be used by package maintainers wishing to understand how " +"B<dpkg> will install their packages. The descriptions of what B<dpkg> does " +"when installing and removing packages are particularly inadequate." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"B<dpkg> is a tool to install, build, remove and manage Debian packages. The " +"primary and more user-friendly front-end for B<dpkg> is " +"B<aptitude>(8). B<dpkg> itself is controlled entirely via command line " +"parameters, which consist of exactly one action and zero or more " +"options. The action-parameter tells B<dpkg> what to do and options control " +"the behavior of the action in some way." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"B<dpkg> can also be used as a front-end to B<dpkg-deb>(1) and " +"B<dpkg-query>(1). The list of supported actions can be found later on in the " +"B<ACTIONS> section. If any such action is encountered B<dpkg> just runs " +"B<dpkg-deb> or B<dpkg-query> with the parameters given to it, but no " +"specific options are currently passed to them, to use any such option the " +"back-ends need to be called directly." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =head1 +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "INFORMATION ABOUT PACKAGES" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"B<dpkg> maintains some usable information about available packages. The " +"information is divided in three classes: B<states>, B<selection states> and " +"B<flags>. These values are intended to be changed mainly with B<dselect>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =head2 +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "Package states" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "B<not-installed>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "The package is not installed on your system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "B<config-files>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"Only the configuration files or the B<postrm> script and the data it needs " +"to remove of the package exist on the system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "B<half-installed>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"The installation of the package has been started, but not completed for some " +"reason." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "B<unpacked>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "The package is unpacked, but not configured." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "B<half-configured>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"The package is unpacked and configuration has been started, but not yet " +"completed for some reason." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "B<triggers-awaited>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "The package awaits trigger processing by another package." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "B<triggers-pending>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "The package has been triggered." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "B<installed>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "The package is correctly unpacked and configured." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =head2 +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "Package selection states" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "B<install>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "The package is selected for installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "B<hold>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"A package marked to be on B<hold> is kept on the same version, that is, no " +"automatic new installs, upgrades or removals will be performed on them, " +"unless these actions are requested explicitly, or are permitted to be done " +"automatically with the B<--force-hold> option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "B<deinstall>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"The package is selected for deinstallation (i.e. we want to remove all " +"files, except configuration files)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "B<purge>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"The package is selected to be purged (i.e. we want to remove everything from " +"system directories, even configuration files)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "B<unknown>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"The package selection is unknown. A package that is also in a " +"B<not-installed> state, and with an B<ok> flag will be forgotten in the next " +"database store." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =head2 +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "Package flags" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "B<ok>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"A package marked B<ok> is in a known state, but might need further " +"processing." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "B<reinstreq>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"A package marked B<reinstreq> is broken and requires reinstallation. These " +"packages cannot be removed, unless forced with option " +"B<--force-remove-reinstreq>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =head1 +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "ACTIONS" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "B<-i>, B<--install> I<package-file>..." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"Install the package. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> option is specified, " +"I<package-file> must refer to a directory instead." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "Installation consists of the following steps:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "B<1.> Extract the control files of the new package." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"B<2.> If another version of the same package was installed before the new " +"installation, execute I<prerm> script of the old package." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "B<3.> Run I<preinst> script, if provided by the package." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"B<4.> Unpack the new files, and at the same time back up the old files, so " +"that if something goes wrong, they can be restored." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"B<5.> If another version of the same package was installed before the new " +"installation, execute the I<postrm> script of the old package. Note that " +"this script is executed after the I<preinst> script of the new package, " +"because new files are written at the same time old files are removed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"B<6.> Configure the package. See B<--configure> for detailed information " +"about how this is done." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "B<--unpack> I<package-file>..." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"Unpack the package, but don't configure it. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> " +"option is specified, I<package-file> must refer to a directory instead." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "B<--configure> I<package>...|B<-a>|B<--pending>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"Configure a package which has been unpacked but not yet configured. If " +"B<-a> or B<--pending> is given instead of I<package>, all unpacked but " +"unconfigured packages are configured." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"To reconfigure a package which has already been configured, try the " +"B<dpkg-reconfigure>(8) command instead." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "Configuring consists of the following steps:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"B<1.> Unpack the conffiles, and at the same time back up the old conffiles, " +"so that they can be restored if something goes wrong." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "B<2.> Run I<postinst> script, if provided by the package." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "B<--triggers-only> I<package>...|B<-a>|B<--pending>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"Processes only triggers (since dpkg 1.14.17). All pending triggers will be " +"processed. If package names are supplied only those packages' triggers will " +"be processed, exactly once each where necessary. Use of this option may " +"leave packages in the improper B<triggers-awaited> and B<triggers-pending> " +"states. This can be fixed later by running: B<dpkg --configure --pending>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "B<-r>, B<--remove> I<package>...|B<-a>|B<--pending>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"Remove an installed package. This removes everything except conffiles and " +"other data cleaned up by the I<postrm> script, which may avoid having to " +"reconfigure the package if it is reinstalled later (conffiles are " +"configuration files that are listed in the I<DEBIAN/conffiles> control " +"file). If there is no I<DEBIAN/conffiles> control file nor I<DEBIAN/postrm> " +"script, this command is equivalent to calling B<--purge>. If B<-a> or " +"B<--pending> is given instead of a package name, then all packages unpacked, " +"but marked to be removed in file I<%ADMINDIR%/status>, are removed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "Removing of a package consists of the following steps:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "B<1.> Run I<prerm> script" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "B<2.> Remove the installed files" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "B<3.> Run I<postrm> script" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "B<-P>, B<--purge> I<package>...|B<-a>|B<--pending>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"Purge an installed or already removed package. This removes everything, " +"including conffiles, and anything else cleaned up from I<postrm>. If B<-a> " +"or B<--pending> is given instead of a package name, then all packages " +"unpacked or removed, but marked to be purged in file I<%ADMINDIR%/status>, " +"are purged." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"B<Note:> Some configuration files might be unknown to B<dpkg> because they " +"are created and handled separately through the configuration scripts. In " +"that case, B<dpkg> won't remove them by itself, but the package's I<postrm> " +"script (which is called by B<dpkg>), has to take care of their removal " +"during purge. Of course, this only applies to files in system directories, " +"not configuration files written to individual users' home directories." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "Purging of a package consists of the following steps:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"B<1.> Remove the package, if not already removed. See B<--remove> for " +"detailed information about how this is done." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "B<2.> Run I<postrm> script." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "B<-V>, B<--verify> [I<package-name>...]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"Verifies the integrity of I<package-name> or all packages if omitted, by " +"comparing information from the files installed by a package with the files " +"metadata information stored in the B<dpkg> database (since dpkg 1.17.2). " +"The origin of the files metadata information in the database is the binary " +"packages themselves. That metadata gets collected at package unpack time " +"during the installation process." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"Currently the only functional check performed is an md5sum verification of " +"the file contents against the stored value in the files database. It will " +"only get checked if the database contains the file md5sum. To check for any " +"missing metadata in the database, the B<--audit> command can be used." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"The output format is selectable with the B<--verify-format> option, which by " +"default uses the B<rpm> format, but that might change in the future, and as " +"such, programs parsing this command output should be explicit about the " +"format they expect." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "B<-C>, B<--audit> [I<package-name>...]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"Performs database sanity and consistency checks for I<package-name> or all " +"packages if omitted (per package checks since dpkg 1.17.10). For example, " +"searches for packages that have been installed only partially on your system " +"or that have missing, wrong or obsolete control data or files. B<dpkg> will " +"suggest what to do with them to get them fixed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "B<--update-avail> [I<Packages-file>]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "B<--merge-avail> [I<Packages-file>]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"Update B<dpkg>'s and B<dselect>'s idea of which packages are available. With " +"action B<--merge-avail>, old information is combined with information from " +"I<Packages-file>. With action B<--update-avail>, old information is replaced " +"with the information in the I<Packages-file>. The I<Packages-file> " +"distributed with Debian is simply named «I<Packages>». If the " +"I<Packages-file> argument is missing or named «B<->» then it will be read " +"from standard input (since dpkg 1.17.7). B<dpkg> keeps its record of " +"available packages in I<%ADMINDIR%/available>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"A simpler one-shot command to retrieve and update the I<available> file is " +"B<dselect update>. Note that this file is mostly useless if you don't use " +"B<dselect> but an APT-based frontend: APT has its own system to keep track " +"of available packages." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "B<-A>, B<--record-avail> I<package-file>..." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"Update B<dpkg> and B<dselect>'s idea of which packages are available with " +"information from the package I<package-file>. If B<--recursive> or B<-R> " +"option is specified, I<package-file> must refer to a directory instead." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "B<--forget-old-unavail>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"Now B<obsolete> and a no-op as B<dpkg> will automatically forget uninstalled " +"unavailable packages (since dpkg 1.15.4), but only those that do not contain " +"user information such as package selections." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "B<--clear-avail>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "Erase the existing information about what packages are available." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "B<--get-selections> [I<package-name-pattern>...]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"Get list of package selections, and write it to stdout. Without a pattern, " +"non-installed packages (i.e. those which have been previously purged) will " +"not be shown." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg.pod update-alternatives.pod +msgid "B<--set-selections>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"Set package selections using file read from stdin. This file should be in " +"the format “I<package> I<state>”, where state is one of B<install>, B<hold>, " +"B<deinstall> or B<purge>. Blank lines and comment lines beginning with " +"‘B<#>’ are also permitted." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"The I<available> file needs to be up-to-date for this command to be useful, " +"otherwise unknown packages will be ignored with a warning. See the " +"B<--update-avail> and B<--merge-avail> commands for more information." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "B<--clear-selections>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"Set the requested state of every non-essential package to deinstall (since " +"dpkg 1.13.18). This is intended to be used immediately before " +"B<--set-selections>, to deinstall any packages not in list given to " +"B<--set-selections>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "B<--yet-to-unpack>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"Searches for packages selected for installation, but which for some reason " +"still haven't been installed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"B<Note:> This command makes use of both the available file and the package " +"selections." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "B<--predep-package>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"Print a single package which is the target of one or more relevant " +"pre-dependencies and has itself no unsatisfied pre-dependencies." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"If such a package is present, output it as a Packages file entry, which can " +"be massaged as appropriate." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"Returns 0 when a package is printed, 1 when no suitable package is available " +"and 2 on error." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "B<--add-architecture> I<architecture>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"Add I<architecture> to the list of architectures for which packages can be " +"installed without using B<--force-architecture> (since dpkg 1.16.2). The " +"architecture B<dpkg> is built for (i.e. the output of " +"B<--print-architecture>) is always part of that list." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "B<--remove-architecture> I<architecture>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"Remove I<architecture> from the list of architectures for which packages can " +"be installed without using B<--force-architecture> (since dpkg 1.16.2). If " +"the architecture is currently in use in the database then the operation will " +"be refused, except if B<--force-architecture> is specified. The architecture " +"B<dpkg> is built for (i.e. the output of B<--print-architecture>) can never " +"be removed from that list." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "B<--print-architecture>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "Print architecture of packages B<dpkg> installs (for example, “i386”)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "B<--print-foreign-architectures>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"Print a newline-separated list of the extra architectures B<dpkg> is " +"configured to allow packages to be installed for (since dpkg 1.16.2)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "B<--assert->I<feature>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"Asserts that B<dpkg> supports the requested feature. Returns 0 if the " +"feature is fully supported, 1 if the feature is known but B<dpkg> cannot " +"provide support for it yet, and 2 if the feature is unknown. The current " +"list of assertable features is:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "B<support-predepends>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "Supports the B<Pre-Depends> field (since dpkg 1.1.0)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "B<working-epoch>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "Supports epochs in version strings (since dpkg 1.4.0.7)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "B<long-filenames>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "Supports long filenames in B<deb>(5) archives (since dpkg 1.4.1.17)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "B<multi-conrep>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "Supports multiple B<Conflicts> and B<Replaces> (since dpkg 1.4.1.19)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "B<multi-arch>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "Supports multi-arch fields and semantics (since dpkg 1.16.2)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "B<versioned-provides>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "Supports versioned B<Provides> (since dpkg 1.17.11)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "B<protected-field>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "Supports the B<Protected> field (since dpkg 1.20.1)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "B<--validate->I<thing string>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"Validate that the I<thing> I<string> has a correct syntax (since dpkg " +"1.18.16). Returns 0 if the I<string> is valid, 1 if the I<string> is " +"invalid but might be accepted in lax contexts, and 2 if the I<string> is " +"invalid. The current list of validatable I<thing>s is:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "B<pkgname>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "Validates the given package name (since dpkg 1.18.16)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "B<trigname>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "Validates the given trigger name (since dpkg 1.18.16)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "B<archname>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "Validates the given architecture name (since dpkg 1.18.16)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "B<version>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "Validates the given version (since dpkg 1.18.16)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "B<--compare-versions> I<ver1> I<op> I<ver2>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"Compare version numbers, where I<op> is a binary operator. B<dpkg> returns " +"true (B<0>) if the specified condition is satisfied, and false (B<1>) " +"otherwise. There are two groups of operators, which differ in how they treat " +"an empty I<ver1> or I<ver2>. These treat an empty version as earlier than " +"any version: B<lt le eq ne ge gt>. These treat an empty version as later " +"than any version: B<lt-nl le-nl ge-nl gt-nl>. These are provided only for " +"compatibility with control file syntax: B<E<lt> E<lt>E<lt> E<lt>= = E<gt>= " +"E<gt>E<gt> E<gt>>. The B<E<lt>> and B<E<gt>> operators are obsolete and " +"should B<not> be used, due to confusing semantics. To illustrate: B<0.1 " +"E<lt> 0.1> evaluates to true." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =end +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "disabled" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "B<--command-fd> I<n>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "Accept a series of commands on input file descriptor I<n>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"B<Note:> Additional options set on the command line, and through this file " +"descriptor, are not reset for subsequent commands executed during the same " +"run." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "Display a brief help message." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "Give help about the B<--force->I<thing> options." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "B<-Dh>, B<--debug=help>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "Give help about debugging options." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "Display B<dpkg> version information." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"When used with B<--robot>, the output will be the program version number in " +"a dotted numerical format, with no newline." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "B<dpkg-deb actions>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"See B<dpkg-deb>(1) for more information about the following actions, and " +"other actions and options not exposed by the B<dpkg> front-end." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "B<-b>, B<--build> I<directory> [I<archive>|I<directory>]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "Build a deb package." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "List contents of a deb package." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "Extract control-information from a package." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "Extract the files contained by package." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "Extract and display the filenames contained by a package." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "B<-f>, B<--field> I<archive> [I<control-field>...]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "Display control field(s) of a package." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "Output the control tar-file contained in a Debian package." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "Output the filesystem tar-file contained by a Debian package." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "B<-I>, B<--info> I<archive> [I<control-file>...]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "Show information about a package." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "B<dpkg-query actions>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"See B<dpkg-query>(1) for more information about the following actions, and " +"other actions and options not exposed by the B<dpkg> front-end." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "B<-l>, B<--list> I<package-name-pattern>..." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "List packages matching given pattern." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "B<-s>, B<--status> I<package-name>..." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "Report status of specified package." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "List files installed to your system from I<package-name>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "Search for a filename from installed packages." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "B<-p>, B<--print-avail> I<package-name>..." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"Display details about I<package-name>, as found in " +"I<%ADMINDIR%/available>. Users of APT-based frontends should use B<apt show> " +"I<package-name> instead." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"All options can be specified both on the command line and in the B<dpkg> " +"configuration file I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg> or fragment files (with names " +"matching this shell pattern '[0-9a-zA-Z_-]*') on the configuration directory " +"I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg.d/>. Each line in the configuration file is either " +"an option (exactly the same as the command line option but without leading " +"hyphens) or a comment (if it starts with a ‘B<#>’)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "B<--abort-after=>I<number>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "Change after how many errors B<dpkg> will abort. The default is 50." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "B<-B>, B<--auto-deconfigure>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"When a package is removed, there is a possibility that another installed " +"package depended on the removed package. Specifying this option will cause " +"automatic deconfiguration of the package which depended on the removed " +"package." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "B<-D>I<octal>, B<--debug=>I<octal>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"Switch debugging on. I<octal> is formed by bitwise-ORing desired values " +"together from the list below (note that these values may change in future " +"releases). B<-Dh> or B<--debug=help> display these debugging values." +msgstr "" + +#. type: verbatim +#: dpkg.pod +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" Number Description\n" +" 1 Generally helpful progress information\n" +" 2 Invocation and status of maintainer scripts\n" +" 10 Output for each file processed\n" +" 100 Lots of output for each file processed\n" +" 20 Output for each configuration file\n" +" 200 Lots of output for each configuration file\n" +" 40 Dependencies and conflicts\n" +" 400 Lots of dependencies/conflicts output\n" +" 10000 Trigger activation and processing\n" +" 20000 Lots of output regarding triggers\n" +" 40000 Silly amounts of output regarding triggers\n" +" 1000 Lots of drivel about e.g. the dpkg/info dir\n" +" 2000 Insane amounts of drivel\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"Force or refuse (B<no-force> and B<refuse> mean the same thing) to do some " +"things. I<things> is a comma separated list of things specified " +"below. B<--force-help> displays a message describing them. Things marked " +"with (*) are forced by default." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"I<Warning: These options are mostly intended to be used by experts " +"only. Using them without fully understanding their effects may break your " +"whole system.>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"B<downgrade>(*): Install a package, even if newer version of it is already " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"I<Warning: At present> B<dpkg> I<does not do any dependency checking on " +"downgrades and therefore will not warn you if the downgrade breaks the " +"dependency of some other package. This can have serious side effects, " +"downgrading essential system components can even make your whole system " +"unusable. Use with care.>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"B<configure-any>: Configure also any unpacked but unconfigured packages on " +"which the current package depends." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"B<hold>: Allow automatic installs, upgrades or removals of packages even " +"when marked to be on “hold”. B<Note:> This does not prevent these actions " +"when requested explicitly." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"B<remove-reinstreq>: Remove a package, even if it's broken and marked to " +"require reinstallation. This may, for example, cause parts of the package to " +"remain on the system, which will then be forgotten by B<dpkg>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"B<remove-protected>: Remove, even if the package is considered protected " +"(since dpkg 1.20.1). Protected packages contain mostly important system " +"boot infrastructure. Removing them might cause the whole system to be " +"unable to boot, so use with caution." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"B<remove-essential>: Remove, even if the package is considered " +"essential. Essential packages contain mostly very basic Unix " +"commands. Removing them might cause the whole system to stop working, so use " +"with caution." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"B<depends>: Turn all dependency problems into warnings. This affects the " +"B<Pre-Depends> and B<Depends> fields." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"B<depends-version>: Don't care about versions when checking dependencies. " +"This affects the B<Pre-Depends> and B<Depends> fields." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"B<breaks>: Install, even if this would break another package (since dpkg " +"1.14.6). This affects the B<Breaks> field." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"B<conflicts>: Install, even if it conflicts with another package. This is " +"dangerous, for it will usually cause overwriting of some files. This " +"affects the B<Conflicts> field." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"B<confmiss>: Always install the missing conffile without prompting. This is " +"dangerous, since it means not preserving a change (removing) made to the " +"file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"B<confnew>: If a conffile has been modified and the version in the package " +"did change, always install the new version without prompting, unless the " +"B<--force-confdef> is also specified, in which case the default action is " +"preferred." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"B<confold>: If a conffile has been modified and the version in the package " +"did change, always keep the old version without prompting, unless the " +"B<--force-confdef> is also specified, in which case the default action is " +"preferred." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"B<confdef>: If a conffile has been modified and the version in the package " +"did change, always choose the default action without prompting. If there is " +"no default action it will stop to ask the user unless B<--force-confnew> or " +"B<--force-confold> is also been given, in which case it will use that to " +"decide the final action." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"B<confask>: If a conffile has been modified always offer to replace it with " +"the version in the package, even if the version in the package did not " +"change (since dpkg 1.15.8). If any of B<--force-confnew>, " +"B<--force-confold>, or B<--force-confdef> is also given, it will be used to " +"decide the final action." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "B<overwrite>: Overwrite one package's file with another's file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "B<overwrite-dir>: Overwrite one package's directory with another's file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "B<overwrite-diverted>: Overwrite a diverted file with an undiverted version." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"B<unsafe-io>: Do not perform safe I/O operations when unpacking (since dpkg " +"1.15.8.6). Currently this implies not performing file system syncs before " +"file renames, which is known to cause substantial performance degradation on " +"some file systems, unfortunately the ones that require the safe I/O on the " +"first place due to their unreliable behaviour causing zero-length files on " +"abrupt system crashes." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"I<Note>: For ext4, the main offender, consider using instead the mount " +"option B<nodelalloc>, which will fix both the performance degradation and " +"the data safety issues, the latter by making the file system not produce " +"zero-length files on abrupt system crashes with any software not doing syncs " +"before atomic renames." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"I<Warning: Using this option might improve performance at the cost of losing " +"data, use with care.>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"B<script-chrootless>: Run maintainer scripts without B<chroot>(2)ing into " +"B<instdir> even if the package does not support this mode of operation " +"(since dpkg 1.18.5)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "I<Warning: This can destroy your host system, use with extreme care.>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "B<architecture>: Process even packages with wrong or no architecture." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"B<bad-version>: Process even packages with wrong versions (since dpkg " +"1.16.1)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "B<bad-path>: B<PATH> is missing important programs, so problems are likely." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "B<not-root>: Try to (de)install things even when not root." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "B<bad-verify>: Install a package even if it fails authenticity check." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "B<--ignore-depends>=I<package>,..." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"Ignore dependency-checking for specified packages (actually, checking is " +"performed, but only warnings about conflicts are given, nothing else). This " +"affects the B<Pre-Depends>, B<Depends> and B<Breaks> fields." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "B<--no-act>, B<--dry-run>, B<--simulate>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"Do everything which is supposed to be done, but don't write any " +"changes. This is used to see what would happen with the specified action, " +"without actually modifying anything." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"Be sure to give B<--no-act> before the action-parameter, or you might end up " +"with undesirable results. (e.g. B<dpkg --purge foo --no-act> will first " +"purge package “foo” and then try to purge package ”--no-act”, even though " +"you probably expected it to actually do nothing)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "B<-R>, B<--recursive>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"Recursively handle all regular files matching pattern B<*.deb> found at " +"specified directories and all of its subdirectories. This can be used with " +"B<-i>, B<-A>, B<--install>, B<--unpack> and B<--record-avail> actions." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"Don't install a package if a newer version of the same package is already " +"installed. This is an alias of B<--refuse-downgrade>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"Set the administrative directory to I<directory>. This directory contains " +"many files that give information about status of installed or uninstalled " +"packages, etc. Defaults to «I<%ADMINDIR%>»." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "B<--instdir=>I<dir>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"Set the installation directory, which refers to the directory where packages " +"are to be installed. B<instdir> is also the directory passed to B<chroot>(2) " +"before running package's installation scripts, which means that the scripts " +"see B<instdir> as a root directory. Defaults to «I</>»." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "B<--root=>I<dir>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"Set the root directory to B<directory>, which sets the installation " +"directory to «I<dir>» and the administrative directory to " +"«I<dir>B<%ADMINDIR%>»." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "B<-O>, B<--selected-only>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"Only process the packages that are selected for installation. The actual " +"marking is done with B<dselect> or by B<dpkg>, when it handles packages. For " +"example, when a package is removed, it will be marked selected for " +"deinstallation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "B<-E>, B<--skip-same-version>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"Don't install the package if the same version of the package is already " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "B<--pre-invoke=>I<command>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "B<--post-invoke=>I<command>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"Set an invoke hook I<command> to be run via “sh -c” before or after the " +"B<dpkg> run for the I<unpack>, I<configure>, I<install>, I<triggers-only>, " +"I<remove>, I<purge>, I<add-architecture> and I<remove-architecture> B<dpkg> " +"actions (since dpkg 1.15.4; I<add-architecture> and I<remove-architecture> " +"actions since dpkg 1.17.19). This option can be specified multiple " +"times. The order the options are specified is preserved, with the ones from " +"the configuration files taking precedence. The environment variable " +"B<DPKG_HOOK_ACTION> is set for the hooks to the current B<dpkg> action." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"B<Note:> Front-ends might call B<dpkg> several times per invocation, which " +"might run the hooks more times than expected." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "B<--path-exclude=>I<glob-pattern>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "B<--path-include=>I<glob-pattern>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"Set I<glob-pattern> as a path filter, either by excluding or re-including " +"previously excluded paths matching the specified patterns during install " +"(since dpkg 1.15.8)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"I<Warning: Take into account that depending on the excluded paths you might " +"completely break your system, use with caution.>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"The glob patterns use the same wildcards used in the shell, were ‘*’ matches " +"any sequence of characters, including the empty string and also ‘/’. For " +"example, «I</usr/*/READ*>» matches «I</usr/share/doc/package/README>». As " +"usual, ‘?’ matches any single character (again, including ‘/’). And ‘[’ " +"starts a character class, which can contain a list of characters, ranges and " +"complementations. See B<glob>(7) for detailed information about globbing. " +"B<Note:> The current implementation might re-include more directories and " +"symlinks than needed, to be on the safe side and avoid possible unpack " +"failures; future work might fix this." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"This can be used to remove all paths except some particular ones; a typical " +"case is:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: verbatim +#: dpkg.pod +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" --path-exclude=/usr/share/doc/*\n" +" --path-include=/usr/share/doc/*/copyright\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "to remove all documentation files except the copyright files." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"These two options can be specified multiple times, and interleaved with each " +"other. Both are processed in the given order, with the last rule that " +"matches a file name making the decision." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"The filters are applied when unpacking the binary packages, and as such only " +"have knowledge of the type of object currently being filtered (e.g. a normal " +"file or a directory) and have not visibility of what objects will come " +"next. Because these filters have side effects (in contrast to B<find>(1) " +"filters), excluding an exact pathname that happens to be a directory object " +"like I</usr/share/doc> will not have the desired result, and only that " +"pathname will be excluded (which could be automatically reincluded if the " +"code sees the need). Any subsequent files contained within that directory " +"will fail to unpack." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "Hint: make sure the globs are not expanded by your shell." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "B<--verify-format> I<format-name>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "Sets the output format for the B<--verify> command (since dpkg 1.17.2)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"The only currently supported output format is B<rpm>, which consists of a " +"line for every path that failed any check. The lines start with 9 " +"characters to report each specific check result, a ‘B<?>’ implies the check " +"could not be done (lack of support, file permissions, etc), ‘B<.>’ implies " +"the check passed, and an alphanumeric character implies a specific check " +"failed; the md5sum verification failure (the file contents have changed) is " +"denoted with a ‘B<5>’ on the third character. The line is followed by a " +"space and an attribute character (currently ‘B<c>’ for conffiles), another " +"space and the pathname." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "B<--status-fd> I<n>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"Send machine-readable package status and progress information to file " +"descriptor I<n>. This option can be specified multiple times. The " +"information is generally one record per line, in one of the following forms:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "B<status:> I<package>B<:> I<status>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "Package status changed; I<status> is as in the status file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "B<status:> I<package> B<: error :> I<extended-error-message>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"An error occurred. Any possible newlines in I<extended-error-message> will " +"be converted to spaces before output." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"B<status:> I<file> B<: conffile-prompt : '>I<real-old>B<' '>I<real-new>B<'> " +"I<useredited>B<> I<distedited>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "User is being asked a conffile question." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "B<processing:> I<stage>B<:> I<package>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"Sent just before a processing stage starts. I<stage> is one of B<upgrade>, " +"B<install> (both sent before unpacking), B<configure>, B<trigproc>, " +"B<disappear>, B<remove>, B<purge>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "B<--status-logger>=I<command>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"Send machine-readable package status and progress information to the shell " +"I<command>'s standard input, to be run via “sh -c” (since dpkg 1.16.0). " +"This option can be specified multiple times. The output format used is the " +"same as in B<--status-fd>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "B<--log=>I<filename>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"Log status change updates and actions to I<filename>, instead of the default " +"I<%LOGDIR%/dpkg.log>. If this option is given multiple times, the last " +"filename is used. Log messages are of the form:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS B<startup> I<type> I<command>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"For each dpkg invocation where I<type> is B<archives> (with a I<command> of " +"B<unpack> or B<install>) or B<packages> (with a I<command> of B<configure>, " +"B<triggers-only>, B<remove> or B<purge>)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS B<status> I<state> I<pkg> I<installed-version>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "For status change updates." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS I<action> I<pkg> I<installed-version> " +"I<available-version>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"For actions where I<action> is one of B<install>, B<upgrade>, B<configure>, " +"B<trigproc>, B<disappear>, B<remove> or B<purge>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS B<conffile> I<filename> I<decision>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "For conffile changes where I<decision> is either B<install> or B<keep>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "B<--robot>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"Use a machine-readable output format. This provides an interface for " +"programs that need to parse the output of some of the commands that do not " +"otherwise emit a machine-readable output format. No localization will be " +"used, and the output will be modified to make it easier to parse." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "The only currently supported command is B<--version>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "B<--no-debsig>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "Do not try to verify package signatures." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "B<--no-triggers>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"Do not run any triggers in this run (since dpkg 1.14.17), but activations " +"will still be recorded. If used with B<--configure> I<package> or " +"B<--triggers-only> I<package> then the named package postinst will still be " +"run even if only a triggers run is needed. Use of this option may leave " +"packages in the improper B<triggers-awaited> and B<triggers-pending> " +"states. This can be fixed later by running: B<dpkg --configure --pending>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "B<--triggers>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "Cancels a previous B<--no-triggers> (since dpkg 1.14.17)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "B<PATH>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"This variable is expected to be defined in the environment and point to the " +"system paths where several required programs are to be found. If it's not " +"set or the programs are not found, B<dpkg> will abort." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg.pod dselect.pod +msgid "B<HOME>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"If set, B<dpkg> will use it as the directory from which to read the user " +"specific configuration file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"If set, B<dpkg> will use it as the directory in which to create temporary " +"files and directories." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"The program B<dpkg> will execute when starting a new interactive shell, or " +"when spawning a command via a shell." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"The program B<dpkg> will execute when running a pager, which will be " +"executed with «B<$SHELL -c>», for example when displaying the conffile " +"differences. If B<SHELL> is not set, «B<sh>» will be used instead. The " +"B<DPKG_PAGER> overrides the B<PAGER> environment variable (since dpkg " +"1.19.2)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"Sets the force flags (since dpkg 1.19.5). When this variable is present, no " +"built-in force defaults will be applied. If the variable is present but " +"empty, all force flags will be disabled." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"If set and the B<--admindir> or B<--root> options have not been specified, " +"it will be used as the B<dpkg> administrative directory (since dpkg 1.20.0)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "B<DPKG_FRONTEND_LOCKED>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"Set by a package manager frontend to notify dpkg that it should not acquire " +"the frontend lock (since dpkg 1.19.1)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"Defined by B<dpkg> to “B<-FRSXMQ>”, if not already set, when spawning a " +"pager (since dpkg 1.19.2). To change the default behavior, this variable " +"can be preset to some other value including an empty string, or the B<PAGER> " +"or B<DPKG_PAGER> variables can be set to disable specific options with " +"«B<-+>», for example B<DPKG_PAGER=\"less -+F\">." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"Defined by B<dpkg> on the maintainer script environment to indicate which " +"installation to act on (since dpkg 1.18.5). The value is intended to be " +"prepended to any path maintainer scripts operate on. During normal " +"operation, this variable is empty. When installing packages into a " +"different B<instdir>, B<dpkg> normally invokes maintainer scripts using " +"B<chroot>(2) and leaves this variable empty, but if " +"B<--force-script-chrootless> is specified then the B<chroot>(2) call is " +"skipped and B<instdir> is non-empty." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"Defined by B<dpkg> on the maintainer script environment to indicate the " +"B<dpkg> administrative directory to use (since dpkg 1.16.0). This variable " +"is always set to the current B<--admindir> value." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"Defined by B<dpkg> on the subprocesses environment to all the currently " +"enabled force option names separated by commas (since dpkg 1.19.5)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "B<DPKG_SHELL_REASON>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"Defined by B<dpkg> on the shell spawned on the conffile prompt to examine " +"the situation (since dpkg 1.15.6). Current valid value: B<conffile-prompt>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "B<DPKG_CONFFILE_OLD>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"Defined by B<dpkg> on the shell spawned on the conffile prompt to examine " +"the situation (since dpkg 1.15.6). Contains the path to the old conffile." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "B<DPKG_CONFFILE_NEW>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"Defined by B<dpkg> on the shell spawned on the conffile prompt to examine " +"the situation (since dpkg 1.15.6). Contains the path to the new conffile." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "B<DPKG_HOOK_ACTION>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"Defined by B<dpkg> on the shell spawned when executing a hook action (since " +"dpkg 1.15.4). Contains the current B<dpkg> action." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "B<DPKG_RUNNING_VERSION>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"Defined by B<dpkg> on the maintainer script environment to the version of " +"the currently running B<dpkg> instance (since dpkg 1.14.17)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"Defined by B<dpkg> on the maintainer script environment to the " +"(non-arch-qualified) package name being handled (since dpkg 1.14.17)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_PACKAGE_REFCOUNT>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"Defined by B<dpkg> on the maintainer script environment to the package " +"reference count, i.e. the number of package instances with a state greater " +"than B<not-installed> (since dpkg 1.17.2)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_ARCH>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"Defined by B<dpkg> on the maintainer script environment to the architecture " +"the package got built for (since dpkg 1.15.4)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_NAME>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"Defined by B<dpkg> on the maintainer script environment to the name of the " +"script running, one of B<preinst>, B<postinst>, B<prerm> or B<postrm> (since " +"dpkg 1.15.7)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "B<DPKG_MAINTSCRIPT_DEBUG>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"Defined by B<dpkg> on the maintainer script environment to a value (‘B<0>’ " +"or ‘B<1>’) noting whether debugging has been requested (with the B<--debug> " +"option) for the maintainer scripts (since dpkg 1.18.4)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "Configuration fragment files (since dpkg 1.15.4)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "Configuration file with default options." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "I<%LOGDIR%/dpkg.log>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "Default log file (see I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dpkg.cfg> and option B<--log>)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"The other files listed below are in their default directories, see option " +"B<--admindir> to see how to change locations of these files." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "I<%ADMINDIR%/available>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "List of available packages." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "I<%ADMINDIR%/status>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"Statuses of available packages. This file contains information about whether " +"a package is marked for removing or not, whether it is installed or not, " +"etc. See section B<INFORMATION ABOUT PACKAGES> for more info." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"The status file is backed up daily in I</var/backups>. It can be useful if " +"it's lost or corrupted due to filesystems troubles." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "The format and contents of a binary package are described in B<deb>(5)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "B<--no-act> usually gives less information than might be helpful." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"To list installed packages related to the editor B<vi>(1) (note that " +"B<dpkg-query> does not load the I<available> file anymore by default, and " +"the B<dpkg-query> B<--load-avail> option should be used instead for that):" +msgstr "" + +#. type: verbatim +#: dpkg.pod +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" dpkg -l '*vi*'\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "To see the entries in I<%ADMINDIR%/available> of two packages:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: verbatim +#: dpkg.pod +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" dpkg --print-avail elvis vim | less\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "To search the listing of packages yourself:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: verbatim +#: dpkg.pod +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" less %ADMINDIR%/available\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "To remove an installed elvis package:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: verbatim +#: dpkg.pod +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" dpkg -r elvis\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"To install a package, you first need to find it in an archive or CDROM. The " +"I<available> file shows that the vim package is in section B<editors>:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: verbatim +#: dpkg.pod +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" cd /media/cdrom/pool/main/v/vim\n" +" dpkg -i vim_4.5-3.deb\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "To make a local copy of the package selection states:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: verbatim +#: dpkg.pod +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" dpkg --get-selections> myselections\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"You might transfer this file to another computer, and after having updated " +"the I<available> file there with your package manager frontend of choice " +"(see L<https://wiki.debian.org/Teams/Dpkg/FAQ> for more details), for " +"example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: verbatim +#: dpkg.pod +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" apt-cache dumpavail | dpkg --merge-avail\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "or with dpkg 1.17.6 and earlier:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: verbatim +#: dpkg.pod +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" avail=$(mktemp)\n" +" apt-cache dumpavail> \"$avail\"\n" +" dpkg --merge-avail \"$avail\"\n" +" rm \"$avail\"\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "you can install it with:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: verbatim +#: dpkg.pod +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" dpkg --clear-selections\n" +" dpkg --set-selections <myselections\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"Note that this will not actually install or remove anything, but just set " +"the selection state on the requested packages. You will need some other " +"application to actually download and install the requested packages. For " +"example, run B<apt-get dselect-upgrade>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"Ordinarily, you will find that B<dselect>(1) provides a more convenient way " +"to modify the package selection states." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =head1 +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "ADDITIONAL FUNCTIONALITY" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"Additional functionality can be gained by installing any of the following " +"packages: B<apt>, B<aptitude> and B<debsums>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"B<aptitude>(8), B<apt>(8), B<dselect>(1), B<dpkg-deb>(1), B<dpkg-query>(1), " +"B<deb>(5), B<deb-control>(5), B<dpkg.cfg>(5), and B<dpkg-reconfigure>(8)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =head1 +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "AUTHORS" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dpkg.pod +msgid "" +"See I<%PKGDOCDIR%/THANKS> for the list of people who have contributed to " +"B<dpkg>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dsc.pod +msgid "dsc - Debian source packages' control file format" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dsc.pod +msgid "I<filename>B<.dsc>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dsc.pod +msgid "" +"Each Debian source package is composed of a .dsc control file, which " +"contains a number of fields, in L<deb822(5)> format." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dsc.pod +msgid "" +"Each field begins with a tag, such as B<Source> or B<Binary> (case " +"insensitive), followed by a colon, and the body of the field (case sensitive " +"unless stated otherwise). Fields are delimited only by field tags. In " +"other words, field text may be multiple lines in length, but the " +"installation tools will generally join lines when processing the body of the " +"field (except in case of the multiline fields B<Package-List>, B<Files>, " +"B<Checksums-Sha1> and B<Checksums-Sha256>, see below)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dsc.pod +msgid "" +"The value of this field declares the format version of the source package. " +"The field value is used by programs acting on a source package to interpret " +"the list of files in the source package and determine how to unpack it. The " +"syntax of the field value is a numeric major revision (“0-9”), a period " +"(“.”), a numeric minor revision (“0-9”), and then an optional subtype after " +"whitespace (“ \\t”), which if specified is a lowercase alphanumeric " +"(“a-z0-9”) word in parentheses (“()”). The subtype is optional in the " +"syntax but may be mandatory for particular source format revisions." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dsc.pod +msgid "" +"The source formats currently supported by B<dpkg> are B<1.0>, B<2.0>, B<3.0 " +"(native)>, B<3.0 (quilt)>, B<3.0 (git)>, B<3.0 (bzr)> and B<3.0 (custom)>. " +"See B<dpkg-source>(1) for their description." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dsc.pod +msgid "B<Source:> I<source-name> (required)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dsc.pod +msgid "B<Binary:> I<binary-package-list>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dsc.pod +msgid "" +"This folded field lists binary packages which this source package can " +"produce, separated by commas." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dsc.pod +msgid "" +"This field has now been superseded by the B<Package-List> field, which gives " +"enough information about what binary packages are produced on which " +"architecture, build-profile and other involved restrictions." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dsc.pod +msgid "B<Architecture:> I<arch-list> (recommended)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dsc.pod +msgid "" +"A list of architectures and architecture wildcards separated by spaces which " +"specify the type of hardware this package can be compiled for. Common " +"architecture names and architecture wildcards are B<amd64>, B<armel>, " +"B<i386>, B<linux-any>, B<any-amd64>, etc." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dsc.pod +msgid "" +"Note that the B<all> value is meant for packages that are architecture " +"independent, and B<any> for packages that are architecture dependent. The " +"list may include (or consist solely of) the special value B<all>. When the " +"list contains the architecture wildcard B<any>, the only other value allowed " +"in the list is B<all>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dsc.pod +msgid "" +"The field value is generally generated from B<Architecture> fields from in " +"the I<debian/control> in the source package." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dsc.pod +msgid "B<Uploaders:> I<fullname-email-list>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dsc.pod +msgid "B<Standards-Version:> I<version-string> (recommended)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dsc.pod +msgid "" +"The I<url> of a web interface to browse the Version Control System " +"repository." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dsc.pod +msgid "" +"These fields declare the I<url> of the Version Control System repository " +"used to maintain this package. See B<deb-src-control>(5) for more details." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dsc.pod +msgid "" +"This field declares that the source package contains the specified test " +"suites. The value is a comma-separated list of test suites. If the " +"B<autopkgtest> value is present, a I<debian/tests/control> is expected to be " +"present, if the file is present but not the value, then B<dpkg-source> will " +"automatically add it, preserving previous values." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dsc.pod +msgid "" +"This field declares the comma-separated union of all test dependencies " +"(B<Depends> fields in I<debian/tests/control> file), with all restrictions " +"removed, and OR dependencies flattened (that is, converted to separate AND " +"relationships), except for binaries generated by this source package and its " +"meta-dependency equivalent B<@>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dsc.pod +msgid "" +"Rationale: this field is needed because otherwise to be able to get the test " +"dependencies, each source package would need to be unpacked." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dsc.pod +msgid "" +"These fields declare relationships between the source package and packages " +"used to build it. They are discussed in the B<deb-src-control>(5) manpage." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dsc.pod +msgid "B<Package-List:>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dsc.pod +msgid "S< >I<package> I<package-type> I<section> I<priority> I<key-value-list>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dsc.pod +msgid "" +"This multiline field contains a list of binary packages generated by this " +"source package." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dsc.pod +msgid "The I<package> is the binary package name." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dsc.pod +msgid "" +"The I<package-type> is the binary package type, usually B<deb>, another " +"common value is B<udeb>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dsc.pod +msgid "" +"The I<section> and I<priority> match the binary package fields of the same " +"name." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dsc.pod +msgid "" +"The I<key-value-list> is a space separated I<key>B<=>I<value> list, and the " +"currently known optional keys are:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dsc.pod +msgid "B<arch>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dsc.pod +msgid "" +"The architecture restriction from the binary package B<Architecture> field, " +"with spaces converted to ‘,’." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dsc.pod +msgid "B<profile>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dsc.pod +msgid "" +"The normalized build-profile restriction formula from the binary package " +"B<Build-Profile> field, with ORs converted to ‘+’ and ANDs to ‘,’." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dsc.pod +msgid "B<protected>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dsc.pod +msgid "" +"If the binary package is protected, this key will contain the value of the " +"B<Protected> field, that is a B<yes> value." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dsc.pod +msgid "B<essential>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dsc.pod +msgid "" +"If the binary package is essential, this key will contain the value of the " +"B<Essential> field, that is a B<yes> value." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dsc.pod +msgid "" +"These multiline fields contain a list of files with a checksum and size for " +"each one. These fields have the same syntax and differ only in the checksum " +"algorithm used: MD5 for B<Files>, SHA-1 for B<Checksums-Sha1> and SHA-256 " +"for B<Checksums-Sha256>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dsc.pod +msgid "" +"The first line of the field value (the part on the same line as the field " +"name followed by a colon) is always empty. The content of the field is " +"expressed as continuation lines, one line per file. Each line consists of " +"the checksum, a space, the file size, a space, and the file name." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dsc.pod +msgid "" +"These fields list all files that make up the source package. The list of " +"files in these fields must match the list of files in the other related " +"fields." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dsc.pod +msgid "" +"The B<Format> field conflates the format for the B<.dsc> file itself and the " +"format of the extracted source package." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dsc.pod +msgid "L<deb822(5)>, B<deb-src-control>(5), B<deb-version>(7), B<dpkg-source>(1)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dselect.cfg.pod +msgid "dselect.cfg - dselect configuration file" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dselect.cfg.pod +msgid "" +"This file contains default options for dselect. Each line contains a single " +"option which is exactly the same as a normal command line option for dselect " +"except for the leading hyphens which are not used here. Quotes surrounding " +"option values are stripped. Comments are allowed by starting a line with a " +"hash sign (‘B<#>’)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dselect.cfg.pod +msgid "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dselect.cfg.d/[0-9a-zA-Z_-]*>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dselect.cfg.pod +msgid "I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dselect.cfg>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dselect.cfg.pod +msgid "I<~/.dselect.cfg>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dselect.cfg.pod +msgid "B<dselect>(1)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dselect.pod +msgid "dselect - Debian package management frontend" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dselect.pod +msgid "B<dselect> [I<option>...] [I<command>...]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dselect.pod +msgid "" +"B<dselect> is one of the primary user interfaces for managing packages on a " +"Debian system. At the B<dselect> main menu, the system administrator can:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dselect.pod +msgid "Update the list of available package versions," +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dselect.pod +msgid "View the status of installed and available packages," +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dselect.pod +msgid "Alter package selections and manage dependencies," +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dselect.pod +msgid "Install new packages or upgrade to newer versions." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dselect.pod +msgid "" +"B<dselect> operates as a front-end to B<dpkg>(1), the low-level Debian " +"package handling tool. It features a full-screen package selections manager " +"with package depends and conflicts resolver. When run with administrator " +"privileges, packages can be installed, upgraded and removed. Various access " +"methods can be configured to retrieve available package version information " +"and installable packages from package repositories. Depending on the used " +"access method, these repositories can be public archive servers on the " +"internet, local archive servers or CD-ROMs. The recommended access method " +"is I<apt>, which is provided by the package B<apt>(8)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dselect.pod +msgid "" +"Normally B<dselect> is invoked without parameters. An interactive menu is " +"presented, offering the user a list of commands. If a command is given as " +"argument, then that command is started immediately. Several command line " +"parameters are still available to modify the running behaviour of B<dselect> " +"or show additional information about the program." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dselect.pod +msgid "" +"All options can be specified both on the command line and in the B<dselect> " +"configuration file I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dselect.cfg> or the files on the " +"configuration directory I<%PKGCONFDIR%/dselect.cfg.d/>. Each line in the " +"configuration file is either an option (exactly the same as the command line " +"option but without leading hyphens) or a comment (if it starts with a " +"‘B<#>’)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dselect.pod +msgid "" +"Changes the directory where the dpkg ‘I<status>’, ‘I<available>’ and similar " +"files are located. This defaults to I<%ADMINDIR%> and normally there " +"shouldn't be any need to change it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dselect.pod +msgid "B<-D>I<file>, B<--debug> I<file>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dselect.pod +msgid "Turn on debugging. Debugging information is sent to I<file>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dselect.pod +msgid "B<--expert>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dselect.pod +msgid "Turns on expert mode, i.e. doesn't display possibly annoying help messages." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dselect.pod +msgid "" +"B<--color> " +"I<screenpart>:[I<foreground>],[I<background>][:I<attr>[I<+attr>]...]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dselect.pod +msgid "" +"B<--colour> " +"I<screenpart>:[I<foreground>],[I<background>][:I<attr>[I<+attr>]...]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dselect.pod +msgid "" +"Configures screen colors. This works only if your display supports colors. " +"This option may be used multiple times (and is best used in " +"I<dselect.cfg>). Each use changes the color (and optionally, other " +"attributes) of one part of the screen. The parts of the screen (from top to " +"bottom) are:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dselect.pod +msgid "B<title>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dselect.pod +msgid "The screen title." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dselect.pod +msgid "B<listhead>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dselect.pod +msgid "The header line above the list of packages." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dselect.pod +msgid "B<list>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dselect.pod +msgid "The scrolling list of packages (and also some help text)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dselect.pod +msgid "B<listsel>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dselect.pod +msgid "The selected item in the list." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dselect.pod +msgid "B<pkgstate>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dselect.pod +msgid "" +"In the list of packages, the text indicating the current state of each " +"package." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dselect.pod +msgid "B<pkgstatesel>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dselect.pod +msgid "" +"In the list of packages, the text indicating the current state of the " +"currently selected package." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dselect.pod +msgid "B<infohead>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dselect.pod +msgid "The header line that displays the state of the currently selected package." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dselect.pod +msgid "B<infodesc>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dselect.pod +msgid "The package's short description." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dselect.pod +msgid "B<info>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dselect.pod +msgid "Used to display package info such as the package's description." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dselect.pod +msgid "B<infofoot>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dselect.pod +msgid "The last line of the screen when selecting packages." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dselect.pod +msgid "B<query>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dselect.pod +msgid "Used to display query lines" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dselect.pod +msgid "B<helpscreen>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dselect.pod +msgid "Color of help screens." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dselect.pod +msgid "" +"After the part of the screen comes a colon and the color specification. You " +"can specify either the foreground color, the background color, or both, " +"overriding the compiled-in colors. Use standard curses color names." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dselect.pod +msgid "" +"Optionally, after the color specification is another colon, and an attribute " +"specification. This is a list of one or more attributes, separated by plus " +"(‘+’) characters. Available attributes include (not all of these will work " +"on all terminals): B<normal>, B<standout>, B<underline>, B<reverse>, " +"B<blink>, B<bright>, B<dim>, B<bold>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dselect.pod +msgid "Print a brief help text and exit successfully." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dselect.pod +msgid "Print version information and exit successfully." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dselect.pod +msgid "" +"When B<dselect> is started it can perform the following commands, either " +"directly if it was specified on the command line or by prompting the user " +"with a menu of available commands if running interactively:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =head2 +#: dselect.pod +msgid "access" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dselect.pod +msgid "Choose and configure an access method to access package repositories." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dselect.pod +msgid "" +"By default, B<dselect> provides several methods such as I<multi_cd>, " +"I<mounted> or I<ftp>, but other packages may provide additional methods, " +"eg. the I<apt> access method provided by the B<apt>(8) package." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dselect.pod +msgid "The use of the I<apt> access method is strongly recommended." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =head2 +#: dselect.pod +msgid "update" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dselect.pod +msgid "Refresh the available packages database." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dselect.pod +msgid "" +"Retrieves a list of available package versions from the package repository, " +"configured for the current access method, and update the dpkg database. The " +"package lists are commonly provided by the repository as files named " +"I<Packages> or I<Packages.gz>. These files can be generated by repository " +"maintainers, using the program B<dpkg-scanpackages>(1)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dselect.pod +msgid "" +"Details of the update command depend on the access method's implementation. " +"Normally the process is straightforward and requires no user interaction." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =head2 +#: dselect.pod +msgid "select" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dselect.pod +msgid "View or manage package selections and dependencies." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dselect.pod +msgid "" +"This is the main function of B<dselect>. In the select screen, the user can " +"review a list of all available and installed packages. When run with " +"administrator privileges, it is also possible to interactively change " +"packages selection state. B<dselect> tracks the implications of these " +"changes to other depending or conflicting packages." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dselect.pod +msgid "" +"When a conflict or failed depends is detected, a dependency resolution " +"subscreen is prompted to the user. In this screen, a list of conflicting or " +"depending packages is shown, and for each package listed, the reason for its " +"listing is shown. The user may apply the suggestions proposed by B<dselect>, " +"override them, or back out all the changes, including the ones that created " +"the unresolved depends or conflicts." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dselect.pod +msgid "" +"The use of the interactive package selections management screen is explained " +"in more detail below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =head2 +#: dselect.pod +msgid "install" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dselect.pod +msgid "Installs selected packages." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dselect.pod +msgid "" +"The configured access method will fetch installable or upgradable packages " +"from the relevant repositories and install these using B<dpkg>. Depending " +"on the implementation of the access method, all packages can be prefetched " +"before installation, or fetched when needed. Some access methods may also " +"remove packages that were marked for removal." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dselect.pod +msgid "" +"If an error occurred during install, it is usually advisable to run install " +"again. In most cases, the problems will disappear or be solved. If problems " +"persist or the installation performed was incorrect, please investigate into " +"the causes and circumstances, and file a bug in the Debian bug tracking " +"system. Instructions on how to do this can be found at " +"L<https://bugs.debian.org/> or by reading the documentation for B<bug>(1) or " +"B<reportbug>(1), if these are installed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dselect.pod +msgid "" +"Details of the install command depend on the access method's " +"implementation. The user's attention and input may be required during " +"installation, configuration or removal of packages. This depends on the " +"maintainer scripts in the package. Some packages make use of the " +"B<debconf>(1) library, allowing for more flexible or even automated " +"installation setups." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =head2 +#: dselect.pod +msgid "config" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dselect.pod +msgid "Configures any previously installed, but not fully configured packages." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =head2 +#: dselect.pod +msgid "remove" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dselect.pod +msgid "Removes or purges installed packages, that are marked for removal." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =head2 +#: dselect.pod +msgid "quit" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dselect.pod +msgid "Quit B<dselect>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dselect.pod +msgid "Exits the program with zero (successful) error code." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =head1 +#: dselect.pod +msgid "PACKAGE SELECTIONS MANAGEMENT" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =head2 +#: dselect.pod +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dselect.pod +msgid "" +"B<dselect> directly exposes the administrator to some of the complexities " +"involved with managing large sets of packages with many " +"interdependencies. For a user who is unfamiliar with the concepts and the " +"ways of the Debian package management system, it can be quite " +"overwhelming. Although B<dselect> is aimed at easing package management and " +"administration, it is only instrumental in doing so and cannot be assumed to " +"be a sufficient substitute for administrator skill and understanding. The " +"user is required to be familiar with the concepts underlying the Debian " +"packaging system. In case of doubt, consult the B<dpkg>(1) manpage and the " +"distribution policy." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dselect.pod +msgid "" +"Unless B<dselect> is run in expert or immediate mode, a help screen is first " +"displayed when choosing this command from the menu. The user is I<strongly> " +"advised to study all of the information presented in the online help " +"screens, when one pops up. The online help screens can at any time be " +"invoked with the ‘B<?>’ key." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =head2 +#: dselect.pod +msgid "Screen layout" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dselect.pod +msgid "" +"The select screen is by default split in a top and a bottom half. The top " +"half shows a list of packages. A cursor bar can select an individual " +"package, or a group of packages, if applicable, by selecting the group " +"header. The bottom half of the screen shows some details about the package " +"currently selected in the top half of the screen. The type of detail that " +"is displayed can be varied." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dselect.pod +msgid "" +"Pressing the ‘B<I>’ key toggles a full-screen display of the packages list, " +"an enlarged view of the package details, or the equally split screen." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =head2 +#: dselect.pod +msgid "Package details view" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dselect.pod +msgid "" +"The package details view by default shows the extended package description " +"for the package that is currently selected in the packages status list. The " +"type of detail can be toggled by pressing the ‘B<i>’ key. This alternates " +"between:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dselect.pod +msgid "the extended description" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dselect.pod +msgid "the control information for the installed version" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dselect.pod +msgid "the control information for the available version" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dselect.pod +msgid "" +"In a dependency resolution screen, there is also the possibility of viewing " +"the specific unresolved depends or conflicts related to the package and " +"causing it to be listed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =head2 +#: dselect.pod +msgid "Packages status list" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dselect.pod +msgid "" +"The main select screen displays a list of all packages known to the Debian " +"package management system. This includes packages installed on the system " +"and packages known from the available packages database." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dselect.pod +msgid "" +"For every package, the list shows the package's status, priority, section, " +"installed and available architecture, installed and available versions, the " +"package name and its short description, all in one line. By pressing the " +"‘B<A>’ key, the display of the installed and available architecture can be " +"toggled between on an off. By pressing the ‘B<V>’ key, the display of the " +"installed and available version can be toggled between on an off. By " +"pressing the ‘B<v>’ key, the package status display is toggled between " +"verbose and shorthand. Shorthand display is the default." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dselect.pod +msgid "" +"The shorthand status indication consists of four parts: an error flag, which " +"should normally be clear, the current status, the last selection state and " +"the current selection state. The first two relate to the actual state of " +"the package, the second pair are about the selections set by the user." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dselect.pod +msgid "These are the meanings of the shorthand package status indicator codes:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dselect.pod +msgid "Error flag:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dselect.pod +msgid "I<empty> no error" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dselect.pod +msgid "B<R> serious error, needs reinstallation;" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dselect.pod +msgid "Installed state:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dselect.pod +msgid "I<empty> not installed;" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dselect.pod +msgid "B<*> fully installed and configured;" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dselect.pod +msgid "B<-> not installed but some config files may remain;" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dselect.pod +msgid "B<U> unpacked but not yet configured;" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dselect.pod +msgid "B<C> half-configured (an error happened);" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dselect.pod +msgid "B<I> half-installed (an error happened)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dselect.pod +msgid "Current and requested selections:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dselect.pod +msgid "B<*> marked for installation or upgrade;" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dselect.pod +msgid "B<-> marked for removal, configuration files remain;" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dselect.pod +msgid "B<=> on hold: package will not be processed at all;" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dselect.pod +msgid "B<_> marked for purge, also remove configuration;" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dselect.pod +msgid "B<n> package is new and has yet to be marked." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =head2 +#: dselect.pod +msgid "Cursor and screen movement" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dselect.pod +msgid "" +"The package selection list and the dependency conflict resolution screens " +"can be navigated using motion commands mapped to the following keys:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dselect.pod +msgid "B<p, Up, k> move cursor bar up" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dselect.pod +msgid "B<n, Down, j> move cursor bar down" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dselect.pod +msgid "B<P, Pgup, Backspace> scroll list 1 page up" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dselect.pod +msgid "B<N, Pgdn, Space> scroll list 1 page down" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dselect.pod +msgid "B<^p> scroll list 1 line up" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dselect.pod +msgid "B<^n> scroll list 1 line down" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dselect.pod +msgid "B<t, Home> jump to top of list" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dselect.pod +msgid "B<e, End> jump to end of list" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dselect.pod +msgid "B<u> scroll info 1 page up" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dselect.pod +msgid "B<d> scroll info 1 page down" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dselect.pod +msgid "B<^u> scroll info 1 line up" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dselect.pod +msgid "B<^d> scroll info 1 line down" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dselect.pod +msgid "B<B, Left-arrow> pan display 1/3 screen left" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dselect.pod +msgid "B<F, Right-arrow> pan display 1/3 screen right" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dselect.pod +msgid "B<^b> pan display 1 character left" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dselect.pod +msgid "B<^f> pan display 1 character right" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =head2 +#: dselect.pod +msgid "Searching and sorting" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dselect.pod +msgid "" +"The list of packages can be searched by package name. This is done by " +"pressing ‘B</>’, and typing a simple search string. The string is " +"interpreted as a B<regex>(7) regular expression. If you add ‘B</d>’ to the " +"search expression, dselect will also search in descriptions. If you add " +"‘B</i>’ the search will be case insensitive. You may combine these two " +"suffixes like this: ‘B</id>’. Repeated searching is accomplished by " +"repeatedly pressing the ‘B<n>’ or ‘B<\\>’ keys, until the wanted package is " +"found. If the search reaches the bottom of the list, it wraps to the top " +"and continues searching from there." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dselect.pod +msgid "" +"The list sort order can be varied by pressing the ‘B<o>’ and ‘B<O>’ keys " +"repeatedly. The following nine sort orderings can be selected:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dselect.pod +msgid "B<alphabet>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dselect.pod +msgid "B<priority+section>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dselect.pod +msgid "B<section+priority>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dselect.pod +msgid "B<available>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dselect.pod +msgid "B<available+priority>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dselect.pod +msgid "B<available+section>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dselect.pod +msgid "B<status>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dselect.pod +msgid "B<status+priority>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dselect.pod +msgid "B<status+section>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dselect.pod +msgid "" +"Where not listed above explicitly, alphabetic order is used as the final " +"subordering sort key." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =head2 +#: dselect.pod +msgid "Altering selections" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dselect.pod +msgid "" +"The requested selection state of individual packages may be altered with the " +"following commands:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dselect.pod +msgid "B<+, Insert> install or upgrade" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dselect.pod +msgid "B<=, H> hold in present state and version" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dselect.pod +msgid "B<:, G> unhold: upgrade or leave uninstalled" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dselect.pod +msgid "B<-, Delete> remove, but leave configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: dselect.pod +msgid "B<_> remove & purge configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dselect.pod +msgid "" +"When the change request results in one or more unsatisfied depends or " +"conflicts, B<dselect> prompts the user with a dependency resolution " +"screen. This will be further explained below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dselect.pod +msgid "" +"It is also possible to apply these commands to groups of package selections, " +"by pointing the cursor bar onto a group header. The exact grouping of " +"packages is dependent on the current list ordering settings." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dselect.pod +msgid "" +"Proper care should be taken when altering large groups of selections, " +"because this can instantaneously create large numbers of unresolved depends " +"or conflicts, all of which will be listed in one dependency resolution " +"screen, making them very hard to handle. In practice, only hold and unhold " +"operations are useful when applied to groups." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =head2 +#: dselect.pod +msgid "Resolving depends and conflicts" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dselect.pod +msgid "" +"When the change request results in one or more unsatisfied depends or " +"conflicts, B<dselect> prompts the user with a dependency resolution " +"screen. First however, an informative help screen is displayed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dselect.pod +msgid "" +"The top half of this screen lists all the packages that will have unresolved " +"depends or conflicts, as a result of the requested change, and all the " +"packages whose installation can resolve any of these depends or whose " +"removal can resolve any of the conflicts. The bottom half defaults to show " +"the depends or conflicts that cause the currently selected package to be " +"listed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dselect.pod +msgid "" +"When the sublist of packages is displayed initially, B<dselect> may have " +"already set the requested selection status of some of the listed packages, " +"in order to resolve the depends or conflicts that caused the dependency " +"resolution screen to be displayed. Usually, it is best to follow up the " +"suggestions made by B<dselect>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dselect.pod +msgid "" +"The listed packages' selection state may be reverted to the original " +"settings, as they were before the unresolved depends or conflicts were " +"created, by pressing the ‘B<R>’ key. By pressing the ‘B<D>’ key, the " +"automatic suggestions are reset, but the change that caused the dependency " +"resolution screen to be prompted is kept as requested. Finally, by pressing " +"‘B<U>’, the selections are again set to the automatic suggestion values." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =head2 +#: dselect.pod +msgid "Establishing the requested selections" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dselect.pod +msgid "" +"By pressing B<enter>, the currently displayed set of selections is " +"accepted. If B<dselect> detects no unresolved depends as a result of the " +"requested selections, the new selections will be set. However, if there are " +"any unresolved depends, B<dselect> will again prompt the user with a " +"dependency resolution screen." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dselect.pod +msgid "" +"To alter a set of selections that creates unresolved depends or conflicts " +"and forcing B<dselect> to accept it, press the ‘B<Q>’ key. This sets the " +"selections as specified by the user, unconditionally. Generally, don't do " +"this unless you've read the fine print." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dselect.pod +msgid "" +"The opposite effect, to back out any selections change requests and go back " +"to the previous list of selections, is attained by pressing the ‘B<X>’ or " +"B<escape> keys. By repeatedly pressing these keys, any possibly detrimental " +"changes to the requested package selections can be backed out completely to " +"the last established settings." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dselect.pod +msgid "" +"If you mistakenly establish some settings and wish to revert all the " +"selections to what is currently installed on the system, press the ‘B<C>’ " +"key. This is somewhat similar to using the unhold command on all packages, " +"but provides a more obvious panic button in cases where the user pressed " +"B<enter> by accident." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dselect.pod +msgid "The requested command was successfully performed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dselect.pod +msgid "" +"If set, B<dselect> will use it as the directory from which to read the user " +"specific configuration file." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dselect.pod +msgid "" +"The B<dselect> package selection interface is confusing to some new users. " +"Reportedly, it even makes seasoned kernel developers cry." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dselect.pod +msgid "The documentation is lacking." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dselect.pod +msgid "There is no help option in the main menu." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dselect.pod +msgid "The visible list of available packages cannot be reduced." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dselect.pod +msgid "" +"The built in access methods can no longer stand up to current quality " +"standards. Use the access method provided by B<apt>(8), it is not only not " +"broken, it is also much more flexible than the built in access methods." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: dselect.pod +msgid "B<dpkg>(1), B<apt>(8), B<sources.list>(5), B<deb>(5)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: start-stop-daemon.pod +msgid "start-stop-daemon - start and stop system daemon programs" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: start-stop-daemon.pod +msgid "B<start-stop-daemon> [I<option>...] I<command>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: start-stop-daemon.pod +msgid "" +"B<start-stop-daemon> is used to control the creation and termination of " +"system-level processes. Using one of the matching options, " +"B<start-stop-daemon> can be configured to find existing instances of a " +"running process." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: start-stop-daemon.pod +msgid "" +"B<Note:> Unless B<--pid> or B<--pidfile> are specified, B<start-stop-daemon> " +"behaves similar to B<killall>(1). B<start-stop-daemon> will scan the " +"process table looking for any processes which match the process name, parent " +"pid, uid, and/or gid (if specified). Any matching process will prevent " +"B<--start> from starting the daemon. All matching processes will be sent the " +"TERM signal (or the one specified via B<--signal> or B<--retry>) if " +"B<--stop> is specified. For daemons which have long-lived children which " +"need to live through a B<--stop>, you must specify a pidfile." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: start-stop-daemon.pod +msgid "B<-S>, B<--start> [B<-->] I<arguments>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: start-stop-daemon.pod +msgid "" +"Check for the existence of a specified process. If such a process exists, " +"B<start-stop-daemon> does nothing, and exits with error status 1 (0 if " +"B<--oknodo> is specified). If such a process does not exist, it starts an " +"instance, using either the executable specified by B<--exec> or, if " +"specified, by B<--startas>. Any arguments given after B<--> on the command " +"line are passed unmodified to the program being started." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: start-stop-daemon.pod +msgid "B<-K>, B<--stop>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: start-stop-daemon.pod +msgid "" +"Checks for the existence of a specified process. If such a process exists, " +"B<start-stop-daemon> sends it the signal specified by B<--signal>, and exits " +"with error status 0. If such a process does not exist, B<start-stop-daemon> " +"exits with error status 1 (0 if B<--oknodo> is specified). If B<--retry> is " +"specified, then B<start-stop-daemon> will check that the process(es) have " +"terminated." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: start-stop-daemon.pod +msgid "B<-T>, B<--status>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: start-stop-daemon.pod +msgid "" +"Check for the existence of a specified process, and returns an exit status " +"code, according to the LSB Init Script Actions (since version 1.16.1)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: start-stop-daemon.pod +msgid "B<-H>, B<--help>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: start-stop-daemon.pod +msgid "Show usage information and exit." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: start-stop-daemon.pod +msgid "B<-V>, B<--version>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: start-stop-daemon.pod +msgid "Show the program version and exit." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =head2 +#: start-stop-daemon.pod +msgid "Matching options" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: start-stop-daemon.pod +msgid "B<--pid> I<pid>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: start-stop-daemon.pod +msgid "" +"Check for a process with the specified I<pid> (since version 1.17.6). The " +"I<pid> must be a number greater than 0." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: start-stop-daemon.pod +msgid "B<--ppid> I<ppid>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: start-stop-daemon.pod +msgid "" +"Check for a process with the specified parent pid I<ppid> (since version " +"1.17.7). The I<ppid> must be a number greater than 0." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: start-stop-daemon.pod +msgid "B<-p>, B<--pidfile> I<pidfile>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: start-stop-daemon.pod +msgid "Check whether a process has created the file I<pidfile>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: start-stop-daemon.pod +msgid "" +"B<Note:> Using this matching option alone might cause unintended processes " +"to be acted on, if the old process terminated without being able to remove " +"the I<pidfile>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: start-stop-daemon.pod +msgid "" +"B<Warning:> Using this match option with a world-writable pidfile or using " +"it alone with a daemon that writes the pidfile as an unprivileged (non-root) " +"user will be refused with an error (since version 1.19.3) as this is a " +"security risk, because either any user can write to it, or if the daemon " +"gets compromised, the contents of the pidfile cannot be trusted, and then a " +"privileged runner (such as an init script executed as root) would end up " +"acting on any system process. Using I</dev/null> is exempt from these " +"checks." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: start-stop-daemon.pod +msgid "B<-x>, B<--exec> I<executable>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: start-stop-daemon.pod +msgid "" +"Check for processes that are instances of this I<executable>. The " +"I<executable> argument should be an absolute pathname." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: start-stop-daemon.pod +msgid "" +"B<Note:> This might not work as intended with interpreted scripts, as the " +"executable will point to the interpreter. Take into account processes " +"running from inside a chroot will also be matched, so other match " +"restrictions might be needed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: start-stop-daemon.pod +msgid "B<-n>, B<--name> I<process-name>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: start-stop-daemon.pod +msgid "" +"Check for processes with the name I<process-name>. The I<process-name> is " +"usually the process filename, but it could have been changed by the process " +"itself." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: start-stop-daemon.pod +msgid "" +"B<Note:> On most systems this information is retrieved from the process comm " +"name from the kernel, which tends to have a relatively short length limit " +"(assuming more than 15 characters is non-portable)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: start-stop-daemon.pod +msgid "B<-u>, B<--user> I<username>|I<uid>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: start-stop-daemon.pod +msgid "Check for processes owned by the user specified by I<username> or I<uid>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: start-stop-daemon.pod +msgid "" +"B<Note:> Using this matching option alone will cause all processes matching " +"the user to be acted on." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =head2 +#: start-stop-daemon.pod +msgid "Generic options" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: start-stop-daemon.pod +msgid "B<-g>, B<--group> I<group>|I<gid>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: start-stop-daemon.pod +msgid "Change to I<group> or I<gid> when starting the process." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: start-stop-daemon.pod +msgid "B<-s>, B<--signal> I<signal>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: start-stop-daemon.pod +msgid "" +"With B<--stop>, specifies the signal to send to processes being stopped " +"(default TERM)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: start-stop-daemon.pod +msgid "B<-R>, B<--retry> I<timeout>|I<schedule>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: start-stop-daemon.pod +msgid "" +"With B<--stop>, specifies that B<start-stop-daemon> is to check whether the " +"process(es) do finish. It will check repeatedly whether any matching " +"processes are running, until none are. If the processes do not exit it will " +"then take further action as determined by the schedule." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: start-stop-daemon.pod +msgid "" +"If I<timeout> is specified instead of I<schedule>, then the schedule " +"I<signal>B</>I<timeout>B</KILL/>I<timeout> is used, where I<signal> is the " +"signal specified with B<--signal>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: start-stop-daemon.pod +msgid "" +"I<schedule> is a list of at least two items separated by slashes (B</>); " +"each item may be B<->I<signal-number> or [B<->]I<signal-name>, which means " +"to send that signal, or I<timeout>, which means to wait that many seconds " +"for processes to exit, or B<forever>, which means to repeat the rest of the " +"schedule forever if necessary." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: start-stop-daemon.pod +msgid "" +"If the end of the schedule is reached and B<forever> is not specified, then " +"B<start-stop-daemon> exits with error status 2. If a schedule is specified, " +"then any signal specified with B<--signal> is ignored." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: start-stop-daemon.pod +msgid "B<-a>, B<--startas> I<pathname>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: start-stop-daemon.pod +msgid "" +"With B<--start>, start the process specified by I<pathname>. If not " +"specified, defaults to the argument given to B<--exec>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: start-stop-daemon.pod +msgid "B<-t>, B<--test>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: start-stop-daemon.pod +msgid "" +"Print actions that would be taken and set appropriate return value, but take " +"no action." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: start-stop-daemon.pod +msgid "B<-o>, B<--oknodo>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: start-stop-daemon.pod +msgid "Return exit status 0 instead of 1 if no actions are (would be) taken." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: start-stop-daemon.pod +msgid "B<-q>, B<--quiet>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: start-stop-daemon.pod +msgid "Do not print informational messages; only display error messages." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: start-stop-daemon.pod +msgid "B<-c>, B<--chuid> I<username>|I<uid>[B<:>I<group>|I<gid>]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: start-stop-daemon.pod +msgid "" +"Change to this username/uid before starting the process. You can also " +"specify a group by appending a B<:>, then the group or gid in the same way " +"as you would for the B<chown>(1) command (I<user>B<:>I<group>). If a user " +"is specified without a group, the primary GID for that user is used. When " +"using this option you must realize that the primary and supplemental groups " +"are set as well, even if the B<--group> option is not specified. The " +"B<--group> option is only for groups that the user isn't normally a member " +"of (like adding per process group membership for generic users like " +"B<nobody>)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: start-stop-daemon.pod +msgid "B<-r>, B<--chroot> I<root>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: start-stop-daemon.pod +msgid "" +"Change directory and chroot to I<root> before starting the process. Please " +"note that the pidfile is also written after the chroot." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: start-stop-daemon.pod +msgid "B<-d>, B<--chdir> I<path>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: start-stop-daemon.pod +msgid "" +"Change directory to I<path> before starting the process. This is done after " +"the chroot if the B<-r>|B<--chroot> option is set. When not specified, " +"B<start-stop-daemon> will change directory to the root directory before " +"starting the process." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: start-stop-daemon.pod +msgid "B<-b>, B<--background>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: start-stop-daemon.pod +msgid "" +"Typically used with programs that don't detach on their own. This option " +"will force B<start-stop-daemon> to fork before starting the process, and " +"force it into the background." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: start-stop-daemon.pod +msgid "" +"B<Warning: start-stop-daemon> cannot check the exit status if the process " +"fails to execute for B<any> reason. This is a last resort, and is only meant " +"for programs that either make no sense forking on their own, or where it's " +"not feasible to add the code for them to do this themselves." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: start-stop-daemon.pod +msgid "B<--notify-await>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: start-stop-daemon.pod +msgid "" +"Wait for the background process to send a readiness notification before " +"considering the service started (since version 1.19.3). This implements " +"parts of the systemd readiness protocol, as specified in the B<sd_notify>(3) " +"man page. The following variables are supported:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: start-stop-daemon.pod +msgid "B<READY=1>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: start-stop-daemon.pod +msgid "The program is ready to give service, so we can exit safely." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: start-stop-daemon.pod +msgid "B<EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC=>I<number>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: start-stop-daemon.pod +msgid "" +"The program requests to extend the timeout by I<number> microseconds. This " +"will reset the current timeout to the specified value." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: start-stop-daemon.pod +msgid "B<ERRNO=>I<number>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: start-stop-daemon.pod +msgid "" +"The program is exiting with an error. Do the same and print the " +"user-friendly string for the B<errno> value." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: start-stop-daemon.pod +msgid "B<--notify-timeout> I<timeout>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: start-stop-daemon.pod +msgid "" +"Set a timeout for the B<--notify-await> option (since version 1.19.3). When " +"the timeout is reached, B<start-stop-daemon> will exit with an error code, " +"and no readiness notification will be awaited. The default is B<60> " +"seconds." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: start-stop-daemon.pod +msgid "B<-C>, B<--no-close>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: start-stop-daemon.pod +msgid "" +"Do not close any file descriptor when forcing the daemon into the background " +"(since version 1.16.5). Used for debugging purposes to see the process " +"output, or to redirect file descriptors to log the process output. Only " +"relevant when using B<--background>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: start-stop-daemon.pod +msgid "B<-O>, B<--output> I<pathname>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: start-stop-daemon.pod +msgid "" +"Redirect B<stdout> and B<stderr> to I<pathname> when forcing the daemon into " +"the background (since version 1.20.6). Only relevant when using " +"B<--background>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: start-stop-daemon.pod +msgid "B<-N>, B<--nicelevel> I<int>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: start-stop-daemon.pod +msgid "This alters the priority of the process before starting it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: start-stop-daemon.pod +msgid "B<-P>, B<--procsched> I<policy>B<:>I<priority>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: start-stop-daemon.pod +msgid "" +"This alters the process scheduler policy and priority of the process before " +"starting it (since version 1.15.0). The priority can be optionally " +"specified by appending a B<:> followed by the value. The default I<priority> " +"is 0. The currently supported policy values are B<other>, B<fifo> and B<rr>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: start-stop-daemon.pod +msgid "B<-I>, B<--iosched> I<class>B<:>I<priority>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: start-stop-daemon.pod +msgid "" +"This alters the IO scheduler class and priority of the process before " +"starting it (since version 1.15.0). The priority can be optionally " +"specified by appending a B<:> followed by the value. The default I<priority> " +"is 4, unless I<class> is B<idle>, then I<priority> will always be 7. The " +"currently supported values for I<class> are B<idle>, B<best-effort> and " +"B<real-time>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: start-stop-daemon.pod +msgid "B<-k>, B<--umask> I<mask>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: start-stop-daemon.pod +msgid "" +"This sets the umask of the process before starting it (since version " +"1.13.22)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: start-stop-daemon.pod +msgid "B<-m>, B<--make-pidfile>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: start-stop-daemon.pod +msgid "" +"Used when starting a program that does not create its own pid file. This " +"option will make B<start-stop-daemon> create the file referenced with " +"B<--pidfile> and place the pid into it just before executing the " +"process. Note, the file will only be removed when stopping the program if " +"B<--remove-pidfile> is used." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: start-stop-daemon.pod +msgid "" +"B<Note:> This feature may not work in all cases. Most notably when the " +"program being executed forks from its main process. Because of this, it is " +"usually only useful when combined with the B<--background> option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: start-stop-daemon.pod +msgid "B<--remove-pidfile>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: start-stop-daemon.pod +msgid "" +"Used when stopping a program that does not remove its own pid file (since " +"version 1.17.19). This option will make B<start-stop-daemon> remove the " +"file referenced with B<--pidfile> after terminating the process." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: start-stop-daemon.pod +msgid "Print verbose informational messages." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: start-stop-daemon.pod +msgid "" +"The requested action was performed. If B<--oknodo> was specified, it's also " +"possible that nothing had to be done. This can happen when B<--start> was " +"specified and a matching process was already running, or when B<--stop> was " +"specified and there were no matching processes." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: start-stop-daemon.pod +msgid "If B<--oknodo> was not specified and nothing was done." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: start-stop-daemon.pod +msgid "" +"If B<--stop> and B<--retry> were specified, but the end of the schedule was " +"reached and the processes were still running." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: start-stop-daemon.pod +msgid "B<3>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: start-stop-daemon.pod +msgid "Any other error." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: start-stop-daemon.pod +msgid "When using the B<--status> command, the following status codes are returned:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: start-stop-daemon.pod +msgid "Program is running." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: start-stop-daemon.pod +msgid "Program is not running and the pid file exists." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: start-stop-daemon.pod +msgid "Program is not running." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: start-stop-daemon.pod +msgid "B<4>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: start-stop-daemon.pod +msgid "Unable to determine program status." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: start-stop-daemon.pod +msgid "" +"Start the B<food> daemon, unless one is already running (a process named " +"food, running as user food, with pid in food.pid):" +msgstr "" + +#. type: verbatim +#: start-stop-daemon.pod +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" start-stop-daemon --start --oknodo --user food --name food \\\n" +" \t--pidfile /run/food.pid --startas /usr/sbin/food \\\n" +" \t--chuid food -- --daemon\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: start-stop-daemon.pod +msgid "Send B<SIGTERM> to B<food> and wait up to 5 seconds for it to stop:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: verbatim +#: start-stop-daemon.pod +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" start-stop-daemon --stop --oknodo --user food --name food \\\n" +" \t--pidfile /run/food.pid --retry 5\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: start-stop-daemon.pod +msgid "Demonstration of a custom schedule for stopping B<food>:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: verbatim +#: start-stop-daemon.pod +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" start-stop-daemon --stop --oknodo --user food --name food \\\n" +" \t--pidfile /run/food.pid --retry=TERM/30/KILL/5\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: update-alternatives.pod +msgid "update-alternatives - maintain symbolic links determining default commands" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: update-alternatives.pod +msgid "B<update-alternatives> [I<option>...] I<command>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: update-alternatives.pod +msgid "" +"B<update-alternatives> creates, removes, maintains and displays information " +"about the symbolic links comprising the Debian alternatives system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: update-alternatives.pod +msgid "" +"It is possible for several programs fulfilling the same or similar functions " +"to be installed on a single system at the same time. For example, many " +"systems have several text editors installed at once. This gives choice to " +"the users of a system, allowing each to use a different editor, if desired, " +"but makes it difficult for a program to make a good choice for an editor to " +"invoke if the user has not specified a particular preference." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: update-alternatives.pod +msgid "" +"Debian's alternatives system aims to solve this problem. A generic name in " +"the filesystem is shared by all files providing interchangeable " +"functionality. The alternatives system and the system administrator " +"together determine which actual file is referenced by this generic name. " +"For example, if the text editors B<ed>(1) and B<nvi>(1) are both installed " +"on the system, the alternatives system will cause the generic name " +"I</usr/bin/editor> to refer to I</usr/bin/nvi> by default. The system " +"administrator can override this and cause it to refer to I</usr/bin/ed> " +"instead, and the alternatives system will not alter this setting until " +"explicitly requested to do so." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: update-alternatives.pod +msgid "" +"The generic name is not a direct symbolic link to the selected alternative. " +"Instead, it is a symbolic link to a name in the I<alternatives> " +"I<directory>, which in turn is a symbolic link to the actual file " +"referenced. This is done so that the system administrator's changes can be " +"confined within the I<%CONFDIR%> directory: the FHS (q.v.) gives reasons why " +"this is a Good Thing." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: update-alternatives.pod +msgid "" +"When each package providing a file with a particular functionality is " +"installed, changed or removed, B<update-alternatives> is called to update " +"information about that file in the alternatives system. " +"B<update-alternatives> is usually called from the following Debian package " +"maintainer scripts, B<postinst> (configure) to install the alternative and " +"from B<prerm> and B<postrm> (remove) to remove the alternative. B<Note:> in " +"most (if not all) cases no other maintainer script actions should call " +"B<update-alternatives>, in particular neither of B<upgrade> nor " +"B<disappear>, as any other such action can lose the manual state of an " +"alternative, or make the alternative temporarily flip-flop, or completely " +"switch when several of them have the same priority." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: update-alternatives.pod +msgid "" +"It is often useful for a number of alternatives to be synchronized, so that " +"they are changed as a group; for example, when several versions of the " +"B<vi>(1) editor are installed, the man page referenced by " +"I</usr/share/man/man1/vi.1> should correspond to the executable referenced " +"by I</usr/bin/vi>. B<update-alternatives> handles this by means of " +"I<master> and I<slave> links; when the master is changed, any associated " +"slaves are changed too. A master link and its associated slaves make up a " +"I<link> I<group>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: update-alternatives.pod +msgid "" +"Each link group is, at any given time, in one of two modes: automatic or " +"manual. When a group is in automatic mode, the alternatives system will " +"automatically decide, as packages are installed and removed, whether and how " +"to update the links. In manual mode, the alternatives system will retain " +"the choice of the administrator and avoid changing the links (except when " +"something is broken)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: update-alternatives.pod +msgid "" +"Link groups are in automatic mode when they are first introduced to the " +"system. If the system administrator makes changes to the system's automatic " +"settings, this will be noticed the next time B<update-alternatives> is run " +"on the changed link's group, and the group will automatically be switched to " +"manual mode." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: update-alternatives.pod +msgid "" +"Each alternative has a I<priority> associated with it. When a link group is " +"in automatic mode, the alternatives pointed to by members of the group will " +"be those which have the highest priority." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: update-alternatives.pod +msgid "" +"When using the B<--config> option, B<update-alternatives> will list all of " +"the choices for the link group of which given I<name> is the master " +"alternative name. The current choice is marked with a ‘*’. You will then " +"be prompted for your choice regarding this link group. Depending on the " +"choice made, the link group might no longer be in I<auto> mode. You will " +"need to use the B<--auto> option in order to return to the automatic mode " +"(or you can rerun B<--config> and select the entry marked as automatic)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: update-alternatives.pod +msgid "" +"If you want to configure non-interactively you can use the B<--set> option " +"instead (see below)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: update-alternatives.pod +msgid "" +"Different packages providing the same file need to do so B<cooperatively>. " +"In other words, the usage of B<update-alternatives> is B<mandatory> for all " +"involved packages in such case. It is not possible to override some file in " +"a package that does not employ the B<update-alternatives> mechanism." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =head1 +#: update-alternatives.pod +msgid "TERMINOLOGY" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: update-alternatives.pod +msgid "" +"Since the activities of B<update-alternatives> are quite involved, some " +"specific terms will help to explain its operation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: update-alternatives.pod +msgid "generic name (or alternative link)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: update-alternatives.pod +msgid "" +"A name, like I</usr/bin/editor>, which refers, via the alternatives system, " +"to one of a number of files of similar function." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: update-alternatives.pod +msgid "alternative name" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: update-alternatives.pod +msgid "The name of a symbolic link in the alternatives directory." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: update-alternatives.pod +msgid "alternative (or alternative path)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: update-alternatives.pod +msgid "" +"The name of a specific file in the filesystem, which may be made accessible " +"via a generic name using the alternatives system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: update-alternatives.pod +msgid "alternatives directory" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: update-alternatives.pod +msgid "A directory, by default I<%CONFDIR%/alternatives>, containing the symlinks." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: update-alternatives.pod +msgid "administrative directory" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: update-alternatives.pod +msgid "" +"A directory, by default I<%ADMINDIR%/alternatives>, containing " +"B<update-alternatives>' state information." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: update-alternatives.pod +msgid "link group" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: update-alternatives.pod +msgid "A set of related symlinks, intended to be updated as a group." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: update-alternatives.pod +msgid "master link" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: update-alternatives.pod +msgid "" +"The alternative link in a link group which determines how the other links in " +"the group are configured." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: update-alternatives.pod +msgid "slave link" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: update-alternatives.pod +msgid "" +"An alternative link in a link group which is controlled by the setting of " +"the master link." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: update-alternatives.pod +msgid "automatic mode" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: update-alternatives.pod +msgid "" +"When a link group is in automatic mode, the alternatives system ensures that " +"the links in the group point to the highest priority alternative appropriate " +"for the group." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: update-alternatives.pod +msgid "manual mode" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: update-alternatives.pod +msgid "" +"When a link group is in manual mode, the alternatives system will not make " +"any changes to the system administrator's settings." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: update-alternatives.pod +msgid "B<--install> I<link name path priority> [B<--slave> I<link name path>]..." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: update-alternatives.pod +msgid "" +"Add a group of alternatives to the system. I<link> is the generic name for " +"the master link, I<name> is the name of its symlink in the alternatives " +"directory, and I<path> is the alternative being introduced for the master " +"link. The arguments after B<--slave> are the generic name, symlink name in " +"the alternatives directory and the alternative path for a slave link. Zero " +"or more B<--slave> options, each followed by three arguments, may be " +"specified. Note that the master alternative must exist or the call will " +"fail. However if a slave alternative doesn't exist, the corresponding slave " +"alternative link will simply not be installed (a warning will still be " +"displayed). If some real file is installed where an alternative link has to " +"be installed, it is kept unless B<--force> is used." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: update-alternatives.pod +msgid "" +"If the alternative name specified exists already in the alternatives " +"system's records, the information supplied will be added as a new set of " +"alternatives for the group. Otherwise, a new group, set to automatic mode, " +"will be added with this information. If the group is in automatic mode, and " +"the newly added alternatives' priority is higher than any other installed " +"alternatives for this group, the symlinks will be updated to point to the " +"newly added alternatives." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: update-alternatives.pod +msgid "B<--set> I<name path>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: update-alternatives.pod +msgid "" +"Set the program I<path> as alternative for I<name>. This is equivalent to " +"B<--config> but is non-interactive and thus scriptable." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: update-alternatives.pod +msgid "B<--remove> I<name path>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: update-alternatives.pod +msgid "" +"Remove an alternative and all of its associated slave links. I<name> is a " +"name in the alternatives directory, and I<path> is an absolute filename to " +"which I<name> could be linked. If I<name> is indeed linked to I<path>, " +"I<name> will be updated to point to another appropriate alternative (and the " +"group is put back in automatic mode), or removed if there is no such " +"alternative left. Associated slave links will be updated or removed, " +"correspondingly. If the link is not currently pointing to I<path>, no links " +"are changed; only the information about the alternative is removed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: update-alternatives.pod +msgid "B<--remove-all> I<name>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: update-alternatives.pod +msgid "" +"Remove all alternatives and all of their associated slave links. I<name> is " +"a name in the alternatives directory." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: update-alternatives.pod +msgid "" +"Call B<--config> on all alternatives. It can be usefully combined with " +"B<--skip-auto> to review and configure all alternatives which are not " +"configured in automatic mode. Broken alternatives are also displayed. Thus " +"a simple way to fix all broken alternatives is to call B<yes '' | " +"update-alternatives --force --all>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: update-alternatives.pod +msgid "B<--auto> I<name>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: update-alternatives.pod +msgid "" +"Switch the link group behind the alternative for I<name> to automatic mode. " +"In the process, the master symlink and its slaves are updated to point to " +"the highest priority installed alternatives." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: update-alternatives.pod +msgid "B<--display> I<name>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: update-alternatives.pod +msgid "" +"Display information about the link group. Information displayed includes " +"the group's mode (auto or manual), the master and slave links, which " +"alternative the master link currently points to, what other alternatives are " +"available (and their corresponding slave alternatives), and the highest " +"priority alternative currently installed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: update-alternatives.pod +msgid "B<--get-selections>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: update-alternatives.pod +msgid "" +"List all master alternative names (those controlling a link group) and " +"their status (since version 1.15.0). Each line contains up to 3 fields " +"(separated by one or more spaces). The first field is the alternative name, " +"the second one is the status (either B<auto> or B<manual>), and the last one " +"contains the current choice in the alternative (beware: it's a filename and " +"thus might contain spaces)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: update-alternatives.pod +msgid "" +"Read configuration of alternatives on standard input in the format generated " +"by B<--get-selections> and reconfigure them accordingly (since version " +"1.15.0)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: update-alternatives.pod +msgid "B<--query> I<name>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: update-alternatives.pod +msgid "" +"Display information about the link group like B<--display> does, but in a " +"machine parseable way (since version 1.15.0, see section B<QUERY FORMAT> " +"below)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: update-alternatives.pod +msgid "B<--list> I<name>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: update-alternatives.pod +msgid "Display all targets of the link group." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: update-alternatives.pod +msgid "B<--config> I<name>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: update-alternatives.pod +msgid "" +"Show available alternatives for a link group and allow the user to " +"interactively select which one to use. The link group is updated." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: update-alternatives.pod +msgid "B<--altdir> I<directory>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: update-alternatives.pod +msgid "" +"Specifies the alternatives directory, when this is to be different from the " +"default. Defaults to «I<%CONFDIR%/alternatives>»." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: update-alternatives.pod +msgid "" +"Specifies the administrative directory, when this is to be different from " +"the default. Defaults to «I<%ADMINDIR%/alternatives>»" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: update-alternatives.pod +msgid "" +"Specifies the installation directory where alternatives links will be " +"created (since version 1.20.1). Defaults to «»." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: update-alternatives.pod +msgid "" +"Specifies the root directory (since version 1.20.1). This also sets the " +"alternatives, installation and administrative directories to match. " +"Defaults to «»." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: update-alternatives.pod +msgid "B<--log> I<file>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: update-alternatives.pod +msgid "" +"Specifies the log file (since version 1.15.0), when this is to be different " +"from the default (%LOGDIR%/alternatives.log)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: update-alternatives.pod +msgid "" +"Allow replacing or dropping any real file that is installed where an " +"alternative link has to be installed or removed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: update-alternatives.pod +msgid "B<--skip-auto>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: update-alternatives.pod +msgid "" +"Skip configuration prompt for alternatives which are properly configured in " +"automatic mode. This option is only relevant with B<--config> or B<--all>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: update-alternatives.pod +msgid "Do not generate any comments unless errors occur." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: update-alternatives.pod +msgid "B<--verbose>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: update-alternatives.pod +msgid "Generate more comments about what is being done." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: update-alternatives.pod +msgid "" +"Generate even more comments, helpful for debugging, about what is being done " +"(since version 1.19.3)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: update-alternatives.pod +msgid "" +"Problems were encountered whilst parsing the command line or performing the " +"action." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: update-alternatives.pod +msgid "" +"If set and the B<--admindir> option has not been specified, it will be used " +"as the base administrative directory." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: update-alternatives.pod +msgid "I<%CONFDIR%/alternatives/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: update-alternatives.pod +msgid "" +"The default alternatives directory. Can be overridden by the B<--altdir> " +"option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: update-alternatives.pod +msgid "I<%ADMINDIR%/alternatives/>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: update-alternatives.pod +msgid "" +"The default administration directory. Can be overridden by the " +"B<--admindir> option." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =head1 +#: update-alternatives.pod +msgid "QUERY FORMAT" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: update-alternatives.pod +msgid "" +"The B<--query> format is using an RFC822-like flat format. It's made of I<n> " +"+ 1 blocks where I<n> is the number of alternatives available in the queried " +"link group. The first block contains the following fields:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: update-alternatives.pod +msgid "B<Name:> I<name>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: update-alternatives.pod +msgid "The alternative name in the alternative directory." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: update-alternatives.pod +msgid "B<Link:> I<link>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: update-alternatives.pod +msgid "The generic name of the alternative." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: update-alternatives.pod +msgid "B<Slaves:> I<list-of-slaves>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: update-alternatives.pod +msgid "" +"When this field is present, the B<next> lines hold all slave links " +"associated to the master link of the alternative. There is one slave per " +"line. Each line contains one space, the generic name of the slave " +"alternative, another space, and the path to the slave link." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: update-alternatives.pod +msgid "B<Status:> I<status>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: update-alternatives.pod +msgid "The status of the alternative (B<auto> or B<manual>)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: update-alternatives.pod +msgid "B<Best:> I<best-choice>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: update-alternatives.pod +msgid "" +"The path of the best alternative for this link group. Not present if there " +"is no alternatives available." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: update-alternatives.pod +msgid "B<Value:> I<currently-selected-alternative>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: update-alternatives.pod +msgid "" +"The path of the currently selected alternative. It can also take the magic " +"value B<none>. It is used if the link doesn't exist." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: update-alternatives.pod +msgid "" +"The other blocks describe the available alternatives in the queried link " +"group:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: update-alternatives.pod +msgid "B<Alternative:> I<path-of-this-alternative>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: update-alternatives.pod +msgid "Path to this block's alternative." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =item +#: update-alternatives.pod +msgid "B<Priority:> I<priority-value>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: update-alternatives.pod +msgid "Value of the priority of this alternative." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: update-alternatives.pod +msgid "" +"When this field is present, the B<next> lines hold all slave alternatives " +"associated to the master link of the alternative. There is one slave per " +"line. Each line contains one space, the generic name of the slave " +"alternative, another space, and the path to the slave alternative." +msgstr "" + +#. type: =head2 +#: update-alternatives.pod +msgid "Example" +msgstr "" + +#. type: verbatim +#: update-alternatives.pod +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" $ update-alternatives --query editor\n" +" Name: editor\n" +" Link: /usr/bin/editor\n" +" Slaves:\n" +" editor.1.gz /usr/share/man/man1/editor.1.gz\n" +" editor.fr.1.gz /usr/share/man/fr/man1/editor.1.gz\n" +" editor.it.1.gz /usr/share/man/it/man1/editor.1.gz\n" +" editor.pl.1.gz /usr/share/man/pl/man1/editor.1.gz\n" +" editor.ru.1.gz /usr/share/man/ru/man1/editor.1.gz\n" +" Status: auto\n" +" Best: /usr/bin/vim.basic\n" +" Value: /usr/bin/vim.basic\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: verbatim +#: update-alternatives.pod +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" Alternative: /bin/ed\n" +" Priority: -100\n" +" Slaves:\n" +" editor.1.gz /usr/share/man/man1/ed.1.gz\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: verbatim +#: update-alternatives.pod +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" Alternative: /usr/bin/vim.basic\n" +" Priority: 50\n" +" Slaves:\n" +" editor.1.gz /usr/share/man/man1/vim.1.gz\n" +" editor.fr.1.gz /usr/share/man/fr/man1/vim.1.gz\n" +" editor.it.1.gz /usr/share/man/it/man1/vim.1.gz\n" +" editor.pl.1.gz /usr/share/man/pl/man1/vim.1.gz\n" +" editor.ru.1.gz /usr/share/man/ru/man1/vim.1.gz\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: update-alternatives.pod +msgid "" +"With B<--verbose> B<update-alternatives> chatters incessantly about its " +"activities on its standard output channel. If problems occur, " +"B<update-alternatives> outputs error messages on its standard error channel " +"and returns an exit status of 2. These diagnostics should be " +"self-explanatory; if you do not find them so, please report this as a bug." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: update-alternatives.pod +msgid "" +"There are several packages which provide a text editor compatible with " +"B<vi>, for example B<nvi> and B<vim>. Which one is used is controlled by the " +"link group B<vi>, which includes links for the program itself and the " +"associated manpage." +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: update-alternatives.pod +msgid "" +"To display the available packages which provide B<vi> and the current " +"setting for it, use the B<--display> action:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: verbatim +#: update-alternatives.pod +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" update-alternatives --display vi\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: update-alternatives.pod +msgid "" +"To choose a particular B<vi> implementation, use this command as root and " +"then select a number from the list:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: verbatim +#: update-alternatives.pod +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" update-alternatives --config vi\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: update-alternatives.pod +msgid "" +"To go back to having the B<vi> implementation chosen automatically, do this " +"as root:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: verbatim +#: update-alternatives.pod +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" update-alternatives --auto vi\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: textblock +#: update-alternatives.pod +msgid "B<ln>(1), FHS (the Filesystem Hierarchy Standard)." +msgstr "" |